Skip to main content

Full text of "Explanations : a sequel to "Vestiges of the natural history of creation""

See other formats


NATIONAL  LIBRARY  OF  MEDICINE 
Bethesda,  Maryland 


V 


v 


EXPLANATIONS. 


//Jo 
EXPLANATIONS 


A  SEQUEL  TO  -  / 

VESTIGES  OF  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY 
OF  CREATION." 

BY  THE  AUTHOR  OF  THAT  WORK. 

8r  Sir  Richard  Wr*M 

NEW  YORK: 
WILEY  &  PUTNAM,   16]  BROADWAY. 
1846. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Design  of  the  Vestiges  explained   2 

Proper  Position  of  the  Nebular  Hypothesis  in  the  Argument. .  3 
Imputed  Failure  of  the  Hypothesis  from  the  Earl  of  Rosse's 

discoveries,  denied   6 

Experiments  illustrating  and  confirming  the  Hypothesis  by 

Professor  Plateau   10 

Objection  from  the  retrogression  of  Uranus's  Satellites  consi- 
dered  13 

Objection  respecting  the  convergence  of  atoms  to  a  central 

nucleus,  answered   14 

The  Nebular  Hypothesis  not  a  supersession  of  Deity,  but  only  a 

description  of  his  mode  of  working   16 

Quetelet's  inquiries,  establishing  law  in  mental  operations. ...  17 

Limits  of  the  syslem  being  under  law,  the  whole  is  probably  so  18 

Question  of  the  Origin  of  Organic  nature   19 

Geology  proves  it  to  have  observed  a  progress  in  time   21 

Objections  respecting  this  progress   22 

Lower  Silurian  Fossils   23 

Upper  Silurian  Fossils   33 

Old  Red  Sandstone   34 

Carboniferous  System   42 

Permian  System   45 

Outline  of  the  Genetic  Plan  of  the  Animal  Kingdom   49 

Bearing  of  this  Plan  on  the  Arguments  of  Objectors   53 

Reptiles  of  the  Muschelkalk,  Lias,  &c   58 

Objections  as  to  first  Footmarks  of  Birds   60 


Vi  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Objections  as  to  Earliest  Mammalia   62 

Tertiary  Formation   64 

Opinions  of  Cuvier  and  Agassiz   70 

Apology  of  Mr.  Sedgwick  for  Over- Ardent  Generalizations. . .  71 

Physiological  Objections  of  Dr.  Clark,  of  Cambridge   73 

Views  of  others  respecting  Embryotic  Development   75 

Germs  not  alleged  to  be  identical   77 

Transmutation  of  Plants   78 

Species  a  Term,  not  a  Fact   80 

Instances  of  Transmutation   81 

Transmutation  does  not  imply  extinction  of  Elder  Species. ...  83 

The  Broomfield  Experiment   84 

Proof  of  Aboriginal  Life  in  the  present  era  not  essential  to  the 

theory  of  Organic  Creation  by  Law   86 

The  Opposite  Theory  characterized   88 

Views  of  Dr.  Whewell,  and  objections  to  them   90 

Views  of  the  Edinburgh  Reviewer — these  analyzed   95 

Views  of  Professor  Agassiz   99 

Views  of  Sir  John  Herschel   100 

Support  to  Theory  of  Law  from  Rev.  Dr.  Pye  Smith  and  Black- 
wood's Magazine   101 

Mr.  Stuart  Mill  on  Universal  Causation   102 

Present  State  of  Opinion  on  the  Origin  of  Organic  Nature 

examined   105 

Animals  have  not  come  immediately  on  the  occurrence  of  proper 

conditions   207 

Great  number  of  distinct  Floras   107 

Supposed  Formation  of  New  Species,  as  upheld  by  Professor 

Owen,  &c,  inadmissible   108 

Opinions  of  Professor  Pictet  on  Peculiarity  of  Species  in  each 

formation   HO 

Time  the  true  key  to  difficulties  arising  from  apparent  per- 
manency of  species   HI 

Vast  spaces  of  time  involved  in  the  Geological  record   112 

Zoology  of  Galapagos  Islands,  an  instance  of  comparatively  re- 
cent development   114 

Author's  theory  supported  by  facts  connected  with  the  distri- 
bution of  plants   117 


CONTENTS.  Vii 

PAGE 

Whence  the  iirst  impulse  to  vitality?   119 

The  Vestiges— its  object  purely  scientific— defended  on  this 

ground   m 

Ungenerous  policy  of  Geological  Objectors   120 

Opposition  of  the  Scientific  Class   123 

Estimate  of  this  Opposition   124 

Utility  of  Hypotheses   127 

Bearing  of  the  new  doctrine  on  Human  Interests   129 

Its  Moral  Results   130 

Consolations  and  Encouragements  offered  by  it   132 


Appendix— Letters  of  Mr.  Weekes  on  Aboriginal  Production  of 
Insects   134 


EXPLANATIONS. 


When  the  work  to  which  this  may  be  regarded  as  a  sup- 
plement was  published,  my  design  was  not  only  to  be  per- 
sonally removed  from  all  praise  or  censure  which  it  might 
evoke,  but  to  write  no  more  upon  the  subject.  I  said  to 
myself,  Let  this  book  go  forth  to  be  received  as  truth,  or 
to  provoke  others  to  a  controversy  which  may  result  in 
establishing  or  overthrowing  it  ;  but  be  my  task  now 
ended.  I  did  not  then  reflect  that,  even  though  written  by 
one  better  informed  or  more  skilled  in  argument  than  I 
can  pretend  to  be,  it  might  leave  the  subject  in  such  a 
condition  that  the  author  should  have  to  regret  seeing  it 
in  a  great  measure  misapprehended  in  its  general  scope, 
and  also  so  much  excepted  to,  justly  and  unjustly,  on  par- 
ticular points,  that  ordinary  readers  might  be  ready  to 
suppose  its  whole  indications  disproved.  Had  I  bethought 
me  of  such  possible  results,  I  might  have  announced,  from 
the  beginning,  my  readiness  to  enter  upon  such  explana- 
tions of  points  objected  to,  and  such  reinforcements  of  the 
general  argument,  as  might  promise  to  be  serviceable. 
And  this  would  have  seemed  the  more  necessary,  in  as  far 
as  it  may  be  expected  that  there  are  many  points  in  a  new 
and  startling  hypothesis  which  no  one  can  be  so  well 
qualified  to  clear  up  and  strengthen  as  its  author.  I  might 
2 


3 


EXPLANATIONS'. 


have  felt,  at  the  same  time,  that  a  new  adventure,  for 
whatever  purpose,  in  the  same  field,  was  hazardous,  with 
regard  to  any  favorable  impression  previously  produced  ; 
yet  such  an  objection  would,  again,  have  been  at  once 
overruled,  seeing  that  public  favor  and  disfavor  were  alike 
beyond  the  regard  of  an  author  who  bore  no  bodily  shape 
in  the  eyes  of  his  fellow-countrymen,  and  was  likely  to 
remain  for  ever  unknown.  Such  reflections  now  occur  to 
me,  and  I  am  consequently  induced  to  take  up  the  pen  for 
the  purpose  of  endeavoring  to  make  good  what  is  deficient, 
and  reasserting  and  confirming  whatever  has  been  un- 
justly challenged  in  my  book.  In  doing  so,  I  shall  study 
to  direct  attention  solely  to  fact  and  argument,  or  what 
appear  as  such,  overlooking  the  uncivil  expressions  which 
the  work  has  drawn  forth  in  various  quarters,  and  which, 
of  course,  can  only  be  a  discredit  to  their  authors. 

I  must  start  with  a  more  explicit  statement  of  the  gene- 
ral argument  of  the  Vestiges,  for  this  has  been  extensively 
misunderstood.  The  book  is  not  primarily  designed,  as 
many  have  intimated  in  their  criticisms,  and  as  the  title 
might  be  thought  partly  to  imply,  to  establish  a  new  theory 
respecting  the  origin  of  animated  nature ;  nor  are  the 
chief  arguments  directed  to  that  point.  The  object  is  one 
to  which  the  idea  of  an  organic  creation  in  the  manner  of 
natural  law  is  only  subordinate  and  ministrative,  as  like- 
wise are  the  nebular  hypothesis  and  the  doctrine  of  a  fixed 
natural  order  in  mind  and  morals.  This  purpose  is  to 
show  that  the  whole  revelation  of  the  works  of  God  pre- 
sented to  our  senses  and  reason  is  a  system  based  in  what 
we  are  compelled,  for  want  of  a  better  term,  to  call  law  ; 
by  which,  however,  is  not  meant  a  system  independent  or 
exclusive  of  Deity,  but  one  which  only  proposes  a  certain 


EXPLANATIONS. 


3 


mode  of  his  working.  The  nature  and  bearing  of  this  doc- 
trine will  be  afterwards  adverted  to ;  let  me,  meanwhile, 
observe,  that  it  has  long  been  pointed  to  by  science,  though 
hardly  anywhere  broadly  and  fully  contemplated.  And 
this  was  scarcely  to  be  wondered  at,  since,  while  the  whole 
physical  arrangements  of  the  universe  were  placed  under 
taw  by  the  discoveries  of  Kepler  and  Newton,  there  was 
still  such  a  mysterious  conception  of  the  origin  of  organic 
nature,  and  of  the  character  of  our  own  fitful  being,  that 
men  were  almost  forced  to  make  at  least  large  exceptions 
from  any  proposed  plan  of  universal  order.  What  makes 
the  case  now  somewhat  different  is,  that  of  late  years  we 
have  attained  much  additional  knowledge  of  nature,  point- 
ing in  the  same  direction  as  the  physical  arrangements  of 
the  world.  The  time  seems  to  have  come  when  it  is  pro- 
per to  enter  into  a  re-examination  of  the  whole  subject,  in 
order  to  ascertain  whether,  in  what  we  actually  know, 
there  is  most  evidence  in  favor  of  an  entire  or  a  partial 
system  of  fixed  order.  When  led  to  make  this  inquiry  for 
myself,  I  soon  became  convinced  that  the  idea  of  any  ex- 
ception to  the  plan  of  law  stood  upon  a  narrow,  and  con- 
stantly narrowing  foundation,  depending,  indeed,  on  a  few 
difficulties  or  obscurities,  rather  than  objections,  which 
were  certain  soon  to  be  swept  away  by  the  advancing  tide 
of  knowledge.  It  appeared,  at  the  same  time,  that  there 
was  a  want  in  the  state  of  philosophy  amongst  us,  of  an 
impulse  in  the  direction  of  the  consideration  of  this  theory, 
so  as  to  bring  its  difficulties  the  sooner  to  a  bearing  in  the 
one  way  or  the  other ;  and  hence  it  was  that  I  presumed 
to  enter  the  field. 

My  starting  point  was  a  statement  of  the  arrangements 
of  the  bodies  of  space,  with  a  hypothesis  respecting  the 


4 


EXPLANATIONS. 


mode  in  which  those  arrangements  had  been  effected.  It 
is  a  mistake  to  suppose  this  (nebular)  hypothesis  essential, 
as  the  basis  of  the  entire  system  of  nature  developed  in 
my  book.  That  basis  lies  in  the  material  laws  found  to 
prevail  throughout  the  universe,  which  explain  why  the 
masses  of  space  are  globular ;  why  planets  revolve  round 
suns  in  elliptical  orbits  ;  how  their  rates  of  speed  are  high 
in  proportion  to  their  nearness  to  the  centre  of  attraction  ; 
and  so  forth.  In  these  laws  arises  the  first  powerful  pre- 
sumption that  the  formation  and  arrangements  of  the  celes- 
tial bodies  were  brought  about  by  the  Divine  will,  acting 
in  the  manner  of  a  freed  order  or  law,  instead  of  any  mode 
which  we  conceive  of  as  more  arbitrary.  It  is  a  presump- 
tion which  an  enlightened  mind  is  altogether  unable  to  re- 
sist, when  it  sees  that  precisely  similar  effects  are  every 
day  produced  by  law  on  a  small  scale,  as  when  a  drop  of 
water  spherifies,  when  the  revolving  hoop  bulges  out  in  the 
plane  of  its  equator,  and  the  sling,  swung  round  in  the 
hand,  increases  in  speed  as  the  string  is  shortened.  The 
philosopher,  on  observing  these  phenomena,  and  finding 
incontestable  proof  that  they  are  precisely  of  the  same 
nature  as  those  attending  the  formation  and  arrangement 
of  worlds,  learns  his  first  great  lesson — that  the  natural 
laws  work  on  the  minutest  and  the  grandest  scale  indiffer- 
ently ;  that,  in  fact,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  great  and 
small  in  nature,  but  world  spaces  are  as  a  hair-breadth, 
and  a  thousand  years  as  one  day.  Having  thus  all  but 
demonstration  that  the  spheres  were  formed  and  arranged 
by  natural  law,  the  nebular  hypothesis  becomes  important, 
as  shadowing  forth  the  process  by  which  matter  was  so 
transformed  from  a  previous  condition,  but  it  is  nothing 
more  ;  and,  though  it  were  utterly  disproved,  the  evidence 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


5 


which  we  previously  possessed  that  physical  creation,  so 
to  speak,  was  effected  by  means  of,  or  in  the  manner  of 
law,  would  remain  exactly  as  it  was.  We  should  only 
be  left  in  the  dark  with  regard  to  the  previous  condition  of 
matter,  and  the  steps  of  the  process  by  which  it  acquired 
its  present  forms. 

It  would  nevertheless  strengthen  the  presumption,  and, 
indeed,  place  it  near  to  ascertained  truths,  if  we  were  to 
obtain  strong  evidence  for  what  has  hitherto  been  called 
the  nebular  hypothesis.  The  evidence  for  it  is  sketched 
in  the  Vestiges :  it  is  exhibited  with  greater  clearness,  and 
in  elegant  and  impressive  language,  in  Professor  Nichol's 
Views  of  the  Architecture  of  the  Heavens.  The  position 
held  by  this  hypothesis  in  the  philosophical  world  when  my 
book  was  written,  is  shown,  with  tolerable  distinctness,  in 
the  Edinburgh  Review  for  1838,  where  it  is  spoken  of  in  the 
following  general  terms  : — "  These  views  of  the  origin 
and  destiny  of  the  various  system  of  worlds  which  fill  the 
immensity  of  space,  break  upon  the  mind  with  all  the  inte- 
rest of  novelty,  and  all  the  brightness  of  truth.  Appealing 
to  our  imagination  by  their  grandeur,  and  to  our  reason  by 
the  severe  jmnciples  on  which  they  rest,  the  mind  feels  as  if 
a  revelation  had  been  vouchsafed  to  it  of  the  past  and 
future  history  of  the  universe."  It  may  also  be  remarked 
that  this  writer  considered  the  hypothesis  as  "  confirming, 
rather  than  opposing  the  Mosaic  cosmogony,  whether  alle- 
gorically  or  literally  interpreted."  With  this  testimony  to 
the  mathematical  expositions  of  MM.  La  Place  and  Comte, 
I  rest  content,  as  the  expositions  themselves  would  be  un- 
suitable in  a  popular  treatise.  But  the  hypothesis  has  been 
favorably  entertained  in  many  authoritative  quarters,  dur- 
ing the  last  few  years,  and  probably  would  have  continued 


0 


EXPLANATIONS. 


to  be  so,  if  no  attempt  had  been  made  to  enforce  by  it  a 
system  of  nature  on  the  principle  of  universal  order. 

The  chief  objection  taken  to  the  theory  is,  that  the  ex- 
istence  of  nebulous  matter  in  the  heavens  is  disproved  by 
the  discoveries  made  by  the  Earl  of  Rosse's  telescope. 
By  this  wondrous  tube,  we  are  told,  it  is  shown  to  be  "  an 
unwarrantable  assumption  that  there  are  in  the  heavenly 
spaces  any  masses  of  matter  different  from  solid  bodies 
composing  planetary  systems."*  The  nebulae,  in  short, 
are  said  to  be  now  shown  as  clusters  of  stars,  rendered 
apparently  nebulous  only  by  the  vast  distance  at  which 
they  are  placed.  There  is  often  seen  a  greater  vehemence 
and  rashness  in  objecting  to,  than  in  presenting  hypothe- 
ses ;  and  we  appear  to  have  here  an  instance  of  such  hasty 
counter-generalization.  The  fact  is,  that  the  nebulae  were 
always  understood  to  be  of  two  kinds  :  1,  nebulae  which 
were  only  distant  clusters,  and  which  yielded,  one  after 
another,  to  the  resolving  powers  of  telescopes,  as  these 
powers  were  increased  ;  2,  nebulae  comparatively  near, 
which  no  increase  of  telescopic  power  affected.  Two 
classes  of  objects  wholly  different  were,  from  their  partial 
resemblance,  recognized  by  one  name,  and  hence  the  con- 
fusion which  has  arisen  upon  the  subject.  The  resolution 
of  a  great  quantity  of  the  first  kind  of  nebulae  by  Lord 
Rosse's  telescope  was  of  course  expected,  and  it  is  a  fact, 
though  in  itself  interesting,  of  no  consequence  to  the  ne- 
bular hypothesis.  It  will  only  be  in  the  event  of  the  second 
class  being  also  resolved,  and  its  being  thus  shown  that 
there  is  only  one  class  of  nebulae,  that  the  hypothesis  will 
suffer.    Such,  at  least,  I  conclude  to  be  the  sense  of  a 


*  North  British  Review,  iii.,477. 


NEBUi.AU  HYPOTHESIS. 


7 


passage  which  I  take  leave  to  transfer,  in  an  abridged 
form,  from  a  recent  edition  of  Professor  Nichol's  work. 

"  I.  By  far  the  greater  number  of  the  milky  streaks,  or  spots, 
whose  places  have  hitherto  been  recorded,  lie  at  the  outermost,  or 
nearly  at  the  outermost  boundary  of  the  sphere  previously  reached 
by  our  telescopes  ;  and  in  this  case  there  is  no  certain  principle  on 
the  ground  upon  which  a  pure  nebula  can  be  distinguished  from  a 
cluster  so  remote  that  only  the  general  or  fused  light  of  its  myriads 
of  constituent  orbs  can  be  seen.  Sometimes, — resting  on  a  pecu- 
liarity of  form  or  other  characteristic, — the  astronomer  may  venture 
a  guess  that  such  an  object  is  probably  a  firmament;  as,  indeed,  I 
was  bold  enough  to  do  in  former  editions  of  this  work  with  regard 
to  several  which  have  since  been  resolved ;  but,  in  the  main,  he 
can  tell  little  concerning  them,  or  have  any  other  belief,  than  that, 
as  with  similar  masses  near  him,  a  great,  probably  the  greater  num- 
ber, are  true  clusters,  grand  arrangements  of  stars,  incredibly  re- 
mote, but  resembling  in  all  things  our  own  home  galaxy.  Now, 
the  application  to  such  objects  of  a  new  and  enlarged  power  of 
vision,  could  be  attended  only  by  one  result — magnificent,  but  far 
from  unexpected :  and  it  is  here  that  the  six-feet  mirror  has 
achieved  its  earliest  triumphs.  Under  its  piercing  glance,  great 
numbers  of  the  milky  speck3  have  unfolded  their  starry  constitu- 
ents ;  some  of  these,  which  previously  were  almost  unresolved, 
shining  with  a  lustre  equivalent  to  that  of  our  brightest  orbs  to  the 
naked  eye.  How  far  it  will  go  with  its  resolving  power  has  not 
yet  been  ascertained  ;  but  I  perceive  that  Sir  James  South  has 
given  his  authority  that  some  spots  examined  by  it  continue  in- 
tractable. 

"II.  The  influence  of  the  new  discoveries  either  to  impair  or 
strengthen  the  foundations  of  the  nebular  hypothesis,  must  clearly 
be  looked  for  among  their  bearings  on  less  remote  and  ambiguous 
objects.  Now,  the  new  aspects  of  these  may  lead  us  to  question 
our  former  opinions  as  to  the  existence  of  the  supposed  filmy  self- 
luminous  masses, — or  they  may  throw  doubt  on  the  reality  of  those 
forms  according  to  which  we  have  arranged  them,  and  which  seem 
to  indicate  the  steps  of  a  stupendous  progress. 

"  1.  Astronomers  have  never  rested  their  belief  in  the  reality 


8 


EXPLANATIONS. 


and  wide  diffusion  of  the  nebulous  matter,  on  the  objects  referred 
to  in  the  first  paragraph ;  but  on  others,  much  within  the  range  of 
our  previous  vision.  In  so  far  as  we  have  hitherto  understood  the 
nature  of  clusters,  the  telescopic  power  required  to  resolve  them  is 
never  very  much  higher  than  that  which  first  descries  them  as  dim 
milky  spots.  But.  there  are  many  most  remarkable  objects  which, 
in  this  essential  feature,  are  wholly  contrasted  with  clusters.  For 
instance,  the  nebula  in  Orion,  as  I  have  fully  shown  in  the  text,  is 
visible  to  the  naked  eye,  as  also  is  the  gorgeous  one  in  Andromeda; 
while  the  largest  instrument  heretofore  turned  to  them  has  given 
no  intimation  that  their  light  is  stellar,  but  rather  the  contrary ; 
although  small  stars  are  found  buried  amidst  their  mass.  Now,  if 
Lord  Rosse's  telescope  resolves  these,  and  others  with  similar  attri- 
butes, such  as  some  of  the  streaks  among  the  following  plates,  we 
shall  thereby  be  informed  that  we  have  generalized  too  hastily  from 
the  character  of  known  firmaments,— that  schemes  of  stellar  being 
exist,  infinitely  more  strange  and  varied  than  we  had  ventured  to 
suppose,— and  certainly  we  shall  then  hesitate  in  averring  further, 
concerning  the  existence  or  at  least  the  diffusion  of  the  purely 
nebulous  modification  of  matter. 

"  2.  Lord  Rosse's  telescope  may  also,  as  I  have  said,  disprove 
the  reality  of  our  arrangement  of  the  forms  of  the  nebulae  as  steps 
of  a  progression.  And  in  regard  of  this  question,  there  seem  two 
classes  of  objects  meriting  attention. 

"  First,  I  shall  refer  to  the  nebulous  stars  properly  so  called,  or 
to  that  form  in  which  the  diffused  matter  has  reached  the  condition 
of  almost  pure  fixed  stars.  Now,  of  these  objects  there  are  two 
distinct  sets,  presenting  at  first  to  the  telescope  very  much  the 
same  appearance,  but  in  regard  of  which  our  knowledge  is  very 
different.  It  will  readily  be  conceived  that  a  distant  cluster,  with 
strong  concentration  about  the  centre  of  its  figure,  must,  to  the 
telescope  which  first  descries  it,  look  like  a  star  with  a  halo  around 
it.  When  a  higher  power  is  applied,  that  central  star,  however, 
will  appear  as  a  disc,  and  to  a  still  higher  power  the  cluster  will 
be  revealed.  A  very  great  number  of  what  are  called  nebulous 
stars,  are  doubtless  of  this  class ;  and  we  have  hitherto  had  no 
means  of  accurately  ascertaining  the  fact,  just  because  our  largest 
telescopes  were  required  to  descry  them  ;  but  there  are  multitudes 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


9 


of  others — the  true  '  photospheres ' — quite  of  a  different  descrip- 
tion. Many  of  these  are  easily  seen  as  fixed  stars  with  haloes  of 
different  sizes  diminishing  to  the  mere  '  bur  and  under  the  great- 
est power  as  yet  applied,  the  apparent  central  star  never  expands 
into  a  disc,  or  departs  from  the  stellar  character.  It  is  by  its  effect 
on  these  that  the  new  instrument  will  at  all  bear  on  this  portion  of 
the  nebular  hypothesis. 

"  Secondly,  The  foregoing  being  our  grounds  of  belief  in  the 
existence  of  nebulae — first,  in  a  diffused  or  chaotic  state,  and  again 
in  a  condition  proximate  to  pure  stars  ;  the  only  remaining  point 
has  reference  to  nebulae  in  an  intermediate  state, — when  the  round- 
ish masses  seem  to  have  begun  a  process  of  organization  or  concen- 
tration, and  carried  it  onwards  through  several  stages  :  a  state  to 
which  we  have  every  variety  of  analogon  in  the  various  forms  and 
densities  of  cometic  nuclei.  Sir  William  Herschel  certainly  was 
not  ignorant  that  round  or  spherical  clusters  abound  in  the  skies, 
which,  when  first  seen,  present  all  the  appearances  of  such  nebulae 
— nay,  he  grounded  on  the  fact  of  their  approximate  sphericity  and 
varying  degrees  of  concentration,  some  of  the  boldest  and  most 
engrossing  of  his  conjectures ;  nor  would  he  have  doubted  that 
multitudes  which,  even  to  his  instruments,  seemed  only  general 
lights,  would,  in  after  times,  be  resolved  ;  but  here,  as  before,  the 
gist  of  the  question  is  not,  can  you  resolve  round  nebula?  never  re- 
solved before  ;  but  can  you  resolve  such  as,  quite  within  the  range 
of  former  vision,  have  continued  intractable  under  the  scrutiny  of 
powers  which,  judging  from  the  average  of  our  experience,  must 
surpass  what  ought  to  have  resolved  them  ? 

"  Such  are  my  views  as  to  the  present  condition  of  this  impor- 
tant question ;  and  if  they  are  correct,  it  will  appear  that,  not- 
withstanding the  resolutions  achieved  by  the  new  instruments,  they 
are,  as  yet,  quite  as  likely — by  accumulating  new  objects  belonging 
to  the  three  foregoing  classes,  and  by  more  surely  and  distinctly 
establishing  their  characteristic  features— to  strengthen,  as  to  in- 
validate the  grounds  of  the  nebular  hypothesis.  Eagerly,  but  pa- 
tiently, let  us  watch  the  approaching  revelations." 

Various  minor  objections  have  been  presented  to  the 
nebular  hypothesis ;  but,  before  adverting  to  any  of  them, 

2* 


10 


EXPLANATIONS. 


I  may  give  a  brief  abstract  of  certain  recent  experiments, 
by  which  it  has  been  remarkably  illustrated.  Here  it  is 
peculiarly  important  to  bear  in  mind,  that  the  phenomena 
of  nature  are,  if  I  may  so  speak,  indifferent  to  the  scale 
on  which  they  act.  The  dew-drop  is,  in  physics,  the  pic- 
ture of  a  world.  Remembering  this,  we  are  prepared  in 
some  measure,  to  hear  of  a  Belgian  professor  imitating 
the  supposed  formation  and  arrangement,  of  a  solar  sys- 
tem, in  some  of  its  most  essential  particulars,  on  the  table 
of  a  lecture-room  !  The  experiments  were  first  conducted 
by  Professor  Plateau  of  Ghent,  and  afterwards  repeated 
by  our  own  Dr.  Faraday. 

The  following  abstract  of  Professor  Plateau's  experi- 
ments is  also  presented  in  the  fifth  edition  of  the  Vestiges. 
Its  being  repeated  here  is,  that  it  may  meet  the  eyes  of 
many  who  are  not  likely  to  see  any  edition  of  that  work 
besides  those  from  which  it  is  absent : 

Placing  a  mixture  of  water  and  alcohol  in  a  glass  box, 
and  therein  a  small  quantity  of  olive  oil,  of  density  pre- 
cisely equal  to  the  mixture,  we  have  in  the  latter  a  liquid 
mass  relieved  from  the  operation  of  gravity,  and  free  to  take 
the  exterior  form  given  by  the  forces  which  may  act  upon 
it.  In  point  of  fact,  the  oil  instantly  takes  a  globular 
form  by  virtue  of  molecular  attraction.  A  vertical  axis 
being  introduced  through  the  box,  with  a  small  disc  upon 
it,  so  arranged  that  its  centre  is  coincident  with  the  centre 
of  the  globe  of  oil,  we  turn  the  axis  at  a  slow  rate,  and 
thus  set  the  oil  sphere  into  rotation.  "  We  then  presently 
see  the  sphere  flatten  at  its  poles  and  swell  out  at  its  equator, 
and  we  thus  realize,  on  a  small  scale,  an  effect  which  is 
admitted  to  have  taken  place  in  the  planets."  The  spheri- 
fying  forces  are  of  different  natures,  that  of  molecular 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


11 


attraction  in  the  case  of  the  oil,  and  of  universa  attrac- 
tion in  that  of  the  planet,  but  the  results  are  "  analogous, 
if  not  identical."  Quickening  the  rotation  makes  the 
figure  more  oblately  spheroidal.  When  it  comes  to  be  so 
quick  as  two  or  three  turns  in  a  second,  "the  liquid 
sphere  first  takes  rapidly  its  maximum  of  flattening,  then 
becomes  hollow  above  and  belosv,  around  the  axis  of  rota- 
tion, stretching  out  continually  in  a  horizontal  direction, 
and  finally,  abandoning  the  disc,  is  transformed  into  a  per- 
fect/// regular  ring."  At  first  this  remains  connected  with 
the  disc  by  a  thin  pellicle  of  oil  ;  but  on  the  disc  being 
stopped  this  breaks  and  disappears,  and  the  ring  becomes 
completely  disengaged.  The  only  observable  difference 
between  the  latter  and  the  ring  of  Saturn  is,  that  it  is 
rounded,  instead  of  being  flattened ;  but  this  is  accounted 
for  in  a  satisfactory  way. 

A  little  after  the  stoppage  of  the  rotatory  motion  of  the 
disc,  the  ring  of  oil,  losing  its  own  motion,  gathers  once 
more  into  a  sphere.  If,  however,  a  smaller  disc  be  used, 
and  its  rotation  continued  after  the  separation  of  the  ring, 
rotatory  motion  and  centrifugal  force  will  be  generated  in 
the  alcoholic  fluid,  and  the  oil  ring,  thus  prevented  from 
returning  into  the  globular  form,  divides  itself  into  "  several 
isolated  masses,  each  of  which  immediately  takes  the  globular 
form.'''  These  are  "  almost  always  seen  to  assume,  at  the 
instant  of  their  formation,  a  movement  of  rotation  upon  them- 
selves— a  movement  which  constantly  takes  place  in  the 
same  direction  as  that  of  the  ring.  Moreover,  as  the  ring,  at 
the  instant  of  its  rupture,  had  still  a  remainder  of  velocity, 
the  spheres  to  which  it  has  given  birth  tend  to  fly  off  at  a 
tangent ;  but  as,  on  the  other  side,  the  disc,  turning  in  the  alco- 
holic liquor,  has  impressed  on  this  a  movement  of  rotation,  the 


13 


EXPLANATIONS. 


spheres  are  especially  carried  along  by  this  last  movement, 
and  revolve  for  some  time  round  the  disc.  Those  which 
revolve  at  the  same  time  upon  themselves,  consequently, 
then  present  the  curious  spectacle  of  planets  revolving  at  the 
same  time  on  themselves  and  in  their  orbits.  Finally, 
another  very  curious  effect  is  also  manifested  in  these  cir- 
cumstances :  besides  three  or  four  large  spheres  into  which 
the  ring  revolves  itself,  there  are  almost  always  produced 
one  or  two  very  small  ones,  which  may  thus  be  compared 
to  satellites.  The  experiment  which  we  have  thus  des- 
cribed presents,  as  we  see,  an  image  in  miniature  of  the 
formation  of  the  planets,  according  to  the  hypothesis  of 
Laplace,  by  the  rupture  of  the  cosmical  rings  attributable 
to  the  condensation  of  the  solar  atmosphere."* 

Such  illustrations  certainly  tend  to  take  from  the  nebular 
cosmogony  the  character  of  a  "  splendid  vision,"  which 
one  of  my  critics  has  applied  to  it.  I  may  here  also 
remind  the  reader  that  there  are  other  grounds  for  this 
hypothesis,  besides  observations  on  the  nebulae.  Overlook- 
ing the  zodiacal  light,  which  has  been  thought  a  residuum 
of  the  nebulous  fluid  of  our  system,  we  find  geology  taking 
us  back  towards  a  state  of  our  globe  which  cannot  other- 
wise be  explained.  It  was  clearly  at  one  time  in  a  state 
of  igneous  fluidity, — the  state  in  which  its  oblately  sphe- 
roidal form  was  assumed  under  the  law  of  centrifugal 
force.  Since  then  it  has  cooled,  at  least  in  the  exterior 
crust.  We  thus  have  it  passing  through  a  chemical  pro- 
cess attended  by  diminishing  heat.  Whence  the  heat  at 
first,  if  not  from  the  causes  indicated  in  the  nebular 

*  Dr.  Plateau  on  the  Phenomena  presented  by  a  free  Liquid 
Mass  withdrawn  from  the  action  of  gravity.  Taylor's  Scientific 
Memoirs.    November,  1844. 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


13 


hypothesis  ?  But  this  is  not  all.  In  looking  back  along 
the  steps  of  such  a  process,  we  have  no  limit  imposed. 
There  is  nothing  to  call  for  our  stopping  till  we  reach  one 
of  those  extreme  temperatures  which  would  vaporize  the 
solid  materials  ;  and  this  gives  us  exactly  that  condition 
of  tilings  which  is  implied  by  the  nebular  cosmogony. 

Of  particular  objections  it  is  not  necessary  to  say  much. 
That  there  should  be  difficulties  attending  such  a  hypothe- 
sis is  only  to  be  expected  ;  but  where  general  evidence  is 
so  strong,  we  should  certainly  be  scrupulous  about  allow- 
ing  them  too  much  weight.  It  is  represented,  for  instance, 
that  the  matter  of  the  solar  system  could  not,  in  any  con- 
ceivable gaseous  form,  fill  the  space  comprehended  by  the 
orbit  of  Uranus.  If  this  be  the  case,  let  it  be  allowed  as 
a  difficulty.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the  planets  do  not 
increase  regularly  in  density  from  the  outermost  to  the 
innermost.  Their  sizes  are  also  not  in  a  regular  pro- 
gression, though  the  largest,  generally  speaking,  are 
towards  the  exterior  of  the  system.  It  was  not,  perhaps, 
to  be  expected,  that  such  gradations  should  be  observed  ; 
but,  grant  there  was  some  reason  to  look  for  them,  their 
absence  constitutes  only  another  and  a  slight  difficulty. 
Then  we  know  no  law  to  determine  the  particular  "  stages 
at  which  rings  are  formed  and  detached."  Be  it  so — 
although  something  of  the  kind  there  doubtless  is,  as  the 
distances  of  the  planets,  according  to  Bode's  law,  observe 
a  geometrical  series  of  which  the  ratio  of  increase  is  2. 
From  these  objections,  which  cannot  now  be  answered,  let 
us  pass  to  some  which  can. 

It  has  been  said  that  a  confluence  of  atoms  towards  a 
central  point,  as  presumed  by  the  nebular  hypothesis, 


14 


EXPLANATIONS. 


would  result,  not  in  a  rotation,  but  in  a  state  of  rest.* 
According  to  the  North  British  Review — "  .  .  .  Supposing 
the  uniformly  distributed  atoms  to  agglomerate  round  their 
ringleader,  the  space  left  blank  by  the  slow  advance  of  the 
atoms  in  radial  lines  converging  to  the  nucleus,  must  be 
a  ring  bounded  by  concentric  circles,  the  outermost  circle 
being  the  limit  of  the  nebulous  matter  not  drawn  to  the 
centre  of  the  nascent  sun.  Now,  as  all  the  forces  which 
act  upon  the  agglomerating  particles,  whether  they  pro- 
ceed from  the  circumference  of  the  undisturbed  nebulous 
matter,  or  from  the  gradually  increasing  nucleus,  must 
have  their  resultants  in  the  radial  lines  above  mentioned, 
— there  can  be  no  cause  whatever  capable  of  giving  a 
rotatory  motion  to  the  mass.    It  must  remain  at  rest." 

Now,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  a  confluence  proceed- 
ing precisely  to  a  centre,  has  this  result ;  but  this  is  only 
an  abstract  truth,  not  an  exact  and  absolute  description  of 
any  actual  confluence  of  the  kind.  The  explanation  was 
afforded  by  Professor  Nichol,  long  before  the  objection  was 
started,  and  it  could  not  be  given  in  better  language  on  the 
present  occasion  :  "  When  we  reflect  on  the  solar  nebula 
in  the  act  of  condensing,  it  appears  that  the  act  consists  in 
a  flow  or  rush  of  the  nebulous  matter  from  all  sides  towards 
a  central  region ;  which  is  virtually  equivalent,  in  a 
mechanical  point  of  view,  to  what  we  witness  so  frequently, 
both  on  a  small  and  large  scale — the  meeting  and  inter- 
mingling of  opposite  gentle  currents  of  water=  Now,  what 
do  we  find  on  occasion  of  such  a  meeting  ?  HerschePs 
keen  glance  lighted  at  once  on  this  simple  phenomenon, 
and  drew  from  it  the  secret  of  one  of  the  most  fertile  pro- 

*  North  British  Review,  No.  6.    Atlas  Newspaper,  Aug.  30,  1845. 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


15 


cesses  of  Nature  !  In  almost  no  case  do  streams  meet  and 
intermingle,  icithout  occasioning,  where  they  intermingle,  a 
dimple  or  whirlpool ;  and,  in  fact,  it  is  barely  possible  that 
such  a  jlow  of  matter  from  opposite  sides  could  be  so  nicely 
balanced  in  any  case,  that  the  opposite  momenta  or  floods 
would  neutralize  each  other,  and  produce  a  condition  of  cen- 
tral rest.  In  this  circumstance,  then — in  the  whirlpool  to 
he  expected  where  the  nebulous  floods  meet — is  the  obscure 
and  simple  germ  of  rotatory  movement.  The  very  act  of 
the  condensation  of  the  gaseous  matter  as  it  flows  towards 
a  central  district,  almost  necessitates  the  commencement 
of  a  process,  which,  though  slow  and  vague  at  first,  has,  it 
will  be  found,  the  inherent  power  of  reaching  a  perfect 
and  definite  condition  .  .  ."* 

The  exception  presented  by  the  satellites  of  Uranus  to 
the  otherwise  uniform  orbitual  movements  of  the  planetary 
bodies,  is  brought  forward  as  a  startling  difficulty. f  It  is, 
in  reality,  only  a  trifling  objection,  seeing  that  so  many 
other  movements  follow  one  rule,  and  that  we  may  any 
day  be  able  to  fix  upon  a  cause  for  this  exception,  per- 
fectly in  harmony  with  all  the  associated  facts.  There 
was  once  a  similar  difficulty  in  geology — strata  uppermost 
where  they  ought  to  have  been  lowermost ;  but  it  was  in 
time  cleared.  Geologists  found  that  there  had  been  a  fold- 
ing over  of  the  strata,  so  as  to  reverse  their  proper  and 
original  positions.  May  we  not  rest  in  hope,  that  a  similar 
exception  in  astronomy  may  find  a  similar  solution?  I 
have  thrown  out  the  hint  of  a  possible  bouleversement  of  the 
whole  of  that  planet's  system  :  it  has  been  scoffed  at ;  but 
it  is  only  the  supposition  of  a  greater  degree  of  obliquity  in 

*  Views  of  the  Architecture  of  the  Heavens.  First  edition,  1837. 
t  Edinburgh  Review,  No.  165,  p.  24. 


16 


EXPLANATIONS. 


the  inclination  ot  the  axis  of  the  planet  to  the  plane  of  its 
orbit  than  what  we  find  in  several  others.  The  same 
causes  which  made  the  inclination  of  the  axis  of  Venus 
towards  her  orbit  75  degrees,  may  have  turned  that  of 
Uranus  a  little  further  along,  and  so  reversed  the  position 
of  his  poles.  The  admitted  inclination  of  the  axis  of 
Uranus  towards  the  plane  of  his  orbit  is  79  degrees, 
the  greatest  found  in  any  of  the  planets.  This  implies 
only  the  necessity  for  an  increase  of  inclination  to  the 
extent  of  22  degrees,  or  about  one-fourth  of  the  quadrant, 
in  order  to  account  for  the  surmised  reverse  arrangement. 
Nor  are  causes  for  such  a  phenomenon  far  to  seek.  In  the 
revolution  of  the  presumed  nebular  mass,  there  would  be 
great  undulations,  as  I  venture  to  say  there  would  be  found 
in  any  similar  body  which  we  might  set  into  a  similar 
rotatory  motion.  Such  I  esteem  as  the  causes  of  the 
departure  of  the  planetary  axes  from  the  vertical.  A 
curve  in  the  outermost  portion,  amounting  to  a  fold — like 
the  curl  of  a  high  wave — would  cause  the  bouleversement 
of  Uranus,  and  the  consequent  (apparent)  retrogression  of 
his  satellites. 

It  appears  then,  that,  overlooking  a  few  minor  unex- 
plained difficulties,  the  objections  to  the  nebular  hypothesis 
are  not  formidable  to  it.  It  approaches  the  region  of  ascer- 
tained truths,  and  may  reasonably  be  held  as  a  strong  cor- 
roboration of  what  first  appears  from  the  material  laws  of 
the  universe,  that  the  whole  Uranographical  arrangements 
were  effected  in  the  manner  of  natural  law.  It  is,  how- 
ever, altogether  a  mistake  to  regard  this  conclusion,  as  far 
as  it  is  one,  as  equivalent  to  a  superseding  of  Deity  in  the 
history  of  creation.  It  proposes  nothing  beyond  a  view  of 
the  mode  in  which  the  Divine  Will  has  been  pleased  to 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS.  17 

act,  in  this  first  and  most  important  of  its  works.  The 
formation  of  worlds  and  their  arrangement  now  appear  but 
as  steps  in  a  Historical  Progress,  for  matter  is  necessarily 
presumed  to  have  existed  before  in  a  different  form.  By 
what  means  and  under  what  circumstances  creation,  in  the 
true  sense  of  the  word,  took  place, — that  is,  how  existence 
was  given  to  the  matter  which  we  suppose  to  have  been 
capable  of  such  evolutions — no  one  can  as  yet  tell ;  we 
only  are  sure,  if  any  trust  can  be  placed  in  the  laws  of  our 
minds,  that  it  had  a  Cause,  or  an  Author.  Leaving  such 
an  inquiry  as  one,  in  which  we  have  not,  at  present,  ground 
for  a  single  step,  it  is  surely  a  great  gratification  that  we 
can  at  least  trace  the  operations  of  the  Great  First  Cause, 
from  a  condition  of  matter  anterior  to  its  present  forms,  and 
learn  with  certainty  that  these  operations  were  in  no  way 
arbitrary  or  capricious,  that  they  were  not  single  and  de- 
tached phenomena,  but  the  result  of  principles  flowing  from 
the  Eternal  and  Immutable,  and  which  prevailed  over  all 
the  realms  of  Infinity  at  once. 

We  have  fixed  mechanical  laws  at  one  end  of  the  sys- 
tem of  nature.  If  we  turn  to  the  mind  and  morals  of  man, 
we  find  that  we  have  equally  fixed  laws  at  the  other. 
The  human  being,  a  mystery  considered  as  an  individual, 
becomes  a  simple  natural  phenomenon  when  taken  in  the 
mass,  for  a  regularity  is  observed  in  every  peculiarity  of 
our  constitution  and  every  form  of  thought  and  deed  of 
which  we  are  capable,  when  we  only  extend  our  view 
over  a  sufficiently  wide  range.  It  is  to  M.  Quetelet,  of 
Brussels,  that  we  are  indebted  for  the  first  satisfactory  ex- 
plication of  this  great  truth :  it  is  presented  in  his  well- 
known  and  very  able  treatise,  Sur  L' Homme,  et  le  Dive- 


18 


EXPLANATIONS. 


loppement  de  ses  Facultes.  He  first  shows  the  regularity 
which  presides  over  the  births  and  deaths  of  a  community, 
liable  to  be  affected  in  some  degree  by  accidental  circum- 
stances, but  fixed  again  when  these  are  uniform.  He  then 
makes  it  clear  that  the  stature,  weight,  strength,  and  other 
physical  peculiarities  of  men  are  likewise  regulated  by 
fixed  principles  of  nature.  Afterwards,  the  moral  quali- 
ties,— the  impulses  of  all  our  various  sentiments  and  pas- 
sions,— even  the  tendency  to  yield  to  those  temptations 
which  give  birth  to  crime, — are  proved  to  be  of  no  less 
determinate  character,  however  impossible  it  may  be  to 
predict  the  conduct  of  any  single  person.  These  are  doc- 
trines not  to  be  resisted  by  inconsiderate  prejudices.  They 
rest  on  the  most  powerful  of  all  evidence,  that  of  numbers. 
If  they  appear  to  take  from  the  personal  responsibility  of 
individuals,  it  is  merely  an  appearance,  for  the  doctrine 
immediately  steps  forward  to  show  that  laws,  education, 
and  moral  influences  of  every  kind  exercise  an  equally 
determinate  control  over  men  ;  so  that  the  need  for  their 
being  called  into  use  becomes  even  more  palpable  than 
before.  We  are  not,  however,  required  at  this  moment  to 
argue  respecting  the  bearing  which  this  doctrine  may  have 
upon  human  interests.  What  we  are  at  present  concerned 
with  is  the  simple  fact,  that  Morals — that  part  of  the  sys- 
tem of  things  which  seemed  least  under  natural  regulation 
or  law — is  as  thoroughly  ascertained  to  be  wholly  so,  as  the 
arrangements  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 

Now  we  have  here  two  most  remarkable  truths.  The 
wondrous  masses  which  people  the  Mighty  Void  are  under 
the  control  of  natural  law.  The  workings  of  the  little 
world  of  the  human  mind — the  opposite  extreme  of  the 
system — are  under  law  likewise.    We  have  thus  the  cha- 


NEBULAR  HYPOTHESIS. 


1!) 


racter  of  the  limits  of  the  system  fixed.  So  far  we  proceed 
upon  solid  ground.  Now  it  has  been  seen  that  phenomena 
precisely  the  same  as  the  formation  and  arrangement  of 
worlds  take  place  daily  before  our  eyes,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  the  laws  of  matter,  showing  that  the  whole  cosmo- 
gony might  have  been  effected — proving,  indeed,  that  it 
was  effected — by  the  Divine  will  acting  in  that  manner. 
Having  attained  this  point,  we  are  called  upon  to  remem- 
ber the  many  appearances  of  unity  in  nature  ;  how,  when 
we  take  a  sufficiently  wide  view,  there  is  nothing  discre- 
pant and  exceptive  in  it ;  how  a  noble  and  affecting  sim- 
plicity breathes  from  it  in  every  part.  So  reflecting,  we 
ask,  "  Can  it  be  that,  as  the  first  and  the  last  parts  of  the 
system  are  under  law,  and  the  first  (this  being  also  the 
greatest)  was  manifestly  created  in  that  manner,  so  the 
whole  is  under  law,  and  has  been  produced  in  that  man- 
ner V  It  is  at  the  moment  when  we  have  arrived  at  this 
question,  that  the  origin  of  the  organic  world  becomes  a 
point  of  importance.  The  sceptic  of  science  steps  in,  and 
says,  "  No ;  the  idea  of  an  entire  system  under  law,  and 
produced  by  it,  here  breaks  down,  for  who  can  pretend  to 
penetrate  the  mysteries  of  vitality  and  organization  ?  and 
who  can  sav  that  species  have  had  other  than  a  miraculous 
origin  V  The  tone  in  which  this  objection  is  usually 
made  seems  to  me  inappropriate,  considering  that  the  ob- 
jectors stand  on  a  mere  fragment  of  nature,  and  one  which 
the  discoveries  of  science  are  every  day  lessening.  It  is  but 
in  a  nook,  to  which  light  has  not  yet  penetrated,  that  the 
opponents  of  the  theory  of  universal  order  take  refuge.  On 
coming  to  the  consideration  of  the  question,  I  am  at  the 
very  first  struck  by  the  great  a  priori  unlikelihood  that 
there  can  have  been  two  modes  of  Divine  working  in  the 


20 


EXPLANATIONS. 


history  of  nature— namely,  a  system  of  fixed  order  or  law 
in  the  formation  of  globes,  and  a  system  in  any  degree  dif- 
ferent in  the  peopling  of  these  globes  with  plants  and 
animals.  Laws  govern  both  :  we  are  left  no  room  to  doubt 
that  laws  were  the  immediate  means  of  making  the  first ; 
is  it  to  be  readily  admitted  that  laws  did  not  preside  at  the 
creation  of  the  second  also,  particularly  when  we  find  that 
laws  equally  at  this  moment  govern  and  sustain  both  ? 
Most  undoubtedly,  it  would  require  very  powerful  evidence 
to  justify  such  an  admission.  And,  on  the  other  hand,  it 
would  require  very  decisive  counter-evidence  to  forbid 
the  conclusion  that  the  organic  creation  originated  in  law. 
How  actually  stands  the  evidence  on  either  side  ?  Simply 
thus  :  that  no  actual  evidence  has  ever  yet  been  offered  to 
prove  that  the  Divine  will  acted  otherwise  than  in  the  usual 
natural  order  in  the  organic  creation  ;  while,  on  the  other 
hand,  geology  and  physiology  exhibit  lively  vestiges  or 
traces  of  that  mode  having  actually  been  followed.  On  this 
narrow  ground,  it  appears,  is  the  great  question  to  be  de- 
bated. If  the  opponents  of  the  hypothesis  of  an  organic 
creation  by  law  can  bring,  from  these  or  any  other  sciences., 
facts  which  appear  as  powerful  objections  to  any  such  con- 
clusion, then  it  must,  at  the  very  least,  be  held  in  suspense. 
If,  again,  the  other  party  can  show  these  sciences  as  pre- 
senting far  more  argument  for  a  law  creation  of  organisms 
than  against  it,  the  hypothesis  must  be  admitted  to  have 
the  advantage.  I  have  so  presented  these  sciences ;  the 
evidence  has  been  disputed,  and  some  obscure  points  have 
been  largely  insisted  upon  in  objection.  It  is  now  my  duty 
to  enter  into  the  consideration  of  these  objections,  and  see 
if  they  are  really  of  the  importance  which  has  been  attri- 
buted to  them. 


GEOLOGY. 


21 


Fifty  years  ago,  science  possessed  no  facts  regarding  the 
origin  of  organic  creatures  upon  earth  ;  as  far  as  know- 
ledge acquired  through  the  ordinary  means  was  concerned, 
all  was  a  blank  antecedent  to  the  first  chapters  of  what  we 
usually  call  ancient  history.  Within  that  time,  by  re- 
searches in  the  crust  of  the  earth,  we  have  obtained  a  bold 
outline  of  the  history  of  the  globe,  during  what  appears  to 
have  been  a  vast  chronology  intervening  between  its  form- 
ation and  the  appearance  of  the  human  race  upon  its  sur- 
face. It  is  shown,  on  powerful  evidence,  that,  during  this 
time,  strata  of  various  thickness  were  deposited  in  seas, 
each  in  succession  being  composed  of  matters  worn  away 
from  the  previous  rocks ;  volcanic  agency  broke  up  the 
strata,  and  projected  chains  of  mountains  ;  sea  and  land 
repeatedly  changed  conditions  ;  in  short,  the  whole  of  the 
arrangements  which  we  see  prevailing  in  the  earth/s  crust 
took  place,  and  that  most  undoubtedly  under  the  influ- 
ence of  natural  laws  which  we  yet  see  continually  operat- 
ing. The  remains  and  traces  of  plants  and  animals  found 
in  the  succession  of  strata,  show  that,  while  these  opera- 
tions were  going  on,  the  earth  gradually  became  the  thea- 
tre of  organic  being,  simple  forms  appearing  first,  and  more 
complicated  afterwards.  A  time  when  there  was  no  life 
is  first  seen.  We  then  see  life  begin,  and  go  on;  but 
whole  ages  elapsed  before  man  came  to  crown  the  work 
of  nature.  This  is  a  wonderful  revelation  to  have  come 
upon  the  men  of  our  time,  and  one  which  the  philosophers 
of  the  days  of  Newton  could  never  have  expected  to  be 
vouchsafed.  The  great  fact  established  by  it  is,  that  the 
organic  creation,  as  we  now  see  it,  was  not  placed  upon  the 
earth  at  once  ; — it  observed  a  progress.  Now  we  can 
imagine  the  Deity  calling  a  young  plant  or  animal  into  ex- 


22 


EXPLANATIONS. 


islence  instantaneously  ;  but  we  see  that  he  does  not  Usu- 
ally do  so.  The  young  plant  and  also  the  young  animal 
go  through  a  series  of  conditions,  advancing  them  from  a 
mere  germ  to  the  fully  developed  repetition  of  the  respec- 
tive parental  forms.  So,  also,  we  can  imagine  Divine 
power  evoking  a  whole  creation  into  being  by  one  word  ; 
but  we  find  that  such  had  not  been  his  mode  of  working 
in  that  instance,  for  geology  fully  proves  that  organic  cre- 
ation passed  through  a  series  of  stages  before  the  highest 
vegetable  and  animal  forms  appeared.  Here  we  have  the 
first  hint  of  organic  creation  having  arisen  in  the  manner 
of  natural  order.  The  analogy  does  not  prove  identity  of 
causes,  but  it  surely  points  very  broadly  to  natural  order 
or  law  having  been  the  mode  of  procedure  in  both  instan- 
ces. 

But  the  question  is,  Does  geology  really  show  such  a 
progress  of  being  ?  This  has  been  denied  in  some  quar- 
ters, and  particularly  in  the  elaborate  criticism  upon  the 
Vestiges,  which  appeared  in  the  Edinburgh  Review*  In 
reality,  the  whole  of  the  geologists  admit  that  we  have 
first  the  remains  of  invertebrated  animals  ;  then  with  these, 
fish,  being  the  lowest  of  the  vertebrated  ;  next,  reptiles  and 
birds,  which  occupy  higher  grades ;  and,  finally,  along 
with  the  rest,  mammifers,  the  highest  of  all ;  and  yet  con- 
troversialists will  be  found  gravely  telling  their  readers, 
"  It  is  not  true  that  only  the  lowest  forms  of  animal  life  are 
found  in  the  lowest  fossil  bands,  and  that  the  more  com- 
plicated structures  are  gradually  developed  among  the 
higher  bands,  in  what  we  might  call  a  natural  ascending 
scale       the  pretext  for  giving  this  unqualified  contradic 


*  July,  1845. 


t  "  Edinburgh  Review." 


LOWER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


'J  3 


tion  to  the  above  grand  fact  being,  that  when  we  take  the 
special  groups  of  animals,  as  the  invertebrata,  the  fishes, 
the  reptiles,  &c,  there  are  some  real  or  apparent  grounds 
for  denying  that  the  low  forms  of  these  groups  came  before 
the  higher.  The  fallacy  consists  in  sinking  the  great 
broad  palpable  facts  of  the  case,  about  which  not  the  least 
doubt  anywhere  exists,  and  giving  prominence  to  certain 
facts  of  far  inferior  magnitude,  and  comparatively  obscure, 
but  in  whose  obscurity  there  is  a  possibility  of  creating  a 
kind  of  diversion.  I  trust  to  be  able  to  show  that,  even  in 
the  special  groups  of  fossils,  there  is  no  real  obstacle  to  the 
theory  of  a  gradual  natural  development  of  life  upon  our 
planet. 

The  view  which  the  Edinburgh  critic  gives  of  the  ear- 
liest stratified  rocks  is  much  the  same  as  my  own  account 
of  them.  There  is  a  Hypozoic  formation,  or  scries,  devoid 
of  remains  of  plants  and  animals  ;  then  a  formation  {Lower 
Silurian)  called  in  my  early  editions,  The  Clay-slate  and 
Grawacke  system,  in  which  we  find  "  no  animals  of  the 
higher  classes,  with  a  regular  skeleton  and  a  backbone 
only  corals,  encrinil.es,  crustaceans,  and  mollusks.  "Ve- 
getable appearances,"  he  says,  "  do  not  appear  among  the 
British  rocks  ;  but  there  must  have  been  a  mass  of  vegeta- 
ble life  in  the  ancient  sea,  as  no  fauna  can  appear  without 
a.  flora  to  uphold  it."  This  last  inference  is  of  little  imme- 
diate consequence  ;  but  I  may  remark,  that  it  coincides 
with  one  which  I  ventured  to  make,  prompted  thereto  by 
some  of  the  recent  papers  of  Mr.  Murchison.  We  here 
see  it  sanctioned  by  a  writer  who  is  understood  to  be  a 
distinguished  investigator  of  the  lowest  fossiliferous  beds. 
It  is  from  no  wish  to  amuse  the  reader,  but  merely  as  a 
pleading  in  behalf  of  several  of  the  alleged  geological  mis 


24 


EXPLANATIONS. 


statements  in  my  book,  that  I  bring  forward  another  dis- 
tinguished reviewer  of  the  Vestiges  of  Creation,  (North 
British  Review,  No.  6),  taxing  me  with  having  been  driven 
to  make  this  very  surmise  as  an  escape  from  a  difficulty  ! 
More  than  this :  the  North  British  Reviewer  is  at  odds 
with  his  Edinburgh  brother,  in  bringing  bones  and  teeth 
of  fish  into  the  first  fossiliferous  formation  ;  grounding  the 
statement  upon  Sir  Henry  de  la  Beche's  Manual,  pub- 
lished about  eleven  years  ago,  and  contrasting  with  it,  in 
a  foot-note,  my  remark,  "  Neither  fishes  nor  any  higher  ver- 
tebrata  as  yet  roamed  through  the  marine  wilds."  The  fact 
is,  that  this  last  critic — understood  to  be  a  very  eminent 
philosophical  writer — was  not  aware,  that  since  the  publi- 
cation of  De  la  Beche's  Manual,  the  lower  fossiliferous  rocks 
had  been  divided  into  several  distinct  formations,  in  the  lowest 
of  which,  it  is  fully  admitted,  there  are  no  vertebrata. 
More  than  this  still :  a  body  called  the  Literary  and  Philo- 
sophical Society  of  Liverpool  had  brought  before  them 
(January,  1845)  a  set  of  letters  which  one  of  their  mem- 
bers had  drawn,  with  reference  to  my  book,  from  several 
of  the  chief  geologists  of  the  day.  We  there  find  Mr. 
Lyell  stating  upon  hearsay,  that  I  represented  fish  begin- 
ning in  the  coal,  and  Mr.  Murchison  speaking  of  me  as 
beginning  with  zoophytes  and  polypiaria  alone  ;  statements, 
I  need  hardly  say,  conveying  the  most  erroneous  impres- 
sions regarding  the  book.  This,  however,  is  not  the  im- 
mediate point.  The  two  gentlemen  here  named  will  be 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  very  first  rank  as  geologists.  They 
are  able  men,  of  marvellous  industry,  and  unimpeached 
zeal  for  science.  These  men,  nevertheless,  in  the  corres- 
pondence to  which  I  am  pointing,  give  entirely  opposite 
views  of  the  first  fossiliferous  formation.    Mr.  Murchison 


LOWER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


25 


says,  "  No  trace  of  a  vertebrated  animal  has  been  found 
in  the  lower  Silurian  rocks."  Mr.  Lyell  says,  "  The  fact 
that,  with  the  earliest  type  of  organization,  we  meet  with 
vertebrated  animals,  true  fish,  so  far  from  being  explained 
away  since  I  affirmed  it  in  my  book,  is  confirmed  and  ex- 
tended  by  fresh  evidence."  The  very  latest  affirmation 
we  have  on  this  point  from  Mr.  Murchison — an  affirmation 
made  after  examining  Silurian  rocks  in  Russia,  where  they 
are  presented  in  vast  extent — contains  these  words  :  "  The 
absence  of  even  the  lowest  of  the  vertcbrata  in  the  inferior 
Silurian  rocks, — an  absence  which  is  total,  so  far  as  can  be 
inferred  from  the  researches  of  geologists  in  all  parts  of 
the  world, — gives  them  a  true  Protozoic  character."* 
These  extracts  speak  for  themselves.  The  only  thing 
calling  for  further  remark,  is  the  surprising  circumstance 
of  this  correspondence  having  been  brought  before  a  learned 
society,  as  wholly  and  nothing  else  but  a  condemnation  of 
the  Vestiges  !\ 

A  leading  objection,  with  regard  to  the  first  fossiliferous 
formation  (Lower  Silurian)  is,  that  it  does  not  solely  pre- 
sent animals  of  the  lowest  sub-kingdom,  as  corals  and 
encrinites,  but  also  examples  of  the  two  next  higher  sub- 
kingdoms,  the  articulata  and  mollusca,  some  of  the  latter 
being  of  the  highest  order,  the  cephalopods.  The  latter 
particular  is  what  is  chiefly  insisted  upon. 

At  the  time  when  I  wrote,  it  was  understood  that  the 
highest  orders  of  mollusca  were  not  found  in  the  first  fos- 

*  Abstract  of  a  paper  by  Mr.  Murchison,  Report  of  British  As- 
sociation of  1844,  page  54. 

t  See  Examination  of  the  theory  contained  in  Vestiges  of  the 
Natural  History  of  Creation.  By  the  Rev.  A.  Hume.  Liverpool, 
Whitby,  1845. 

8 


26 


EXPLANATIONS. 


siliferous  tocks.  Professor  Phillips,  in  1839  (Treatise  an 
Geology),  said,  expressly,  with  regard  to  what  was  then 
called  the  Clay-slate  and  Grawacke  system,  "  No  gastero- 
pods  or  cephalopods  are  as  yet  mentioned  in  these  rocks  in 
Britain ;  and  we  do  not  feel  sufficiently  acquainted  with 
the  geological  age  of  the  limestones  of  the  Hartz,  to  intro- 
duce any  of  the  fossils  of  that  argillaceous  range  of 
mountains."  So  much  as  a  justification  of  the  view  given 
of  the  Clay-slate  fossils  in  my  first  edition.  Since  then, 
this  formation,  as  it  exists  in  England,  has  been  found  to 
contain  gasteropods  and  cephalopods,  though  not  of  such 
high  forms  as  afterwards  appeared.  I  might  here  repeat 
what  was  remarked  in  the  later  editions  of  the  Vestiges, 
"  Even  though  the  cephalopoda  could  be  shown  as  per- 
vading all  the  lowest  fossiliferous  strata,  what  more  would 
the  fact  denote  than  that,  in  the  first  seas  capable  of  con- 
taining any  kind  of  animal  life,  the  creative  energy  ad- 
vanced it,  in  the  space  of  one  formation  (no  one  can  tell 
how  long  a  time  this  might  be),  to  the  highest  forms  possi- 
ble in  that  element,  excepting  such  as  were  of  vertebrate 
structure."  I  might  add,  that  this  was  no  great  advance 
in  comparison  with  the  whole  line  of  the  animal  kingdom, 
if  we  may  take,  as  a  criterion  on  this  point,  the  analogous 
progress  of  an  embryo  of  the  highest  animals,  as  the  por- 
tion of  that  progress  representing  the  organization  of  the 
intervebrated  animals  is  only  the  first  month.  I  might  here 
also  revert  to  the  book  for  some  views  with  respect  to  the 
space  required  for  such  a  development.  According  to  the 
plan  of  animated  nature,  to  which  I  have  made  approaches 
in  the  later  editions,  we  have  not  to  account  for  the  deve- 
lopment of  one  long  line,  but  of  many  comparatively  short 
ones.    And,  as  I  have  also  remarked,  there  is  a  rapidity 


LOWER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


27 


of  generation  amongst  the  lower  animals  which  may  well 
suggest  something  like  that  "  rush  of  life,"  which,  if  we 
were  to  judge  from  British  strata  alone,  would  seem  to 
have  taken  place  in  the  early  seas.  But,  fortunately,  none 
of  these  speculative  answers  to  the  objection  are  required  ; 
for  the  question  first  arises,  Does  the  lowest  band  of  the 
English  Lower  Silurians  indicate,  beyond  all  question,  the 
point  of  time  at  which  animal  life  commenced  upon  our 
planet  ?  Are  we  quite  sure  that  cephalopoda  were  among 
the  first  of  all  earth's  living  creatures?  Far  from  it.  It 
has  only  been  ascertained  that  certain  comparatively  small 
cephalopods  are  found  as  far  down  as  any  other  animals 
of  inferior  organization  at  certain  spots  in  Wales  and 
Cumberland.  When  we  remember  that,  in  modern  seas, 
certain  kinds  of  such  animals  haunt  special  places  suita- 
ble for  their  subsistence — that  we  may  have  Crustacea  and 
mollusks  exclusively  at  one  place,  and  radiata  (as  corals 
and  zoophytes)  at  some  other,  not  perhaps  far  distant,  but 
different  with  respect  to  depth  or  some  other  circumstance 
— we  can  conceive  that  cephalopods  may  occur  in  the  first 
fossil  bands  in  the  places  which  have  been  examined  in 
England,  and  yet  remains  of  inferior  animals  may  be 
found  by  themselves  on  the  same  or  a  lower  level  in  some 
as  yet  unexplored  place  not  far  off ;  so  that  a  time-interval 
may  there  appear  to  allow  for  a  progressive  development. 
Such  seems  but  a  reasonably  cautious  surmise,  when  we 
are  told  by  a  high  authority,  that  there  are  "  detached 
Silurian  districts  in  England,  presenting  particular  changes 
and  modifications,  arising  from  difference  of  depth,  and 
the  variety  of  currents,  and  chemical  combinations  in  the 
seas  in  which  they  were  formed  j"  and  that,  "  in  conse- 
quence of  this  variety  of  physical  condition,  there  is  a  cor- 


IS 


EXPLANATIONS. 


responding  diversity  in  the  traces  of  organic  life  in  each 
situation."*  What,  however,  places  the  matter  beyond 
doubt  is,  that  in  North  America,  where  the  early  stratified 
rocks  are  even  more  amply  developed  than  with  us,  the 
highest  invertebrated  forms  do  not  appear  at  the  first.  In 
the  earliest  ascertained  fossiliferous  strata,  the  Potsdam 
Sandstone,  the  only  fossils  are  lingula  (a  brachiopodous 
mollusk)  and  fucoids.  In  the  next,  the  Calciferous  Sand- 
rock,  are  fucoidal  layers,  encrinital  beds,  and  the  brachio- 
pods,  orthis,  lingula,  and  bellerophon,  together  with  ortho- 
cerata,  these  being  the  first  examples  of  the  cephalopoda. 
And  in  all  these  cases,  the  fossils  are  few  and  obscure ; 
they  comprise  no  Crustacea.  It  is  not  till  we  ascend  to  a 
fourth  fossiliferous  series,  Trenton  Limestone,  that  fossils 
become  abundant,  or  that  trilobites  appear.  Perhaps  even 
this  is  not  the  most  decisively  adverse  view  which  could 
be  derived  from  the  American  fossils,  for  lately  there  have 
been  found,  in  the  Green  Mountains  of  Vermont,  strata 
which,  from  their  metamorphic  character,  are  believed  by 
some  native  geologists  to  be  inferior  and  of  course  anterior 
to  the  Silurians,  and  these  contain  traces  of  fucoids  and  of 
vermiform  bodies  called  Nereites,  the  last  being  an  humble 
form  of  articulata.  If  this  be  true,  it  would  at  least  add 
materially  to  the  grounds  for  hesitation  before  pronouncing 
definitely,  as  the  Edinburgh  reviewer  has  done,  on  the 
commencement  of  fossiliferous  strata  and  the  nature  of  the 
first  fossils.  Here  we  must  also  remember,  that  in  rocks 
of  the  elder  continent  anterior  to  the  Silurians,  there  are 
limestones,  held  by  many  to  be  an  indication  of  organic 

*  Professor  Phillips,  British  Association,  1845.  Athenaeum's 
Report. 


LOWER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


29 


life  at  the  places  where  they  are  found :  the  chemical  ex- 
periments of  Braconnot  upon  masses  of  these  earlier  rocks 
gave  ammoniacal  and  combustible  products,  likewise  indi- 
cative of  the  presence  of  organic  matter :  in  the  same 
sub-silurian  region,  "  fragments,  apparently  organic,  and 
resembling  cases  of  infusoria,"  have  been  detected,*  and 
in  Bohemia  actual  fossils  have  been  announced.  Even 
dubious  traces  of  life  in  sub-silurian  rocks  must  be  admit- 
ted to  be  of  importance,  when  we  consider  that  they  have 
mostly  been  subjected  to  such  a  degree  of  heat  as  could 
not  fail  to  obliterate  organic  memorials,  seeing  that  it  has 
even  changed  the  texture  of  the  rocks  themselves.  From 
what  Mr.  Lyell  saw  of  the  Silurian  rocks  in  America,  he 
finds  himself  called  upon,  in  the  most  emphatic  manner, 
to  warn  geologists  against  "  the  hasty  assumption,  that  in 
any  of  these  sections  we  have  positively  arrived  at  the  lowest 
stratum  containing  organic  remains  in  the  crust  of  the  earth, 
or  have  discovered  the  first  living  beings  which  were  embed- 
ded in  sediment." 

"  A  geologist,"  he  says,  "  whose  observations  had  been 
confined  to  Switzerland,  might  imagine  that  the  coal  mea- 
sures were  the  most  ancient  of  the  fossiliferous  series. 
When  he  extended  his  investigations  to  Scotland,  he  might 
modify  his  views  so  far  as  to  suppose  that  the  Old  Red 
Sandstone  marked  the  beginning  of  the  rocks  charged 
with  organic  remains.  He  might,  indeed,  after  a  search 
of  many  years,  admit  that  here  and  there  some  few  and 
faint  traces  of  fossils  had  been  found  in  still  older  slates, 
in  Scotland  ;  but  he  might  naturally  conclude,  that  all 
pre-existing  fossiliferous  formations  must  be  very  insignifi- 


*  Ansted's  Geology,  ii.,  60. 


30 


EXPLANATIONS. 


cant,  since  no  pebbles  containing  organic  remains  have 
yet  been  detected  in  the  conglomerates  of  the  Old  Red 
Sandstone.  Great  would  be  the  surprise  of  such  a  theo- 
rist, when  he  learnt  that  in  other  parts  of  Europe,  and  still 
more  particularly  in  North  America,  a  great  succession 
of  antecedent  strata  had  been  discovered,  capable,  accord- 
ing to  some  of  the  ablest  palaeontologists,  of  constituting 
no  less  than  three  independent  groups,  each  of  them  as 
important  as  the  '  Old  Red '  or  Devonian  system,  and  as 
distinguishable  from  each  other  by  their  organic  remains. 
Yet  it  would  be  consistent  with  methods  of  generalizing 
not  uncommon  on  such  subjects,  if  he  still  took  for  granted 
that  in  the  lowest  of  these  '  Transition'  or  Silurian  rocks, 
he  had  at  length  arrived  at  the  much-wished-for  termina- 
tion of  the  fossiliferous  series,  and  that  nature  had  begun 
her  work  precisely  at  the  point  where  his  retrospect  hap- 
pened then  to  terminate."* 

It  is  exactly  to  such  theorizers  as  the  Edinburgh  re- 
viewer that  his  rebuke  is  applicable.  When  he  asserts 
the  contemporaneousness  of  the  highest  mollusks  with  the 
origin  of  organic  life,  he  says — "  We  are  describing  phe- 
nomena that  we  have  seen.  We  have  spent  years  of 
active  life  among  these  ancient  strata — looking  for  (and 
we  might  say  longing  for)  some  arrangement  of  the  ancient 
fossils  which  might  fall  in  with  our  preconceived  notions 
of  a  natural  ascending  scale.  But  we  looked  in  vain,  and 
we  were  weak  enough  to  bow  to  nature."  The  weakness 
consisted  in  looking  only  in  one  little  portion  of  the  earth, 
and  believing  it  to  be  a  criterion  for  all  the  rest.  This 
writer  seems  yet  to  have  to  learn  that  knowledge  is  to  be 


*  Travels  in  North  America,  ii.,  131. 


LOWER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


31 


acquired  b)'  communication  as  well  as  examination.  Were 
a  philosopher  (supposing  there  could  be  such  a  being)  to 
limit  his  view  of  mankind  to  juvenile  schools,  he  might 
with  equal  rationality  deny  that  there  is  any  such  thing  in 
the  world  as  infants  in  arms.  "  We  speak  of  what  we 
have  seen,"  he  might  say,  "  and,  finding  no  specimens  of 
humanity  under  three  feet  high,  we  are  weak  enough  to 
bow  to  nature  and  believe  that  babes  are  a  mere  fancy." 

Even  taking  the  English  Lower  Silurians  as  he  and 
others  would  have  them  taken,  it  still  appears  that  these 
rocks  denote,  generally,  a  low  state  of  the  animal  kingdom. 
It  is  customary  for  those  who  take  opposite  views,  to  speak 
of  the  creatures  of  this  period  as  high — "  highly-organized 
Crustacea  and  mollusca  "  is  the  usual  phrase.  Some,  in- 
cluding the  Upper  Silurians  in  their  view,  tell  us  that  the 
first  formation  presents  examples  of  the  whole  of  the  great 
divisions,  the  fish  being  held  as  representing  the  vertebrata. 
Of  course,  this  is  only  done  through  ignorance,  or  for  the 
purpose  of  deceiving.  Where  particulars  are  overlooked, 
it  is  still  customary  to  speak  of  the  earliest  fauna  as  one 
of  an  elevated  kind.  When  rigidly  examined,  it  is  not 
found  to  be  so.  In  the  first  place,  it  contains  no  fish. 
There  were  seas  supporting  crustacean  and  molluscan  life, 
but  utterly  devoid  of  a  class  of  tenants  who  seem  able  to  live 
in  every  example  of  that  element  which  supports  meaner 
creatures.  This  single  fact,  that  only  invertebrated  ani- 
mals now  lived,  is  surely,  in  itself,  a  strong  proof  that,  in 
the  course  of  nature,  time  was  necessary  for  the  creation 
of  the  superior  creatures.  And,  if  so,  it  undoubtedly  is  a 
powerful  evidence  of  such  a  theory  of  development  as  that 
which  I  have  presented.  If  not  so,  let  me  hear  any  equally 
plausible  reason  for  the  great  and  amazing  fact  that  seas 


32 


EXPLANATIONS. 


were  for  numberless  ages  destitute  of  fish.  I  fix  my  op- 
ponents down  to  the  consideration  of  this  fact,  so  that  no 
diversion  respecting  high  mollusks  shall  avail  them.  But 
this  is  not  all.  The  Silurian  is  an  age,  as  were  several 
subsequent  ones,  of  only  marine  animals.  It  is  now  in- 
contestable, from  a  few  land-plants  found  in  the  Silurians 
of  America,  and  a  fern  leaf  in  our  own,  that  there  was  dry 
land  :  yet  no  trace  of  a  land  animal  appears  for  ages  after- 
wards. Moreover,  though  we  have  now  a  pretty  full  de- 
velopment of  the  first  sub-kingdom,  Radiata,  we  have  but 
an  imperfect  one  of  the  two  next — namely,  the  Articulata 
and  Mollusca.  Not  to  speak  of  the  utter  absence  of  fresh- 
water and  land  mollusks,  and  of  such  land  articulata  as  in- 
sects and  spiders,  we  do  not  find  any  decapedous  Crustacea 
(crabs,  &c),  though  these  could  have  lived  wherever  other 
mollusks  and  Crustacea  could.  In  fact,  it  is  a  scanty  and 
most  defective  development  of  life  ;  so  much  so,  that  Mr. 
Lyell  calls  it,  par  excellence,  the  Age  of  Brachiopods, 
with  reference  to  the  by  no  means  exalted  bivalve  shell-fish 
which  forms  its  predominant  class.  Such  being  the  actual 
state  of  the  case,  I  must  persist  in  describing  even  the 
fauna  of  this  age,  which  we  now  know  was  not  the  first,  as, 
generally  speaking,  such  an  humble  exhibition  of  the  animal 
kingdom  as  we  might  expect,  upon  the  development 
theory,  to  find  at  an  early  stage  of  the  history  of  organ- 
ization.* 

*  Objectors  to  the  development  theory  have,  in  the  eagerness  of 
counter-theorizing,  committed  themselves  on  the  subject  of  the 
Silurian  fossils,  in  a  way  which  they  will  yet  feel  to  be  extremely 
awkward.  The  North  British  Review  we  have  seen  placing  even 
fishes  in  the  first  fossiliferous  rocks,  grounding  this  statement  upon 
an  authority  which  has  been  antiquated  for  fully  eight  years — avast 


UPPER  SILURIAN  FOSSILS. 


33 


We  now  come  to  the  Ujrper  Silurians,  where  new  spe- 
cies of  invertebrated  animals  appear,  besides  a  few  obscure 
fishes.  There  is  no  appearance,  according  to  the  Edin- 
burgh reviewer,  of  a  transition  from  the  former  species  to 
the  present — but  does  he  know  the  signs  by  which  such  a 
transition  could  be  detected  ?  I  am  aware  of  none.  He 
says  the  new  species  are  sharply  defined — that  is,  strongly 
distinct ;  and  so  they  may  be,  without  any  prejudice  to  the 
transmutation  theory — as  far,  at  least,  as  I  understand  it. 
And  here  he  remarks  that  there  are  the  same  difficulties 
in  the  way  of  this  theory,  "  both  in  the  grouping  of  each 
separate  system,  and  in  the  passage  from  one  system  to 
another  ;  and  that  is  true,  whatever  part  of  the  ascending 
geological  series  we  choose  to  take  between  the  lowest 
formations  and  the  highest."  As  he  does  not  state  the 
nature  of  the  difficulties,  I  cannot  undertake  to  say  what 

period  in  the  history  of  geology.  The  British  Quarterly  Review 
is  equally  unfortunate.  "  The  Author's  theory,"  says  this  writer, 
"  requires  that  these  animals  should  be  the  lowest  in  the  scale. 
But  no  argument  can  convert  a  fish,  with  its  back-bone,  and  highly- 
developed  nervous  and  muscular  systems,  into  an  animal  of  low 
organization."  (!)  The  dogmatic  allegations  of  the  Edinburgh  re- 
viewer on  this  point  are  sufficiently  exposed  in  the  text.  I  have 
only  further  to  express  my  surprise  at  finding  Dr.  Whewell  par- 
ticipating in  the  mere  ignorance  of  the  first  two  of  the  above-men- 
tioned journals.  In  the  preface  to  a  volume  which  he  has  recently 
published,  under  the  title  of  Indications  of  the  Creator,  he  meets 
my  arguments  with  a  crude  and  incorrect  view  of  the  fossil  history, 
commencing  with  this  sentence — "Vertebrate  animals  do  exist  in 
the  Silurian  rocks,  from  which  the  asserted  law  [that  of  develop- 
ment] excludes  them."  The  existence  of  a  non-pisciferous  form- 
ation had  been  unknown  to  him.  Many  of  the  objections  made  to 
the  development  theory,  in  obscurer  quarters,  rest  on  errors  of  a 
similar  kind. 

3* 


34 


EXPLANATIONS. 


argument  or  what  reconstruction  of  my  system  may  be 
necessary  to  meet  them.  Till  we  are  more  clear,  how- 
ever, regarding  the  actual  affinities  of  animals,  I  would 
suppose  that  any  judgment  as  to  difficulties  in  their  group- 
ing in  geological  formations,  or  succession  in  different 
formations,  might  well  be  given  somewhat  less  dogma- 
tically than  they  are  by  this  writer. 

The  few  fish-remains  of  the  Upper  Silurians  may  be 
asssociated  with  the  ample  development  of  this  class  in  the 
next  (Devonian  or  Old  Red  Sandstone)  system.  They 
belong  to  Agassiz's  two  orders  of  placoids  (these  by  them- 
selves in  the  Upper  Silurians)  and  ganoids,  the  former  of 
which  are  represented  by  our  sharks  and  rays,  the  latter 
by  the  bony  pike  of  America  and  the  polypterus  of  the 
Nile.  Such  are  the  only  fishes  found  till  we  come  up  to 
the  chalk  formation,  when  the  now  predominant  orders  of 
cycloids  and  ctenoids  begin.*  The  Edinburgh  reviewer 
makes  a  strong  point  of  the  placoid  and  ganoid  orders,  as 
unfavorable  to  the  progressive  theory.    "  Taking  into  ac- 

*The  North  British  Review  presents,  as  a  strong  objection  that, 
"  several  new  ctenoids,  which  had  been  found  only  in  the  carboni- 
ferous system,  have  been  discovered  among  the  fishes  brought  by 
Mr.  Murchison  from  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Russia.  Resolved 
to  make  out  his  position,  the  author  asserts,"  &c.  This  is  an  un- 
lucky venture  in  opposition.  The  critic  evidently  meant  it  to  have 
a  very  damaging  effect,  in  consideration  that  the  ctenoids  are  osseous 
fishes.  The  fact  is,  that  the  fishes  brought  home  by  Mr.  Murchison 
are  not  of  the  ctenoid  order,  but  belong  to  a  placoidan  family  called 
Ctenodus.  The  mistakes  made  by  this  writer,  in  the  geological 
part  of  his  paper,  are  of  a  very  grave  kind,  yet  only  such  as  many 
men  of  scientific  eminence  may  be  expected  to  make  when  they 
venture  out  of  their  own  peculiar  department,  and  rashly  under- 
estimate the  strength  of  the  arguments  to  which  they  are  opposed. 


FOSSILS  OF  OLD  RED  SANDSTONE. 


35 


count,"  he  says,  "  the  brain,  and  the  whole  nervous,  cir- 
culating, and  generative  system,  the  placoids  stand  at  the 
highest  point  of  a  natural  ascending  scale,  and  the  ganoids 
are  also  very  highly  organized."  Of  certain  families  of 
the  first  order,  found  in  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Russia, 
he  says,  "  Let  the  reader  bear  in  mind  that  these  fishes  are 
among  the  very  highest  types  of  their  class,  and  that  we 
can  reason  upon  them  with  cei'tainty,  because  some  of 
them  belong  to  families  now  living  in  our  seas."  He  in- 
stances a  crestaceon — a  high  kind  of  placoid — recently 
found  in  the  Wenlock  limestone,  a  low  portion  of  the  Upper 
Silurians,  and  therefore  near  the  beginning  of  fish.  Some 
of  the  ganoids,  also,  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  make  an 
approach  to  a  higher  class — reptilia.  Besides  the  usual 
row  of  fish-teeth,  they  have  an  inner  range,  in  which  we 
see  the  form  of  those  organs  among  the  sauria.  It  appears, 
in  short,  according  to  this  writer,  that  the  farther  back  we 
go  among  the  fishes,  we  find  them  possessed  of  the  higher 
characters.  Of  the  real  character  of  all  this  hardy  as- 
sertion I  shall  enable  the  reader  to  judge.  The  fishes  of 
this  early  age,  and  of  all  other  ages  previous  to  the  chalk, 
are  for  the  most  part  cartilaginous.  The  cartilaginous 
fishes — Chondropterigii  of  Cuvier — are  placed  by  that 
naturalist  as  a  second  series  in  his  descending  scale ;  be- 
ing, however,  he  says,  "  in  some  measure  parallel  to  the 
first."  How  far  this  is  different  from  their  being  the 
highest  types  of  the  fish  class,  need  not  be  largely  insisted 
on.  Linnaeus,  again,  was  so  impressed  by  the  low  charac- 
ters of  many  of  this  order,  that  he  actually  ranked  them 
with  the  worms.*    Some  of  the  cartilaginous  fishes,  never- 

*  Dr.  Fletcher  places  the  Chondropterigii  lowest  in  a  scale  which 


36 


EXPLANATIONS. 


theless,  haye  certain  peculiar  features  of  organization, 
chiefly  connected  with  reproduction,  in  which  they  excel 
other  fish  ;  but  such  features  are  partly  partaken  of  by 
families  in  inferior  sub-kingdoms,  showing  that  they  cannot 
truly  be  regarded  as  marks  of  grade  in  their  own  class. 
When  we  look  to  the  great  fundamental  characters,  par- 
ticularly to  the  framework  for  the  attachment  of  the  mus- 
cles, what  do  we  find  ? — why,  that  of  these  placoids — 
"  the  highest  types  of  their  class  !" — it  is  barely  possible 
to  establish  their  being  vertebrata  at  all,  the  back-bone 
having  generally  been  too  slight  for  preservation,  although 
the  vertebral  columns  of  later  fossil-fishes  are  as  entire  as 
those  of  any  other  animals.  In  many  of  them,  traces  can 
be  observed  of  the  muscles  having  been  attached  to  the 
external  plates,  strikingly  indicating  their  low  grade  as 
vertebrate  animals.  The  Edinburgh  reviewer's  "  highest 
types  of  their  class  "  are,  in  reality,  a  separate  series  of 
that  class, — generally  inferior,  taking  the  leading  features 
of  organization  of  structure  as  a  criterion, — but,  when 
details  of  organization  are  regarded,  stretching  further 
both  downward  and  upward  than  the  other  series  ;  so  that, 
looking  at  one  extremity,  we  are  as  much  entitled  to  call 
them  the  lowest,  as  the  reviewer,  looking  at  another  ex- 
tremity,  is  to  call  them  the  highest  of  iheir  class.  Of  the 
general  inferiority,  there  can  be  no  room  for  doubt.  Their 
cartilaginous  structure  is,  in  the  first  place,  analogous  to 
the  embryotic  state  of  vertebrated  animals  in  general.* 

takes  as  its  criterion  "  an  increase  in  the  number  and  extent  of  the 
manifestations  of  life,  or  of  the  relations  which  an  organized  being 
bears  to  the  external  world." 

*  Cartilage,  "  in  many  animals,  forms  the  entire  structure,  and  in 
the  early  state  of  the  human  embryo  it  does  the  same."— Carpen- 
ter's General  Physiology,  p.  37. 


• 


FOSSILS  OF  OLD  RED  SANDSTONE. 


37 


The  maxillary  and  intermaxillary  bones  are  in  them  rudi- 
mental.  Their  tails  are  finned  on  the  under  side  only,  an 
admitted  feature  of  the  salmon  in  an  embryotic  stage ;  and 
the  mouth  is  placed  on  the  under  side  of  the  head,  also  a 
mean  and  embryotic  feature  of  structure.  These  charac- 
ters are  essential  and  important,  whatever  the  Edinburgh 
reviewer  may  say  to  the  contrary  ;  they  are  the  characters, 
which,  above  all,  1  am  chiefly  concerned  in  looking  to,  for 
they  are  features  of  embryotic  progress,  and  embryotic 
progress  is  the  grand  key  to  the  theory  of  development. 
I  therefore  throw  back  to  my  reviewer  the  charge  that  I 
have  "  clung  to  feeble  analogies,"  and  "  kept  out  of  view 
the  broad  and  speaking  facts  of  nature." 

With  regard  to  the  alleged  falsity  of  the  crustacean 
character  of  some  of  these  fishes,  and  the  discredit  of  re- 
peating the  blunders  and  guesses  made  by  the  first  obser- 
vers, before  any  good  evidence  was  before  them,  I  can 
only  say,  that  at  the  time  when  my  book  was  written, 
geologists  and  inquirers  into  fossil  ichthyology  of  the  high- 
est character  were  writing,  publicly  and  privately,  of  the 
cephalaspis  and  coccosteus,  as  apparently  links  between 
the  Crustacea  and  fish,  the  vertical  mouth  of  the  latter  ani- 
mal being  particularly  cited,  as  a  feature  indicating  the 
intermediate  character.  In  what  the  reviewer  calls  "  the 
excellent  work  of  our  meritorious  self-taught  countryman," 
Mr.  Hugh  Miller,  published  in  1841,  the  apparently  crus- 
tacean character  of  these  fishes  is  repeatedly  referred  to.* 

*  Mr.  Miller  calls  upon  his  readers  to  "  mark  the  form  of  the 
cephalaspis,  or  buckler-head,  a  fish  of  the  formation  over  that  in 
which  the  remains  of  the  trilobite  most  abound.  He  will  find," 
he  says,  "  the  fish  and  crustacean  are  wonderfully  alike  :  the  fish 
is  more  elongated,  but  both  possess  the  crescent-shaped  head,  and 


38 


EXPLANATIONS. 


Not  having  access  at  the  time  to  the  work  of  Agassi?,  I 
deemed  myself  safe  in  trusting  to  the  report  of  this  indus- 
trious inquirer  and  ingenious  writer,  whose  volume  was 
then  newly  published.  How  recent  the  contradiction  of 
the  once-supposed  affinity  may  be,  or  what  faith  to  place 
in  it,  I  know  not ;  but  the  reader  will  probably  hold  one 
who  only  pretends,  in  this  instance,  to  the  character  of  a 
general  writer,  excused,  when  he  shows  so  distinguished 
an  expositor  of  physiology  as  Dr.  Carpenter,  still  more 
recently  countenancing  the  idea  : — "  The  bodies  of  fishes," 
says  he,  "  are  usually  covered  with  scales  or  plates,  which 
have  sometimes  a  bony  hardness,  and  which,  in  some 
species  of  fish  that  do  not  now  exist  alive,  appear  to  have 
been  of  the  density  of  enamel.  Thus  we  have  a  sort  of 
transition  to  the  external  skeletons  of  the  invertebrated  ani- 
mals ;  and  in  this  class,  also,  we  not  infrequently  find  the 
internal  skeleton  so  deficient  in  the  stony  matter  from 
which  bone  derives  its  hardness,  that  it  seems  like  cartilage 
or  gristle ;  and  in  a  few  of  the  lowest  species,  we  do  not 
even  find  a  distinct  vertebral  column  ;  so  that  the  change 
of  character  from  the  vertebrated  to  the  invertebrated  series 
is  a  gradual,  and  not  an  abrupt  one,  and  would  probably  be 
found  still  more  gradual,  if  we  were  acquainted,  not  only 
with  all  the  forms  of  animal  life  which  now  exist,  but  also 
those  which  have  existed  in  ages  long  gone  by,  and  are 
now  extinct." 

ooth  the  angular  and  apparently  jointed  body.  They  illustrate  ad- 
mirably how  two  distinct  orders  may  meet.  They  exhibit  the 
joints,  if  I  may  so  speak,  at  which  the  plated  fish  is  linked  to  the 
shelled  crustacean.  Now,  the  coccosteus  is  a  stage  further  on  ;  it 
is  more  unequivocally  a  fish  ;  it  is  acephalaspis,  with  a  scale-covered 
tail  attached  to  the  angular  body,  and  the  horns  of  the  crescent- 
nhaped  head  cutoff." — Old  Red  Sandstone,  p.  54. 


FOSSILS  OF  OLD  RED  SANDSTONE.  39 

The  above  argument  relates  to  the  general  fact  of  the 
first  fishes  being  placoidean.  It  is  necessary,  also,  to  meet 
the  inquiry  why  there  should  be  no  fossil  remains  indicat- 
ing a  transition  from  the  lower  animals  to  fish.  The  re- 
viewer speaks  of  a  recently  discovered  cestraceon  below 
any  other  fish-beds  in  England.  "  Such,"  he  exclaims, 
"  are  nature's  first  abortive  efforts."  "  We  entreat,"  he 
adds,  "  any  good  naturalist  well  to  consider  such  facts  as 
these,  and  tell  us  whether  they  do  not  utterly  demolish 
every  attempt  to  derive  such  organic  structures  from  any 
inferior  class  of  animal  life  found  in  the  older  strata  ?  " 
Now,  I  cannot  tell  what  good  naturalists  may  say  in 
answer  to  this  appeal ;  but  I  feel,  for  my  own  part,  that 
•  the  facts  in  question — as  far  as  they  can  be  admitted  to  be 
so — have  no  such  destructive  effect. 

In  the  first  place,  the  cestraceon  is  only  one  of  those 
cartilagines,  the  real  character  of  which  had  just  been  ex- 
plained. It  is  not  the  lowest  of  its  order,  but  neither  is  it 
the  highest.  So  far  from  this  being  the  case,  the  respira- 
tion of  the  whole  family  (Selacii,  Cuv. ;  Plagiostomi, 
Desm.)  to  which  it  belongs,  and  which  also  includes  sharks, 
is  performed  in  a  manner  which  approximates  these  fishes 
to  the  worms  and  insects — namely,  t!  by  numerous  vesicles 
called  internal  gills,  the  entrance  to  which  is  from  their 
gullet,  while  the  exit  is  in  general  by  corresponding  aper- 
tures on  the  side  of  their  neck  ;  "  *  other  fishes  having  free 
gills,  marking  a  higher  organization.  The  sub-divided 
form  of  the  stomach — the  absence  of  that  concentration, 
which  is,  perhaps,  the  most  emphatic  mark  of  animal  ad- 
vancement— belongs  to  this  family  alone  amongst  fishes, 

*  Fletcher's  Physiology.    Part  1 .,  p.  20. 


40 


EXPLANATIONS. 


as  it  does  to  the  lowest  families  of  several  of  the  higher 
orders  of  the  vertebrata.  Thus,  the  cestraceon  is,  on  many 
considerations,  a  low  fish,  though  certainly  possessing  some 
traits  of  superior  character,  and  not  the  lowest  of  its  order. 
In  the  second  place,  I  would  protest  against  any  inference 
unfavorable  to  the  hypothesis  of  development  being  drawn 
from  a  discovery  so  new,  so  isolated,  and  in  a  branch  of 
inquiry  so  extremely  unsettled.  At  no  time  during  the 
last  ten  years,  have  we  had,  for  a  twelvemonth  at  once, 
stable  views  respecting  the  initiation  of  fishes.  Lately — 
so  lately  that  part  of  my  book  was  written  at  the  time — the 
lowest  were  understood  to  be  some  of  a  minute  size,  imme- 
diately over  the  Aymestry  limestone,  in  the  Upper  Silu- 
rians.* Now,  we  have  a  cestraceon  announced  to  us  at  a 
lower  point  in  that  formation.  But  how  far  it  is  likely  that 
our  information  is  to  rest  at  this  point  the  reader  may 
judge,  when  he  hears  of  M.  Agassiz  announcing,  within 
the  last  few  months,  that,  though  acquainted  with  seven- 
teen hundred  species  of  fossil  fishes,  he  regards  the  history 
of  the  class  as  so  far  from  complete,  that  the  number  of 
species  successively  entombed  in  the  crust  of  the  globe 
might  be  estimated  at  thirty  thousand,  without  any  chance 
of  approaching  the  truth  !  f  If  such  be  the  case,  we  may 
surely  expect  to  hear  of  other  fishes  prior  to  or  contempo- 
rary with  the  cestraceon,  showing  that,  humble  as  that 

*  "  The  minute  and  curious  fishes  in  the  uppermost  bed  of  the 
Ludlow  rock,  are  the  earliest  precursors  of  many  singular  ichthy- 
olites  which  succeed  in  that  enormous  formation,  the  Old  Red 
Sandstone." — Murchison's  Address  to  the  Geological  Society, 
February,  1842. 

t  Review  of  Professor  Pictet's  Traite  Elementaire  de  Palaeonto- 
logie,  translated  in  Jameson's  Journal  from  the  Bibliotheque  Uni- 
Verselle  de  Geneve,  No.  112,  1845. 


FOSSILS  OF  OLD  RED  SANDSTONE.  41 

inimal  was,  it  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  the  initial  of  its 
class.*  But  even  although  simpler  fishes  be  not  found  in 
lower  or  contemporary  strata,  this  may  only  be  owing,  like 
the  non-discovery  of  vegetation  in  the  early  rocks,  to  the 
unsuitablcness  of  these  fishes  for  being  preserved.  Sup- 
posing the  inferior  tribes,  petromyzonidae  (lampreys)  to 
have  been  then  in  existence,  we  should  have  no  trace  of 
them  preserved,  because  of  their  osteological  structure  be- 
ing slight,  and  their  wanting  those  teeth  and  spines  which 
form,  after  all,  the  chief  memorials  of  the  higher  families 
of  their  own  order. 

One  word  more  as  to  these  fishes.  The  critic  says  (p. 
33),  it  is  shown  to  demonstration  in  the  Poissons  Fossiles 
of  Agassiz,  that  "  the  sauroids,  in  their  general  osseous 
structure,  and  in  the  development  of  their  nobler  organs, 
run  close  upon  the  class  of  reptiles."  There  is  no  doubt 
that  the  sauroid  fishes  partake  of  reptilian  characters, 
though,  perhaps,  in  a  more  external  and  less  important 
way  than  such  writers  as  the  Edinburgh  reviewer  suppose  ; 
but,  be  it  remembered,  the  sauroids  are  not  the  first  fishes. 
There  is  not  one  of  them  in  the  Silurian  formation,  where 
placoideans  appear  to  begin.  Yet  I  do  not,  for  this  reason, 
suppose  that  the  sauroids  arose  from  placoideans.  More 
probably,  they  are  part  of  a  distinct  line  of  development, 

*  Such  shifts  are  of  frequent  occurrence  in  geology.  Insects, 
formerly  found  first  in  the  oolitic  formation,  are  now  taken  back  to 
the  carboniferous.  Birds  are  now  inferred  from  foot-tracks  in  the 
New  Red  Sandstone,  their  first  place  formerly  being  in  the  oolite. 
We  have  mammifers  in  the  oolite,  which,  a  few  years  ago,  were  be- 
lieved not  to  occur  before  the  tertiary.  None  of  these  shifts,  how- 
ever, in  the  least  interfere  with  the  general  fact  of  the  advance  from 
the  lower  to  the  higher  classes  of  animals. 


42 


EXPLANATIONS. 


which  had  inferior  forms  in  its  first  stages,  also  of  too 
slight  a  structure  to  be  preserved. 

Following  this  reviewer  into  his  discussion  of  the  Car- 
boniferous System,  we  find  him  commencing  with  a  taunt, 
that  there  are  now  traces  of  land  vegetation  in  earlier 
formations.  This  is,  in  reality,  a  point  of  no  importance 
for  the  development  theory.  The  question  is,  with  what 
kind  of  plants  did  land  vegetation  begin  ?  The  anxiety  of 
the  reviewer  to  force  a  verdict  in  his  favor  is  here  strongly 
shown.  "  What,"  he  says,  "  are  these  first  fruits  of  na- 
ture's  vegetable  germs  ?  Are  they  rude,  ill-fashioned 
forms  ?  Far  otherwise.  We  find  among  them  palms  and 
tree-ferns,  &c."  In  this  passage,  which  substantially  con- 
veys the  same  information  as  my  book,  there  is  an  evident 
design  of  inducing  the  belief,  that  the  first  land  vegetation 
was  of  a  high  character.  The  rigid  truth  is,  that  though 
this  was  a  "grand"  in  the  sense  of  a  luxuriant  vegetation, 
it  was  composed,  as  far  as  positive  evidence  goes,  almost 
wholly  of  plants  which  stand  low  in  the  scale  of  organiza- 
tion. The  ascertained  dicotyledons  (plants  having  double- 
lobed  seeds  and  an  exterior  growth)  are  extremely  rare. 
On  this  point,  I  cannot  do  better  than  quote  the  laborious 
young  Professor  of  King's  College — "  The  plants  which 
have  hitherto  been  described  [in  the  carboniferous  form- 
ation], belong  either  to  the  acotyledonous  class,  as  the 
ferns,  or  to  the  monocotyledons,  and,  on  the  whole,  they 
constitute  the  simplest  forms  of  vegetation  ;  but  there  have 
also  been  met  with  among  coal  plants,  unquestionable 
evidences  of  dicotyledonous  structure,  and  a  genus  has 
been  formed  under  the  name  of  Pinites,  to  include  a 
number  of  specimens  of  fossil  wood,  &c."*    To  the  un- 


*  Ansted's  Geology,  1844. 


FOSSILS  OF  CARBONIFEROUS  FORMATION.  43 

doubted  evidence  of  Mr.  Ansted,  may  be  added  that  of 
his  more  eminent  contemporary,  Mr.  Lyell,  whose  sense 
of  the  botanical  character  of  this  age  is  such  that  he 
emphatically  calls  it  the  Age  of  Ferns.*  It  is  evident, 
then,  taking  the  landscape  of  this  era  as  the  first,  that 
it  is  of  a  nature  to  harmonize  with  the  development  the- 
ory, for  its  chief  forms  are  humble,  and  only  a  few  are 
of  higher  grade,  most  of  these,  too,  being  of  an  interme- 
diate character  between  the  low  and  the  high.  I  am  re- 
minded, however,  in  other  quarters,  of  certain  experiments 
of  Dr.  Lindley,  showing  that  the  plants  chiefly  found  in 
the  coal  are  of  the^inds  which  best  resist  decomposition 
in  water  ;  whence  it  is  inferred  that  many  trees  of  a  high 
class  may  have  existed  at  that  time,  but  perished  in  the 
sea,  while  weaker  vegetation  survived.  This  evidence 
would  be  negative  at  the  best ;  and  it  says  as  much  for  the 
non-preservation  of  mosses  and  other  humble  plants  as  for 
dicotyledons.  It  has  also  been  remarked  that,  considering 
such  facts  as  the  disappearance  of  equisetum  hyemale  in 
water,  a  plant  containing  an  unusual  quantity  of  silex, 
"  the  proportion  of  fossil  plants  in  each  formation  must  de- 
pend on  other  circumstances  besides  their  power  of  resist- 
ing decom position. "f  "  Too  much  importance  has,"  in  the 
opinion  of  the  author  of  this  observation,  "  been  attached 
to  Dr.  Lindley's  experiments.'"' 

The  British  Quarterly  Review  says — "  The  author  ad- 
mits there  were  dicotyledons  among  these  plants,  and  does 
not  see  that,  however  few  they  may  be,  it  entirely  upsets 

*  Travels  in  North  America,  ii.,  52. 

t  Mr.  C.  J.  Bunbury,  at  the  British  Association,  1845  ;  Athenae- 
um's Report. 


44 


EXPLANATIONS. 


the  theory  of  progressive  advance,  especially  in  the  ab- 
sence of  any  proof  as  to  whether  they  were  created  first 
or  last."  This  proceeds,  as  do  many  similar  objections, 
upon  the  idea  that  a  formation  represents  one  point  in  time. 
A  formation,  in  reality,  represents  many  years,  or  rather 
ages.  Such  expressions  as  that  simple  and  complex  plants 
occur  together  in  the  carboniferous  formation,  or  even 
(shall  we  say)  in  its  first  fossil  bands,  are  vague  ex- 
pressions,  perhaps  conveying  an  idea  substantially  false. 
There  is  no  such  precision  in  the  ascertained  relations  of 
fossils  to  particular  strata,  as  to  entitle  any  one  to  say  that 
the  simple  and  complex  plants  of  this  vfprmation  are  rigidly 
contemporaneous.  They  may  have  followed  each  other 
within  the  space  of  half  a  century  in  a  particular  region, 
and  yet  been  preserved  in  but  one  stratum,  or  little  group  of 
strata.  The  actual  appearances  of  the  carboniferous  form- 
ation  thus,  perhaps,  allow  full  time  for  a  progressive  ad- 
vance in  particular  regions,  from  the  fleshy  luxuriant 
plants  of  the  marsh  and  low  sea  margin,  to  the  robust  tree 
of  the  more  elevated  regions.  We  must  remember,  too, 
that  the  vegetation  of  the  carbonigenous  era,  even  if  we 
take  it  back  to  include  the  confer  said  to  have  lately  been 
found  in  the  Old  Red  of  Cromarty,  or  the  fern  leaf  of  the 
Silurians,  was  preceded  by  unequivocally  simple  plants  in 
the  fucoids.  Starting  with  these,  and  finding  the  first  great 
burst  of  land  vegetation  composed  mainly  of  low  cryptoga- 
mic  and  monocotyledonous  plants, — finding,  moreover,  the 
exceptions  chiefly  of  the  intermediate  character,  and  that 
the  dicotyledons  increase  afterwards  while  the  others  de- 
cline,— we  cannot  well  resist  the  conclusion,  that  we  see 
the  traces  of  a  progress  in  the  history  of  this  kingdom  of 
nature.    It  may  be  less  clear  than  we  could  wish  ;  but 


FOSSILS  OF  THE  PERMIAN  SYSTEM. 


45 


Buch  light  as  we  have  certainly  favors  the  development 
theory. 

We  now  come  to  the  Magnesian  Limestone  deposit,  lat- 
terly called  the  Permian  System.  At  this  place,  the  Edin- 
burgh reviewer  introduces  some  general  observations, 
which  I  hope  he  will  yet  acknowledge  to  be  unjust,  as  I 
am  sure  the  whole  of  his  substantive  charges  are.  "  It 
may  be  true,"  he  says,  "  that  sea- weeds  came  first,  but  of 
this  we  have  no  proof."  How  a.  good  geologist  can  have 
allowed  himself  to  speak  in  this  manner,  even  in  eager- 
ness to  theorise  against  theory,  I  am  quite  at  a  loss  to  un- 
derstand, for  the  positive  facts  of  the  occurrence  of  fucoids 
in  the  Lower  Silurians,  and  of  the  very  first  traces  of  land 
vegetation  in  subsequent  formations,  are  as  palpable  and 
undoubted  as  he  himself  acknowledges  the  precedence  of 
fish  by  invertebrata  to  be  ;  nor  has  any  one  ever  pretended 
to  expect  that  land  vegetation  would  be  found  earlier  than 
the  marine.  I  have  here  ventured  no  conjecture  of  my 
own,  but  only  spoken  as  all  the  geological  books  teach. 
"  Of  land  plants,"  he  continues,  "  we  have  not  the  shadow 
of  proof  that  the  simpler  forms  came  into  being  before  the 
more  complex."  The  reader  has  just  been  told  upon  un- 
doubted authority  that,  in  the  first  great  show  of  land  vege- 
tation, taking  such  positive  evidence  as  we  have,  the  sim- 
ple forms  are  vastly  more  numerous  than  the  complex. 
Finding  that  we  have  first  ample  marine  vegetation,  then 
a  land  vegetation  in  which  the  plants,  with  only  a  small 
exception,  are  cellular  and  cryptogamic,  while  of  the  ex- 
ception a  very  small  number  are  dicotyledonous,  and  a  con- 
spicuous group  (the  conifers)  intermediate — I  feel  that  I 
am  entitled  to  say  that  positive  evidence  speaks  for  a  pre- 
cedence of  high  but  simple  forms  ;  which  is  what  I  have 


46 


EXPLANATIONS. 


done.  "  It  is  true,"  thus  proceeds  the  reviewer,  "  that  we 
see  polypiaria,  crinoidea,  articulata,  and  mollusca ;  but  it 
is  not  true  that  we  meet  with  them  in  the  order  stated  by 
our  author."  It  is  humiliating  to  have  to  answer  an  objec- 
tion so  mean.  There  is  no  statement  that  the  animals 
came  in  this  order.  I  have  only  put  the  words  into  this 
arrangement,  in  accordance  with  the  custom  now  commonly 
followed  of  observing  the  ascending  grades  of  the  animal 
kingdom.  With  respect,  then,  to  what  follows — "  The 
sentence  on  which  we  here  comment  contains  three 
distinct  propositions,  and  all  three  are  false  to  nature,  and 
no  better  than  a  dream," — I  believe  I  may  safely  leave  the 
reader  to  say  which  party  is  the  falsifier  and  the  dreamer. 
He  goes  on  in  the  same  strain — "  It  is  true  that  the  next  step 
gives  us  fishes  ;  but  it  is  not  true  that  the  earliest  fishes 
link  on  to  the  radiata :  this  is  a  grand  and  at  the  present 
day  an  unpardonable  blunder."  This  is  another  dream 
of  the  reviewer,  for  certainly  such  an  affinity  was  not  sug- 
gested in  any  edition  of  the  Vestiges  hitherto  published. 
In  the  first  four  editions,  which  alone  were  under  his  no- 
tice, no  passage  except  from  the  articulata  was  even  hinted 
at.  So  much  as  a  proof  of  the  reviewer's  recklessness  in 
making  charges  ;  there  is  no  need,  however,  to  affirm,  with 
him,  that  a  connexion  between  certain  high  radiates  and 
some  of  the  lowest  fishes  does  not  exist.  I  venture  to  pre- 
dict that  affinities  of  an  equally  startling  nature  will  yet 
be  made  familiar  to  naturalists.  Meanwhile,  it  is  enough 
to  show  that  this  confident  critic  has  raised  an  accusation 
for  which  he  has  not  a  shadow  of  ground. 

Taking  up  the  special  fossils  of  the  Permian  system,  he 
says,  "  The  earliest  reptiles  are  not  of  such  a  structure  as 
to  link  themselves,  on  a  natural  scale,  to  the  noble  sauroids 


EARLIEST  REPTILES. 


47 


sf  the  preceding  carboniferous  epoch."  They  are  not  the 
iiarine  saurians,  or  fish  lizards  (ichthyosauri)  which  occur 
in  a  higher  formation,  but  lacertilians,  or  animals  of 
lizard-like  character.  Now  what  first  strikes  me  here  is 
the  extraordinary  narrowness  of  a  mind  which  sees  no- 
thing indicative  of  natural  procedure,  no  hint  towards  great 
generalizations,  in  the  simple  fact  of  reptiles  following 
upon  fish  in  this  grand  march  of  life  through  the  morning 
time  of  the  world.  He  knows  that,  in  every  classification 
of  the  animal  kingdom,  reptiles  rank  next  above  fish,  that 
in  some  living  families  there  is  such  a  convention  and 
intermixture  of  both  characters,  that  naturalists  cannot 
agree  to  which  class  they  should  be  assigned.  He  actually 
sees,  in  a  general  view  of  the  earlier  reptiliferous  forma- 
tions, animals  combining  the  fish  and  reptile  in  the  most 
unequivocal  manner.  Despising,  however,  the  great  fact 
which  shines  through  these  obscurities,  this  person,  and  I 
am  sorry  to  add,  geologists  generally,  can  only  fasten  upon 
such  particulars  as  may  be  made  out  to  be  difficulties  in 
the  way  of  generalization.  Passing  to  the  particulars,  a 
few  land  lacertilians  come  first,  whereas  the  first,  according 
to  my  hypothesis,  ought  to  be  marine  forms,  and  linked  to 
fish.  He  says  of  this  difficulty,  that  I  have  stated  it  feebly. 
Perhaps  it  would  have  been  well  for  his  own  credit  that 
he  had  stated  it  somewhat  less  confidently ;  for  before  his 
sheets  had  seen  the  light,  a  prospect  had  arisen  of  his 
affirmations  on  this  point  being  thoroughly  falsified.  In 
SillimarCs  Journal,  for  April,  1845,  is  an  account  of  sand- 
stone surfaces  pretty  far  down  in  the  Carboniferous  forma- 
tion of  Pennsylvania,  marked  with  the  vestiges  of  terrestrial 
animals.  Setting  aside  in  the  meantime  one  class  of  these 
markings,  which  are  said  to  indicate  wading  birds,  we 


48  EXPLANATIONS. 

have  a  variety  of  others  plainly  denoting  reptiles.  In 
one  group,  the  foot  consists  of  a  ball,  with  five  toes  radiat- 
ing  from  it  in  front.  In  another,  the  impression  resembles 
that  made  by  a  coarse  human  hand,  with  the  rudiment  of 
a  sixth  toe  at  the  outside.  The  reptilian  families  indicated 
by  these  foot-marks  have  not  yet  been  pronounced  upon, 

as  far  as  I  am  aware  :  but  from  the  extreme  resemblance 

i  ' 

of  some  of  them  to  the  vestiges  of  the  labyrinthidon,  there 
can  hardly  be  a  doubt  that  some  of  the  order  batrachia  are 
amongst  them.  If  they  prove  wholly  batrachian,  as  is  not 
unlikely,  for  we  have  living  families  with  feet  resembling 
the  first  group  of  vestiges,  or  even  if  only  a  portion  of 
them  be  certified  as  of  this  order,  where  will  be  the  lacer- 
tilians,  and  where  the  confident  counter-assertions  of  the 
Edinburgh  reviewer  ?  The  batrachia  he  has  himself 
allowed  to  be  a  low  order  of  reptiles  (p.  51).  They  are 
so  considered  by  all  naturalists.  Might  1  not  here,  then, 
take  my  stand  upon  the  fact  of  animals,  the  lowest 
apparently  of  the  reptile  order,  being  now  found  at  the 
earliest  point  of  time  ?  I  might  unquestionably  do  so  with 
a  decided  immediate  advantage  to  my  hypothesis.  It 
would  in  a  great  measure  neutralise  the  whole  of  the 
objections  of  the  reviewer  with  regard  to  the  chronology 
of  the  reptiles.  But  I  am,  whatever  he  may  think  of  me, 
willing  to  read  the  book  of  nature  aright.  I  receive  the 
fact  as  one  liable  any  day  to  receive  a  new  aspect  from 
fresh  discoveries.  In  as  far  as  it  is  so,  it  only  teaches  that 
we  are  not  to  be  too  confident  in  drawing  inferences  either 
for  or  against  the  theory  of  development  from  the  particular 
succession  in  which  the  orders  of  the  reptilia  occur  in 
those  early  strata  where  their  remains  and  vestiges  are  few. 
In  as  far  as  it  may  be  taken  as  a  positive  fact,  I  only 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  ANIMAL  KINGDOM. 


49 


claim  a  modified  benefit  from  it,  because  the  view  which 
I  take  of  the  affinities  and  connexions  of  the  animal  king- 
dom (and  by  analogy  of  the  vegetable  kingdom  also) 
makes  it  a  matter  of  less  consequence  than  would  be 
generally  supposed,  which  order  of  any  class  appears  first 
in  the  stone  record,  though  still  perhaps  a  matter  of  some 
consequence. 

This  view  suggests  that  development  has  not  proceeded, 
as  is  usually  assumed,  upon  a  single  line  which  would 
require  all  the  orders  of  animals  to  be  placed  one  after  an- 
other, but  in  a  plurality  of  lines  in  which  the  orders,  and  even 
minuter  subdivisions,  of  each  class,  are  ranged  side  hy  side. 
It  also  suggests  that  the  development  of  these  various  lines 
has  proceeded  independently  in  various  regions  of  the 
earth,  so  as  to  lead  to  forms  not  everywhere  so  like  as  to 
fall  within  our  ideas  of  specific  character,  but  generally, 
or  in  some  more  vague  degree,  alike.  The  progress  of 
the  lines  becomes  clearest  when  we  advance  into  the  ver- 
tebrate sub-kingdom.  We  can  there  trace  several  of  them 
with  tolerable  distinctness,  as  they  singly  pass  through  the 
four  classes  of  Fishes,  Reptiles,  Birds,  and  Mammals  ;  the 
Birds,  however,  being  a  branch  in  some  part  derived 
equally  with  the  reptiles  from  fishes,  and  thus  leaving 
some  of  the  mammal  order  in  immediate  connexion  with 
the  reptiles.  The  lines  or  stirpes  have  all  of  them  pecu- 
liar characters  which  persist  throughout  the  various  grades 
of  being  passed  through,  one  presenting  carnivorous, 
another  gentle  and  innocent  animals,  and  so  on.  We 
have,  therefore,  in  the  animal  kingdom,  not  one  long  range 
of  affinities,  but  a  number  of  short  series,  in  each  of  which 
a  certain  general  character  is  observable,  though  not 
always  to  the  exclusion  of  the  organic  peculiarities  of 
4 


50 


EXPLANATIONS. 


families  in  neighboring  lines,  especially  in  the  class  of 
reptiles. 

According  to  this  view,  the  matrix  of  organic  life  is, 
speaking  generally,  the  sea.  Fluid,  required  for  all 
embryotic  conditions,  is  also  necessary  to  the  origination 
of  the  various  stirpes  of  both  kingdoms.  The  whole  of  the 
lowest  animal  sub-kingdom  (Radiata)  is  aquatic  :  so  are 
nearly  the  Mollusca  and  a  very  large  proportion  of  the 
Articulata.  In  the  Vertebrata,  the  lowest  class  also  is 
wholly  aquatic.  The  arrangement  appears  to  be  this — 
the  basis  of  each  line  is  a  series  of  marine  forms ;  the 
remainder  consists  of  a  series  designed  to  breathe  the 
atmosphere  and  live  upon  land,  these  being  all  of  improved 
organization.  The  classification  which  this  system  implies 
may  be  said  to  be  transverse  to  all  ordinary  classifications. 
The  invertebrate,  ichthyic,  reptilian,  ornithoid,  and  mam- 
malian characters  are  horizontal  grades,  through  which 
the  lines  pass,  and  where  they  send  off  branches ;  not 
separate  and  independent  divisions.  In  any  of  these 
branches  where  we  have  a  clear  knowledge  of  the  various 
forms,  it  is  possible  to  trace  the  affinities,  in  conjunction 
with  an  improved  organization,  through  genera  which  are 
adapted  to  a  partially  marine  life,  to  a  residence  in  the 
mouths  of  rivers,  or  on  shores  and  muddy  shallows,  then 
through  genera  which  are,  in  succession,  appropriate  to 
marshes,  jungles,  dry  elevated  plains,  and  mountains. 
And  it  is  this  series  of  external  conditions  and  adaptations 
which  has  caused  that  system  of  analogies  between  various 
families  of  animals  which  has  of  late  attracted  attention. 
But  the  immediate  cause  of  the  development  of  each  line 
through  its  various  general  grades  of  being  is  to  be  sought 
in  an  internal  impulse,  the  nature  of  which  is  unknown  to 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  ANIMAL  KINGDOM.  51 

us,  but  which  resembles  the  equally  mysterious  impulse 
by  which  an  individual  embryo  is  passed  through  its  suc- 
cession of  grades  until  ushered  into  mature  existence. 
Geology  shows  us  each  line  taking  a  long  series  of  ages 
to  advance  from  its  humble  invertebrate  effluents  to  its 
highest  mammalian  forms  ;  and  this  I  have  ventured  to 
call  "  the  universal  gestation  of  Nature." 

The  traces  of  this  order  of  the  animal  kingdom  have 
been  seen  in  all  ages  of  science.  Every  zoologist  ac- 
knowledges the  gradations  and  affinities  which  appear 
amongst  animals.  Prompted  by  what  so  palpably  meets 
observation,  many  have  tried  to  range  the  various  orders 
or  families  in  one  line,  or  (to  use  the  favorite  phrase)  chain 
of  being  ;  but  they  have  always  failed,  which  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at.  One  cause  why  zoologists  have  not  up  to 
this  time  thought  of  trying  any  different  arrangement,  is 
the  confusion  arising  from  prevalence  amongst  many 
families  of  parallelisms  of  structure,  which  have  been 
regarded  as  affinities,  when  in  reality  they  are  only  identi- 
cal characters  demanded  by  common  conditions,  or  result- 
ing from  equality  of  grade  in  the  scale.  True  affinities — 
and  these  are  the  affinities  of  genealogy — are  not  to  be 
looked  for  horizontally  amongst  orders,  but  vertically,  from 
an  order  in  one  class  to  the  corresponding  order  in  the 
class  next  higher.  Generally,  the  first  and  lowest  forms 
of  the  orders  in  a  class  are  marine,  and  often  these  are  of 
comparatively  large  size.  We  usually  see  in  them  a 
vestige  of  the  essential  characters  of  the  class  next  below. 
Thus,  the  perennibranchiate  batrachia  in  their  order,  the 
ichthyosauri  in  the  series  of  crocodilia,  and  the  divers 
among  birds,  all  exhibit  an  affinity  to  fish.  The  cetacea 
and  phocidoe,  which  I  regard  as  the  immediate  basis  of  the 


52 


EXPLANATIONS. 


pachydermata,  carnivora,  and  other  orders  of  terrestrial 
mammals,  ought,  according  to  this  view,  to  show  an  alliance 
to  the  reptiles ;  and  such  a  connection  does  exist  between 
the  cetacea  and  certain  marine  sauria ;  but  from  the 
general  extinction  of  the  marine  reptiles,  the  linking  of 
the  mammals  to  that  lower  class  is  less  clearly  seen  than 
might  be  wished.  It  must  be  kept  in  view  that  only  an 
outline  of  the  progress  of  the  animal  kingdom  is  here 
designed.  Exceptions  as  to  the  course  which  development 
has  taken  appear  to  be  by  no  means  few ;  leading  to  the 
idea  that  the  grades  of  organization  are  not  determinate  in 
this  respect,  but  may  be  reached  by  steps  of  unequal 
length.  Thus,  for  example,  the  marsupials  appear  very 
clearly  a  development  from  certain  birds  ;  probably  the 
rodent  and  edentate  orders  are  derived  through  the  same 
channel.  From  the  approach  made  by  certain  of  the 
reptilia  to  birds,  we  may  surmise  that  there  also  there  are 
exceptions  to  the  rule.  In  short,  the  progress  of  animality 
in  the  different  stirpes  has  been  attended  by  peculiarities 
which  evidently  affix  peculiar  characters  to  each,  and 
make  the  idea  of  a  difference  in  time  not  only  probable,  but 
unavoidable. 

Regarding  the  animal  kingdom  simply  as  a  combination 
of  independent  stirpes,  each  with  its  distinct  affinities,  the 
theory  of  transmutation  puts  on  a  totally  new  aspect ;  so 
truly  is  this  the  case,  that  transmutation  is  hardly  any 
longer  a  term  appropriate  to  the  idea.  The  difficulty  of 
supposing  such  changes  as  that  from  the  rodent  to  the 
ruminant,  or  the  carnivorous  animal  to  the  quadrumane, 
vanishes,  leaving  only  transitions  from  one  form  to  another 
of  a  series  generally  similar — from  the  aquatic  pachyderm, 
for  instance,  to  the  terrestrial,  from  the  otary  to  the  otter, 


EARLY  REPTILIAN  FOSSILS. 


53 


from  certain  phocEe  to  the  bear,  and  so  on.  There  is  a 
unity  in  all  instances  in  the  moral  as  well  as  physical 
characters  of  the  various  members  of  one  stirps ;  we 
only  see  it  advancing  from  low  to  high  characters,  just  as 
we  see  the  foetus  of  a  high  animal  passing  through  various 
inferior  stages  before  it  reach  its  proper  mature  character. 
The  lines,  moreover,  being  independent  of  each  other,  and 
not  quite  uniform  as  to  the  stages  of  animality  through 
which  they  pass,  it  follows  that,  unless  we  knew  of  some 
law  governing  their  different  gestative  periods,  we  are  not 
entitled  to  look  for  the  first  occurrence  of  their  various 
ichthyic,  reptilian,  and  mammalian  sections,  in  any  order 
as  regards  each  other,  even  though  we  could  be  sure 
(which  we  are  not)  that  we  are  surveying  a  geographical 
region  where  they  all  started  fair  in  the  race  of  progres- 
sive organization.  Hence  it  is  that,  though  the  batrachia 
are  usually  placed  by  zoologists  at  the  bottom  of  the  list 
of  reptilian  orders,  I  attach  little  importance  to  their  ves- 
tiges being  now  found  so  low.  All  that  I  think  we  can 
expect  is,  that,  in  a  particular  area  where  we  have  reason 
to  believe  that  the  lines  have  started  abreast,  they  should 
all  reach  their  various  grades  nearly  about  one  time,  or 
what  may  be  considered  as  one  time  compared  with  the 
whole  extent  of  geological  chronology.  And  such  ap- 
pears to  be  pretty  much  the  case  in  those  regions  which 
geologists  have  explored. 

The  Edinburgh  reviewer  will  observe  that  this  view  of 
the  animal  kingdom  leaves  much  of  his  opposition  in  a 
very  awkward  predicament.  He  has  everywhere  assumed 
that  the  genealogy  of  the  orders  of  each  class  was  sup- 
posed to  be  en  suite,  which  it  certainly  never  was  in  my 
book.    In  the  early  editions  I  spoke  with  diffidence  of  the 


54  EXPLANATIONS. 

course  of  the  supposed  development,*  because  I  had  not 
then  seen  or  conceived  any  arrangement  of  the  animal 
kingdom  which  answered  to  that  hypothesis,  although  I 
thought  proper  to  attempt  to  show  that  the  quinarian  and 
circular  classification,  which  I  found  in  vogue  at  the  time 
when  I  was  writing,  did  not  necessarily  militate  against 
it.  In  the  third  edition,  the  present  view  was  first  hinted 
at ;  and  in  the  fourth  it  was  sketched,  though  with  liability 
to  correction  ;  thus  anticipating  by  some  months  the  pub- 
lication of  the  criticism  to  which  I  am  adverting.  I  need 
hardly  remark,  that  in  all  criticism,  the  actual  subject 
criticized  must  be  brought  forward  for  comment,  and 
nothing  else  ;  otherwise  the  commentaries  become  of  no 
imaginable  use  but  to  obscure  true  judgment.  Now  the 
Edinburgh  reviewer  has  presented  his  subject,  in  this  in- 
stance, in  lineaments  entirely  of  his  own  imagining,  and 
directly  in  contradiction  to  those  which  belong  to  it.  He 
had  no  title  to  assume  any  plan  of  development  and  to 
represent  his  victory  over  that  as  a  triumph  over  the  hy- 
pothesis of  his  author.  In  such  conduct,  he  has  thoroughly 
vitiated  the  whole  fabric  of  his  criticism,  and  left  it,  in 
reality,  no  pretension  to  remain  for  a  moment  in  court. 
My  immediate  object,  however,  is  not  to  take  such  excep- 
tions against  him,  but  to  show  how  the  ascertained  facts 
of  a  limited  portion  of  the  field  of  nature  may  be  recon- 
ciled with  that  conception  to  which  a  view  of  what  ap- 
pears over  the  whole  field  may  lead  an  honest  inquirer. 
If  the  hypothesis  of  a  plurality  of  genetic  lines  be  ad- 

*  "  .  .  it  does  not  appear  that  this  gradation  passes  along  one 
line,  on  which  every  animal  form  can  be,  as  it  were,  strung ;  there 
may  be  branching  or  double  lines  at  some  places,"  &c. —  Vestiges, 
let  ed.,p.  191. 


EARLY  HCrTlLIAN  FOSSILS. 


55 


mitted,  we  are  not  of  course  to  ask  which  order  of  rep- 
tiles, or  of  any  other  class,  first  existed  (such  being  the 
language  of  the  old  classification)  ;  but,  having  first  set- 
tled the  whole  affinities  of  the  animal  kingdom  on  the  new 
plan,  we  are  to  inquire  if  the  geological  presentment  of 
the  families  was  accordant  with  the  scheme,  allowing  for 
the  negative  nature  of  much  of  the  geological  evidence 
of  this  kind.  Now,  in  the  first  place,  the  affinities  of  the 
animal  kingdom  are  only  in  part  made  out ;  in  the  second, 
geological  evidence  is  only  partial.  We  are  clearly, 
therefore,  not  to  expect  in  nature's  museum  a  full  exhibi- 
tion of  any  one  entire  stirps,  as  it  may  be  supposed  to 
have  passed  through  its  successive  stages  up  to  our  time. 
All  that  we  can  expect  is  a  succession  of  fossils  marking 
out  portions  of  what  we  may  suppose  likely  yet  to  be  es- 
tablished as  lines  of  animal  descent.  Blanks,  and  large 
ones  too,  must  be  allowed  for  ;  possible  errors  as  to  the 
animal  pedigrees  must  be  contemplated.  But,  if  we  have 
any  ground  for  generalizing  in  a  particular  direction,  as  I 
think  there  is  in  this  case,  we  may  be  held  as  called  upon 
not  to  conclude  hastily  and  rashly  on  the  unfavorable 
side,  but  to  look  and  consider  patiently,  and  to  suspend 
judgment  wherever  the  adverse  evidence  may  appear  to 
be  of  a  nature  likely  to  be  reversed.  Let  us  now  see 
how  all  this  applies  to  the  conduct  of  the  Edinburgh  re- 
viewer, with  regard  to  the  early  reptilian  fossils.  The 
formations  where  these  occur  have  only  been  examined 
in  such  a  degree,  that  they  are  almost  every  year  giving 
forth  new  responses  :  for  example,  the  existence  of  birds 
at  this  era  was  not  dreamt  often  years  ago  ;  the  existence 
of  tortoises  in  the  time  of  the  New  Red  Sandstone  was 
equally  unknown  only  two  or  three  years  earlier.    It  is 


56 


EXPLANATIONS. 


a  still  less  time  since  the  labyrinthidonts  of  the  Keuperof 
Germany  were  discovered  ;  and  we  have  just  seen  that 
the  unqualified  affirmations  of  the  Edinburgh  reviewer, 
as  to  the  oldest  reptiles,  were  overturned  by  intelligence 
from  America,  before  his  sheets  had  seen  the  light.  When 
these  things  are  considered,  we  must  see  the  objections  of 
the  reviewer  to  be  extremely  rash.  It  might  be  allowed 
that  the  earliest  known  lacertilia  are  not  of  strictly  ma- 
rine forms  or  allied  to  fish  ;  it  might  equally  be  admitted 
of  the  first  batrachians,  that  "  their  near  affinities  are  not 
with  fishes,"  as  this  writer  takes  it  upon  him  to  say.  Yet 
we  should  still  see  the  absurdity  of  affirming  that  either 
these  batrachia  or  lacertilia  were  the  first  created  of  their 
respective  orders,  seeing  that  their  relics  were  so  few  and 
the  discovery  of  these  so  accidental,  that  we  might  look 
for  new  and  superseding  facts  every  day.* 

But,  as  the  case  actually  stands,  is  this  line  of  defence 
more  than  hypothetically  necessary  ?'  I  doubt  it  very 
much.  The  lacertilia  of  the  magnesian  limestone,  and 
these  labyrinthidonts  of  the  Trias  (perhaps  also  of  the 
carboniferous  formation),  are  they  so  far  removed  from 
fish  characters  as  the  reviewer  would  make  them  ?  Let 
any  naturalist  who  has  ever  studied  the  transmutation  of 

*  It  is  necessary  to  guard  against  a  supposition  that  I  undervalue 
such  isolated  relics,  as  inferring  the  positive  fact  of  the  existence 
of  particular  orders  of  animals  at  particular  times.  For  this  pur- 
pose, the  smallest  fragment  betraying  the  character  of  the  organiza- 
tion is  often  sufficient.  What  is  really  meant  is,  that,  when  we 
find  a  few  outlying  relics  belonging  to  a  class  which  does  not  ap- 
pear in  any  force  till  afterwards,  we  cannot  be  sure  that  we  have 
acquired  the  means  of  forming  a  distinct  idea  of  the  lime  of  the 
origin  of  that  class  or  the  orders  with  which  the  class  started, 
as  further  discoveries  on  these  points  may  be  looked  for. 


EARLY  REPTILIAN  FOSSILS. 


57 


the  individual  batrachian,  passing  in  a  few  weeks  from  the 
branchiated  fish  to  the  lunged  and  limbed  frog  or  newt,  its 
circulatory  and  alimentary  system  entirely  changed,  and 
then  say  if  the  labyrinthidon  may  not  be  the  very  first 
step  from  some  ichthyic  form.  What  though  the  propor- 
tions of  the  head  remind  Mr.  Owen  of  the  sauria,  and  re- 
move the  animal,  as  he  thinks,  above  the  present  batra- 
chian type  !  Against  any  such  inferences  we  have  the 
positive  fact,  in  the  organization  of  this  batrachian,  of  a 
biconcave  form  of  the  vertebrae,  the  form  peculiar  1o  fishes, 
— arguing,  by  Mr.  Owen's  own  acknowledgement,  aqua- 
tic if  not  marine  habits, — also  a  decidedly  piscine  charac- 
ter in  the  arrangement  and  even  microscopic  structure  of 
the  teeth,  together  with  that  position  of  the  breathing 
apertures  near  the  end  of  the  snout  which  we  see  in  croco- 
diles, for  the  purpose  of  allowing  them  to  drag  their  prey 
under  water  without  ceasing  to  respire.  With  regard  to 
the  lacertilia,  we  have  this  same  fish-like  biconcave  form 
of  the  vertebras,  and  the  same  fish-like  arrangement  of  the 
teeth,  equally  arguing  that  alliance  to  the  lower  vertebrate 
class  which  it  is  the  pleasure  of  this  hardy  critic  to  deny, 
— the  biconcave  structure  of  the  reptiles,  showing,  as  Mr. 
Owen  himself  owns,  that  these  animals,  which  the  Edin- 
burgh reviewer  deems  so  utterly  separated  from  fish,  had 
probably  "  a  more  aquatic,  if  not  marine  theatre  of  life,'"* 
than  was  assigned  to  their  successors.  In  subsequent  and 
present  reptiles,  this  form  is  superseded  by  the  ball  and 
socket,  or  concavo-convex  form ;  but  it  is  remarkable 
that,  in  the  embryo  state,  the  frog  and  crocodile  (if  not 

*  On  the  Reptilian  Fossils  of  South  Africa.  Geological  Trans- 
actions, Feb.,  1845. 

4* 


58 


EXPLANATIONS. 


others)  exhibit  the  double  hollow  form  still,  resembling  in 
this  respect  the  mature  animal  of  the  secondary  rocks. 
Such  is  the  actual  character  of  reptiles  which  our  critic 
would  set  up  as  high  :  he  has,  after  this,  only  to  speak 
of  the  annelid  as  above  the  butterfly,  or  the  proteus  as  su- 
perior to  the  land  salamander,  to  establish  his  character 
as  a  naturalist.  Need  I  say  that  these  Permian  reptiles 
are,  in  reality,  by  these  facts  degraded  to  a  place  in  prox- 
imity with  fishes  ? 

So  much  for  the  batrachia  and  lacertilia.  When  we 
come  to  the  great  saurian  line  in  the  Muschelkalk,  Lias, 
Oolite,  and  Wealden,  we  have  a  case  which  cannot  be 
disputed,  for  here  the  marine  character  of  the  earliest  of 
the  series,  and  their  intermediateness  between  fish  and  true 
crocodiles,  are  admitted  by  all.  The  first  remove  from  the 
fish  is  the  ichthyosaur,  its  name  declaring  the  convention 
of  class  characters  for  which  it  is  remarkable.  With 
piscine  body  and  tail,  and  fins  advanced  into  a  paddle 
form,  it  has  a  true  crocodilian  head.  In  the  pliosaur,  which 
is  later  in  appearing,  we  have  a  stage  of  advance  to  the 
true  sauria,  which  come  forward  in  the  oolite,  in  the  forms 
of  teleosaurus,  steneosaurus,  &c.  Afterwards,  chiefly  in 
the  Wealden,  we  have  the  dinosauria,  which  betray  an 
approach  to  the  mammalian  type  in  the  pachydermatous 
order.  Another  oolite  saurian,  the  cetiosaur,  exhibits  in 
the  form  of  the  vertebrse  a  verging  towards  the  cetaceous 
mammalia.  Here  there  is  the  most  perfect  and  even 
striking  harmony  with  the  theory  of  a  progressive  deve- 
lopment. Below  these  formations,  fish  :  then,  low  in  these 
formations,  fish  saurians ;  above  them,  true  and  complete 
saurians ;  finally,  higher  still,  saurians  advancing  to  a 
more  elevated  grade  of  animality  ;  and  where  do  these 


EARLY  REPTILIAN  FOSSILS. 


59 


more  elevated  types  occur  ?  In  tiie  next  formation,  pass- 
ing over  one  which  hardly  represents  any  but  deep-sea  life. 
Nay,  cetaceous  relics  have  been  found  before  we  leave  the 
strata  so  remarkable  for  the  saurians.  Thus,  it  appears 
that  the  whole  of  this  chapter  of  palaeontology,  when  read 
by  a  light  from  nature,  and  not  from  man's  capricious  hu- 
mor, so  far  from  being  opposed  to  the  natural  genesis  of 
animals,  gives  it  support.  Men,  however,  and  of  lively 
parts  too,  might  go  on  for  an  age  misreading  such  palpable 
facts,  if  they  be  determined  against  putting  them  into  the 
collocation  in  which  a  sense  can  be  made  of  them,  just  as 
we  might  puzzle  for  ever  over  a  Latin  or  Greek  sentence, 
if  obstinately  resolved  against  making  English  out  of  it  ex- 
cept in  its  original  construction. 

After  presenting  the  case  of  the  reptilian  fossils  of  the 
secondary  formation  in  this  way,  I  feel  it  hardly  necessary 
to  track  the  Edinburgh  reviewer  through  all  his  particular 
objections.  They  are  a  mass  of  confusion,  resulting  from 
erroneous  assumptions  on  his  own  part  respecting  the  de- 
velopment theory,  as  that  the  orders  of  animals  are  all  to 
be  affiliated  to  each  other,  and  every  parental  form  held 
as  extinguished  by  the  fact  of  transmutation  (the  latter 
being  a  peculiarly  gratuitous  supposition — see  p.  50  of  the 
Review) ;  together  with  equally  rash  and  unjustified  con- 
clusions regarding  the  earliest  forms  of  the  reptilian  orders, 
all  mixed  up  in  the  way  that  promised  to  tell  most  effec- 
tually in  favor  of  his  own  opinion,  and  with  a  disregard  of 
everything  that  pointed  in  the  opposite  direction.  The 
great  unquestioned  facts  of  a  succession  of  birds  and  mam- 
mals to  the  fishes  and  reptiles,  these  being  also  the  next 
higher  classes  in  the  scale  of  the  naturalist,  tell  nothing 
to  this  writer,  as  the  succession  of  the  reptiles  to  the  fishes 


60 


EXPLANATIONS. 


told  nothing  before.  From  the  slight  remarks  with  which 
he  passes  over  these  facts,  an  unlearned  reader  would 
hardly  suppose  that  they  were  of  the  least  significance, 
while,  in  reality,  they  are  of  the  greatest.  It  is  much  the 
same  as  if  a  historian  were  to  sink  all  such  events  as 
changes  of  dynasties,  and  fix  attention  upon  the  displace- 
ment of  under-secretaries  of  state.  And  what  makes  this 
conduct  the  more  marked  is,  that  the  minor  facts  upon 
which  he  fastens  for  the  purpose  of  supporting  his  own 
theory,  are  mostly  presented  to  us  in  circumstances  which 
show  their  uncertainty  and  the  likelihood  of  their  being 
superseded. 

For  example,  the  earliest  traces  of  birds  do  not  indicate 
marine  forms,  which,  according  to  my  general  views, 
ought,  he  says,  to  be  the  case.  Instead  of  natatorial  birds, 
they  are  waders  and  runners.  Let  the  reader  judge  of 
the  character  of  this  objection,  when  he  learns  the  real 
circumstances  of  the  case.  The  traces  of  birds  here 
spoken  of  are  merely  a  few  foot-prints  found  upon  certain 
rock  surfaces  in  America.  Not  a  bone  of  these  animals 
has  been  found  in  this  early  period.  It  must  therefore  be 
inferred,  either  that  the  circumstances  were  not  favorable 
for  the  entombment  of  the  bodies  of  these  birds,  or  that  our 
researches  in  the  strata  formed  at  the  time  when  they  lived 
have  been  insufficient  to  discover  them.  If  such  be  the 
case  with  birds  which  lived  upon  shores, — places  where, 
as  we  learn  from  the  nature  of  the  strata,  accumulations 
of  sand  and  mud  were  constantly  taking  place, — it  is  of 
course  -not  to  be  expected  that  any  remains  of  natatorial 
birds  should  be  found,  animals  mostly  living  far  out  at  sea. 
To  put  the  case  in  its  strongest  form — foot-prints  on 
shores  being  the  record  of  the  birds  of  this  era,  we  are  not 


EARLY  CETACEOUS  FOSSILS. 


61 


to  expect  any  traces  of  such  birds  as,  generally  speaking, 
are  not  in  the  way  of  making  foot-prints  on  shores.  I 
might  go  further  than  this,  and  point  out  that  certain  nata- 
torial genera  have  feet  not  to  be  distinguished  from  those 
of  waders,  so  that  certain  of  these  foot-prints  may  be  those 
of  natatorial  species  after  all ;  but  I  feel  it  to  be  my  best 
duty  in  the  case,  only  to  deny  that  we  are  in  circumstances 
to  say  that  waders  and  runners  were  the  first  created  birds. 
Mr.  Lyell,  who  stands  as  high  as  this  or  any  other  writer 
on  geology,  says,  with  regard  to  those  very  ornithichnites, 
as  they  are  called — "  This  sandstone  is  of  much  higher 
antiquity  than  any  formation  in  which  fossil  bones  or  any 
other  indications  of  birds  have  been  detected  in  Europe. 
Still  we  have  no  ground  for  inferring  from  such  facts,  that 
the  feathered  tribe  made  its  first  appearance  in  the  western 
hemisphere  at  this  period.  It  is  too  common  a  fallacy  to  fix 
the  era  of  the  first  creation  of  each  tribe  of  plants  or  animals, 
and  even  of  animate  beings  in  general,  at  the  precise  point 
where  our  -present  retrospective  knowledge  happens  to  stop."* 
What  now  gives  force  to  this  observation  is,  the  recent  dis- 
covery of  a  new  set  of  bird  foot-prints — said  to  be  of  waders 
only — in  the  carboniferous  formation  of  Pennsylvania. 
The  emergence  of  such  a  fact  in  the  midst  of  the  review- 
er's speculations  on  the  foot-prints  of  the  New  Red  Sand- 
stone, forms  a  most  emphatic  commentary  on  all  decisive 
inferences  where  the  facts  are  obviously  casual  and 
isolated. 

Of  a  somewhat  different  character  are  the  reviewer's 
remarks  on  the  first  relics  of  mammalia — the  few  bones  of 
cetacea  from  the  Lower  Oolite  and  of  marsupials  from  the 


*  Travels  in  North  America,  i.,  255. 


62 


EXPLANATIONS. 


Stonesfield  Slate.  Here  the  very  first  mammal  family  is 
undoubtedly  marine  ;  and,  if  it  were  to  receive  equal  con- 
sideration with  the  grallatorial  foot-prints,  he  ought  cer- 
tainly to  admit  that  it  favors  the  development  theory.  But 
he  escapes  from  this  claim  by  a  mode  of  his  own.  He  has 
not  seen  these  relics !  The  American  foot-prints  were 
good  evidence,  without  being  seen  ;  but  a  fact  which  makes 
against  his  theory  requires  personal  inspection,  even  though 
it  may  come  forward  with  the  authority  of  Baron  Cuvier.* 
He  is  more  at  ease  with  the  marsupials,  which  are  of 
course  unequivocally  land  animals.  I  have  only  here  to 
refer  to  the  fourth  edition  of  my  book — published  two 
months  before  the  appearance  of  the  review,  and  while  I 
was  unrecking  of  any  great  objection  being  grounded  on 
this  point — where  it  is  suggested  that  the  peculiar  organi- 
zation of  the  marsupials  points  to  their  having  been  derived 
through  a  different  medium  from  other  mammals.  The 
critic,  eager  to  let  nothing  escape,  tells  us  that  there  are 
other  land  mammals  lower  in  organic  type  than  the  mar- 
supials. One  answer  to  this  objection  might  be  found  in 
an  explanation  of  my  views  respecting  the  ornithic  descent 
of  these  animals ;  but  I  am  unwilling  to  pause  upon  such 
an  inferior  matter,  and  will  therefore  meet  him  with  the 
question,  if  any  other  mammals  show  that  lowly  grade  of 
organization  which  is  marked  by  the  absence  of  a  placenta  ? 
"  There  are  no  other  organic  types,"  he  says,  "  to  which 
they  [the  marsupials]  offer  the  shadow  of  a  near  affinity. 

*  "  There  is  in  the  Oxford  Museum  an  ulna  from  the  Great 
Oolite  of  Enstone,  near  Woodstock,  Oxton,  which  was  examined  by 
Cuvier  and  pronounced  to  be  cetaceous ;  and  also  a  portion  of  a 
very  large  rib,  apparently  of  a  whale,  from  the  same  locality."— 
Buckland's  Bridgewater  Treatise,  i.,  115,  note. 


AFFINITIES  OF  MARSUFIAL1A. 


63 


They  are  therefore  in  direct  antagonism  with  the  scheme 
of  regular  development."  To  this  it  may  be  replied,  that 
the  affinity  of  the  marsupials  to  the  oviparous  vertebrata  is 
admitted  by  every  naturalist,  being  shown  in  the  small  size 
of  the  brain  and  consequent  exposure  of  the  cerebellum, 
the  absence  of  the  septum  lucidum  and  corpus  callosum  in 
the  brain,  and  various  other  traits.  Professor  R'ymer 
Jones,  of  King's  College,  whose  testimony  on  such  a  point 
will  be  admitted  by  the  reviewer,  speaks  of  the  marsupials 
as  "  connecting  links  between  the  oviparous  and  placental 
vertebrata."  Striking  traits  of  their  affinity  to  birds  are 
shown,  he  says,  in  the  structure  of  the  ear  and  of  the  re- 
productive organs.*  In  reality,  the  whole  figure  of  the 
cursorial  bird,  the  small  head  upon  the  long  neck,  the  ex- 
treme length  of  the  hinder  limbs,  and  the  imperfect  deve- 
lopment of  the  fore  extremities,  as  well  as  the  tendency  of 
the  feathers  to  a  hair-like  character,  speak  irresistibly  for 
its  approach  to  certain  marsupials.  The  ornithorhynchus 
is  as  clearly  an  advance  from  the  natatorial  bird  towards 
the  rodent  form,  the  latter  being  an  order  whose  osteologi- 
cal  structure  is  allowed  by  every  naturalist  to  be  bird-like. 
New  and  curious  illustrations  of  the  connexion  between  the 
birds  and  the  implacental  mammalia  are  constantly  ap- 
pearing. We  lately  heard  of  a  bird  which  has  a  pouch 
for  its  young  like  the  kangaroo,!  and  Mayer  has  discovered 
in  the  female  emeu  a  purse  form  of  certain  organs,  indi- 
cating an  approach  to  the  marsupial  in  that  part  of  struc- 
ture which  is  the  most  distinctive  in  the  case.:}:  It  would 
appear  that  the  reviewer  is  simply  ignorant  of  this  depart- 
ment of  natural  history,  and,  with  the  self-esteem  which 

*  General  View  of  the  Structure  of  the  Animal  Kingdom. 

f  Magazine  of  Natural  History.     J  Reports  of  Ray  Society,  I. 


64 


EXPLANATIONS. 


often  attends  upon  ignorance,  he  has  somewhat  unluckily 
ventured  to  give  a  positive  contradiction  to  that  which  is 
incontestably  true. 

The  reviewer  at  length  comes  to  the  organic  phenomena 
of  the  Tertiary  system.  "  On  the  theory  of  development," 
says  he,  " '  the  stages  of  advance  are  in  all  cases  very 
small — from  species  to  species,'  and  the  phenomena,  '  as 
shown  in  the  pages  of  geology,  are  always  of  a  simple 
and  modest  character.'  Let  us  test  these  assumptions  by 
one  single  step,  from  the  chalk  to  the  London  clay,  or  any 
other  tertiary  deposit.  Among  the  millions  of  organic 
forms,  from  corals  up  to  mammals,  we  find  hardly  so  much 
as  one  single  secondary  species."  The  exceptions  in 
reality  are,  the  infusoria  of  the  chalk,  and  "two  or  three 
secondary  species,"  which  are  said  to  "  straggle  into  the 
tertiary  system."  "  Organic  nature,"  he  says,  "  is  once 
more  on  a  new  pattern — plants  as  well  as  animals  are 
changed.  It  might  seem  as  if  we  had  been  transported  to 
a  new  planet ;  for  neither  in  the  arrangement  of  the  genera 
and  species,  nor  in  their  affinities  with  the  types  of  an  older 
world,  is  there  the  shadow  of  any  approach  to  a  regular 
plan  of  organic  development."  Now  the  almost  total 
break  in  the  organic  creation  here  insisted  upon,  occurs  in 
the  interval  between  the  extensive  deposits  of  the  secon- 
dary formation,  and  the  comparatively  isolated  deposits  of 
the  tertiary.  It  is  an  interval  which  the  lithological 
arrangements  clearly  indicate  to  have  been  longer  than 
any  of  those  between  the  other  formations,  during  which 
minor  changes  of  organic  creation  had  taken  place.  It  is 
simply,  then,  a  period  not  represented  by  strata  or  by  fos- 
sils ;  while  it  elapsed,  the  continual  advance  of  the  organic 
world  proceeded  to  a  point  at  which  nearly  all  the  old  spe- 


* 


TERTIARY  FOSSILS. 


65 


cies  had  died  out  or  been  changed.  There  was  nothing 
more  in  the  "step"  of  our  reviewer  than  this.  Such  is 
the  geological  doctrine.  "  Is  the  present  creation  of  life," 
says  Professor  Phillips,  "a  continuation  of  the  previous 
ones ;  a  term  of  the  same  long  series  of  communicated 
being  ?  I  answer,  yes."*  "  There  is  no  break,"  he  says, 
"  in  the  vast  chain  of  organic  development  till  we  reach 
the  existing  order  of  things."  The  reader  will  further  be 
able  to  judge  of  the  candor  of  the  reviewer  respecting  the 
zoology  of  the  tertiary,  when  he  is  reminded  that  it  shows 
exactly  those  new  portions  of  the  animal  kingdom  which 
might  have  been  expected,  according  to  the  theory  of 
development.  Heretofore,  we  have  only  few  and  faint 
traces  of  mammalia ;  but  now  they  are  added  in  abun- 
dance, mammalia  being  the  crowning  class  of  the  verte- 
brated  form.  As  far  as  class,  therefore,  is  concerned,  it  is 
incontestably  a  "  regular  plan  of  organic  development." 
But  this  is  not  all.  We  have  seen  the  reptile  forms  of  the 
secondary  approaching  the  cetacean  character ;  and  now 
there  is  an  abundance  of  the  aquatic  mammalia,  as  well  as 
of  those  land  pachyderms  which  are  universally  classed 
with  some  of  the  forms  of  that  order,  these  being  the  only 
suite  of  creatures  which  my  ideas  of  development  would 
lead  me  to  expect  at  this  place.  Here  I  must  meet  the 
reviewer  on  a  special  ground.  He  admits  the  dinosaurs 
to  have  been  the  nearest  approach  to  mammals  ;  but  "  they 
died  away,"  he  says  ("  if  we  are  to  trust  to  geology),  ages 
before  the  end  of  the  chalk."  These  mammals  have, 
therefore,  "  no  zoological  base  to  rest  upon."  That  is, 
there  is  no  connection  between  them  and  any  such  animals 

*  He  adds — "  But  not  as  the  offspring  is  a  continuation  (f  the 
parent." 


66 


EXPLANATIONS. 


as  the  dinosaurs,  because  there  is  an  interval  in  the  creta 
ceous  formation  which  gives  neither  these  forms  nor  any 
intermediate.  Now,  the  fact  is  admitted  by  Professor  An- 
sted,  that  the  cretaceous  system  appears  to  have  been 
"  formed,  for  the  most  part,  by  deposits  in  deep  water,  and 
a  considerable  portion  of  it  not  far  from  the  zero  of  animal 
life"*  And  this  he  states  with  a  particular  reference  to 
the  results  of  Professor  Edward  Forbes's  researches  in  the 
Egean  sea.  We  therefore  have  a  satisfactory  explanation 
of  the  non-appearance  of  forms  intermediate  to  the  rep- 
tiles and  mammals  in  the  chalk,  without  being  driven  to 
suppose,  with  our  reviewer,  that  the  latter  were  a  creation 
de  novo  of  animal  life.  But  no  such  fact  as  this  did  it 
suit  our  reviewer  to  state. 

"  Carnivora,"  he  proceeds  to  say,  "  are  as  old  as  pachy- 
derms. As  far,  at  least,  as  we  have  any  evidence  bearing 
on  the  question,  and  bimana  (monkeys)  are  found  in  this 
division — thus  contradicting  and  stultifying  the  upper  end 
of  our  author's  grand  creative  scale."  There  is  here,  in 
reality,  no  stultification  except  in  the  critic's  own  mind. 
It  was  not  my  scale  which  he  refers  to,  but  Dr.  Fletch- 
er's ;  adopted  into  my  book,  not  as  a  plan  of  the  actual 
process  of  development,  but  as  a  general  indication  of  the 
comparative  organization  of  the  animal  orders.  I  do  not 
consider  the  assumed  contemporaneousness  of  the  carnivora 
and  monkeys  (which  the  reviewer  erroneously  calls  bima- 
na) as  at  all  contradictory  of  a  true  development  theory, 
for  I  regard  them  all  as  distinct  lines  of  development, 
which  might  well  advance  to  a  certain  stage  (namely,  that 
of  the  terrestrial  mammal),  about  the  same  time.    I  am 

*  Ansted's  Geology,  i.,  502. 


TERTIARY  FOSSILS. 


07 


not,  however,  entitled  to  blame  the  reviewer  for  this  objec- 
tion, as  the  idea  of  a  development  in  a  plurality  of  lines 
must  be  new  to  him. 

"  As  we  ascend,"  he  says,  "  towards  the  middle  divi- 
sions of  the  [tertiary]  series,  there  is  a  development  of 
nature's  kingdom,  nearer  and  nearer  to  living  types.  But 
it  is  not  a  development  after  our  author's  scheme.  It  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  rise,  progress,  and  decline  of  the  fami- 
lies of  the  older  world,  already  pointed  out.  We  have  no 
confusion  of  genera  and  species,  and  no  shades  of  struc- 
ture to  make  dim  their  outlines."  Now  there  is  here  an 
acknowledgment,  in  which  all  geologists  accord,  of  a  con- 
stant gradual  approach  to  living  types.  Is  not  this,  in 
itself,  a  fact  speaking  strongly  for  some  simply  natural 
procedure  in  the  origin  of  the  present  tribes  ?  A  change 
goes  on  from  one  set  of  forms  to  another,  in  the  same  way 
as  one  human  generation  is  changed  for  another — namely, 
by  the  withdrawal  of  some  and  the  addition  of  others,  until 
at  length  the  whole  personnel  of  one  age  is  superseded  by 
that  of  another.  The  removal  of  old  species  is  the  result, 
by  our  critic's  own  showing,  of  law  ;  and  laws  for  the  ex- 
tinction of  species  are  in  operation  at  the  present  day. 
Can  we  well  suppose  the  rise  of  the  new  species  to  be  a 
phenomenon  of  an  essentially  different  character  ?  for 
here  is  the  whole  question  at  issue.  I  say,  no — any  ideas 
I  have  ever  acquired  of  philosophy,  as  an  expression  of 
our  ascertainment  of  the  order  of  nature  or  providence, 
forbid  me  to  form  such  a  conclusion.  A  "  confusion  of 
genera  or  species"  is  not  to  be  presumed  ;  there  is  no  need 
for  a  shading  of  structure  to  make  dim  their  outlines.  I 
suggest,  that  a  line  of  organization,  analogous  to  the  pro- 
gress of  the  embryo  of  an  elevated  species,  had  passed  in 


68 


EXPLANATIONS. 


the  course  of  time  through  its  appointed  stages  of  develop* 
ment,  each  of  which  is  a  small  advance  upon  the  preced 
ing,  and  the  type  of  a  form  thenceforth  to  continue  perma- 
nent. Each  line  stands  apart.  It  may  show  shadings  in 
a  vertical  direction,  as  between  its  reptilian  and  its  mam- 
mal forms,  but  no  true  affinities  connecting  horizontally 
with  the  members  of  other  lines.  Our  critic  is  here,  there- 
fore, completely  at  fault.  I  meet  him  again,  however,  on 
special  grounds.  Many  of  the  animals  of  the  tertiary 
period  are  of  large  bulk.  We  have  not  only  huge  exam- 
ples of  the  pachyderm  order,  in  which  there  are  still  exist- 
ing many  bulky  species,  but  we  have  equally  vast  crea- 
tures belonging  to  the  rodent,  the  edentate,  and  other 
orders.  These  huge  mammals  are,  indeed,  the  signal 
forms  of  this  period,  the  forms  by  which  the  whole  tertiary 
system  is  most  distinguished.  Now,  if  we  take  the  living 
pachyderm  order,  we  shall  find  that  the  largest  species  are 
of  the  lowest  organization.  For  example,  the  elephant, 
with  its  short  metatarsus,  is  a  low  form  compared  with  the 
horse,  in  which  the  heel  is  raised  so  much  above  the 
ground.  This  is  a  progress  of  characters  which  could  be 
shown  in  many  other  families.  It  is  a  progress  which  may 
be  generally  described  as  passing  from  the  phocal  form  of 
the  hind  extremities,  through  the  plantigrade,  and  ascend- 
ing to  its  ultimatum  in  the  digitigrade.  Now  this  progress 
is  coincident  with  the  distribution  of  the  various  lines  of 
animals  in  physical  geography,  for  while  the  first  are  ma- 
rine, the  second  are  generally  found  in  connection  with 
shores,  rivers,  and  low  grounds,  and  the  last  (always  the 
smallest)  with  the  more  varied  surface  of  the  interior. 
When  we  find,  then,  animals  of  the  second  kind  most  con- 
spicuous in  this  period,  we  have  actual  phenomena  remark 


OPINIONS  OF  CUVIER  AND  AGASSIZ.  69 

ably  in  accordance  with  the  scheme  of  development.  We 
look  in,  as  it  were,  upon  the  world,  or  at  least,  its  chief 
zoological  province,  at  the  time  when  the  lines  had  attained 
to  the  terrestrial  mammal  forms  fitted  for  fluviatile  and 
jungle  life,  and  ere  from  these  had  yet  sprung  the  whole 
of  the  smaller  but  more  highly  organized  denizens  of 
nature's  common. 

Our  critic,  having  now  run  over  the  whole  series  of  fos- 
sils, summons  Cuvier,  Agassiz,  and  Owen  to  express  their 
opinions  against  the  theory  of  development.  The  first 
"  again  and  again  affirms  that  the  extinct  fossil  species 
were  not  produced  by  any  continued  natural  organic  law 
from  other  species."  His  French  opponents  tried,  accord- 
ing to  the  reviewer,  to  overturn  his  conclusion  by  experi- 
ments in  cross-breeding  and  the  ransacking  of  ancient 
tombs.  And  they  talked  contemptuously  of  la  cloture  du 
siecle  de  Cuvier  ;  for  which  they  fall  under  a  reference  to 
the  fable  of  'the  ass  and  the  dead  lion.  Now,  I  disclaim 
all  responsibility  for  the  experiments  and  language  of  the 
French  theories  on  this  subject.  But,  while  I  respect 
Cuvier,  I  must  not  concede  too  much  even  to  his  opinion. 
He  was,  after  all,  but  a  man,  with  the  common  liability  to 
prejudices.  I  would,  with  all  due  reverence  for  the  illus- 
trious Baron,  remind  my  reviewer  of  an  opinion  which  the 
former  expressed  in  1826,  that  a  deluge  had  occurred 
about  six  thousand  years  ago,  which  broke  down  and  made 
to  disappear  the  countries  which  had  before  been  inhabited 
by  men,  and  the  species  of  animals  with  which  we  are 
best  acquainted.  Ten  years  after  this  belief  was  expressed 
by  Cuvier,  I  find  Dr.  Buckland  quietly  withdrawing  his 
adherence  to  it  in  the  Bridgewater  Treatise.  At  this  mo- 
ment  it  is  not  supported  by  a  single  geologist  of  the  least 


70 


EXPLANATIONS. 


repute.  May  not,  then,  the  Baron  Cuvier  be  wrong  also 
in  his  opinion  regarding  the  development  of  species  ?  So 
much,  I  trust,  may  be  said  without  any  disparagement  to 
the  author  of  the  Regne  Animal.  The  fact  is,  that  the 
erroneous  and  imperfect  ideas  of  great  men  often  become 
an  annoyance,  from  no  fault  on  their  part,  but  only  be- 
cause  the  weak  and  narrow-minded  are  so  apt,  afterwards, 
to  seize  upon  such  ideas,  and  brandish  them  in  the  faces 
of  advancing  truths.  For  M.  Agassiz  I  likewise  entertain 
great  respect ;  but  it  happens  that  his  liability  to  error  is 
equally  well  established.  The  doctrines  which  he  per- 
sisted for  years  in  maintaining  with  respect  to  the  con- 
stitution and  movement  of  glaciers,  are  now  all  but  deserted 
for  the  more  accurate  and  philosophical  deductions  of  Pro- 
fessor James  Forbes.  I  may,  therefore,  receive  the  intel- 
ligence which  the  Neufchatel  philosopher  brings  me  re- 
garding the  fossil  fish,  but  be  cautious  in  accepting  as  an 
infallible  dictum  what  he  is  pleased  to  say  on  the  compara- 
tively profound  doctrine  of  organic  development.  Profes- 
sor Owen,  whose  modesty  keeps  pace  with  his  fame,  will 
hardly  pretend  to  an  infallibility  which  fails  in  two  such 
noted  instances.  Besides,  the  difficulties  which  this  great 
anatomist  and  others  have  found  in  sanctioning  the  deve- 
lopment theory,  chiefly  rest  in  mistaken  assumptions  with 
regard  to  the  constitution  of  the  animal  kingdom.  It  is 
impossible,  as  they  say,  to  make  out  a  genealogy  in  a  line 
of  orders;  but  let  a  fresh  naturalist,  of  equal  standing, 
judge  of  the  theory,  after  he  has  considered  the  animal 
kingdom  in  the  arrangement  now  suggested,  and  I  feel 
assured  that  its  feasibility  will  receive  a  more  favorable 
verdict. 

The  reviewer,  however,  would  not  abate  one  jot  of  his 


RETRACTATION  OF  MR.  SEDGWICK.  71 

opinion,  although  Cuvier,  Agassiz,  and  Owen  were  all 
against  him  !  If  such  be  the  state  of  his  mind  regarding 
Cuvier,  with  what  face  can  he  condemn  St.  Hilaire,  who 
only  does  that  towards  the  dead  lion  which  our  critic  would 
also  do,  supposing  the  dead  lion  were  equally  opposed  to 
his  opinion  ?  The  grounds  for  this  strong  assurance  are 
in  personal  and  immediate  observation  of  facts.  "  We 
have  examined,"  says  he,  "  the  old  records  ...  in  the 
spots  where  nature  placed  them,  and  we  know  their  true 
historical  meaning  .  .  .  We  have  visited  in  succession 
the  tombs  and  charnel-houses  of  these  old  times,  and  we 
took  with  us  the  clew  spun  in  the  fabric  of  development ; 
but  we  found  this  clew  no  guide  through  these  ancient 
labyrinths,  and,  sorely  against  our  will,  we  were  compelled 
to  snap  its  thread  .  .  .  We  now  dare  affirm  that  geology, 
not  seen  through  the  mist  of  any  theory,  but  taken  as  a 
plain  succession  of  monuments  and  facts,  offers  one  firm 
cumulative  argument  against  the  hypothesis  of  develop- 
ment." What  first  strikes  us  in  this  declaration  is  the 
tone  in  which  the  writer  speaks  of  his  own  convictions. 
Cuvier,  Agassiz,  Owen,  may  all  be  wrong  ;  but  this  wri- 
ter cannot.  He  has  seen  what  he  speaks  of.  Against  "  a 
dogmatical  dictation  contrary  to  the  sober  rules  of  sound 
philosophy"  (his  own  words),  there  might  have  surely 
been  some  protection  in  the  necessity  of  retractation  to 
which  the  best  geologists  are  occasionally  reduced.  For 
example,  we  have  Professor  Sedgwick,  in  1831,  undoing  a 
theory  he  had  formerly  embraced  : 

"  We  now  connect  the  gravel  of  the  plains  with  the  ele- 
vation of  the  newest  system  of  mountains  That 

these  statements  militate  against  opinions  but  a  few  years 
sinoe  held  almost  universally  among  us,  cannot  be  denied. 


72 


EXPLANATIONS. 


But  theories  of  diluvial  gravel,  like  all  other  ardent  gene- 
ralizations of  an  advancing  science,  must  ever  be  regarded 
but  as  shifting  hypotheses  to  be  modified  by  every  new  fact, 
till  at  length  they  become  accordant  with  all  the  phenomena 
of  nature.  In  retreating,  where  we  have  advanced  too  far, 
there  is  neither  compromise  of  dignity  nor  loss  of  strength ; 
for  in  doing  this  we  partake  but  of  the  common  fortune  of 
every  one  who  enters  on  a  field  of  investigation  like  our 
own." 

The  contrast  between  the  philosophic  modesty  of  this 
passage,  and  the  above  extract  from  the  Edinburgh  re- 
viewer, must  be  very  striking.  The  reader,  who  has  seen 
the  hollowness  of  so  many  of  this  writer's  particular  objec- 
tions to  the  development  theory,  can  be  little  at  a  loss  to 
form  an  estimate  of  the  personal  investigations  of  which 
he  speaks.  He  seems  to  have  yet  to  learn  that  the  neces- 
sarily partial  investigations  which  any  single  geologist 
may  be  able  personally  to  make,  can  give  no  such  amount 
of  the  requisite  knowledge  as  may  be  acquired  in  another 
mode  of  study  ;  that  the  intellectual  powers  and  prepara- 
tions of  the  personal  inquirer  ought  also  to  be  known,  be- 
fore we  can  set  such  store  even  by  that  light  which  may 
be  attained  by  his  examinations.  It  is  not  uncommon  for 
ordinary  manners  to  boast  of  their  knowledge  of  a  coun- 
try from  having  sailed  several  times  to  one  of  its  ports, 
and  for  private  sentinels  to  pretend  to  a  superior  knowledge 
of  a  great  battle,  in  one  detachment  of  which  they  hap- 
pened to  be  engaged.  Of  such  boastings  and  pretensions 
I  must  confess  that  I  am  strongly  reminded  by  this  writer. 

The  geological  objections  to  the  development  theory  have 
now  been  discussed,  and  to  the  public  it  must  be  left  to 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  OBJECTIONS  OF  DR.  CLARK.  73 

decide  the  question,  whether  palaeontology  is  favorable  or 
unfavorable  to  that  scheme.  I  must  not  advert  to  the  illus- 
trations which  the  theory  derives  from  physiology,  and  the 
objections  which  have  been  made  to  them.  The  Edin- 
burgh reviewer  occupies  several  of  his  pages  with  such 
objections,  but,  fortunately,  they  need  not  detain  us  long, 
as  they  come  to  little  more  than  this,  that  he  puts  trust  in 
Dr.  Clark,  of  Cambridge,  while  I  have  resorted  for  the 
support  of  my  general  theory  to  the  views  advocated  by 
other  physiologists.*    I  may  say  that  these  views  are  pre- 

*  Dr.  Whevvell  (preface  to  Indications,  Sfc.)  joins  the  reviewer 
and  others  in  reprobating  the  suggestions  which  have  been  made  in 
the  Vestiges,  with  regard  to  a  similarity  between  certain  crystalli- 
zations, as  the  figures  produced  by  frost  upon  windows,  and  the 
Arbor  Diana,  to  vegetable  forms.  The  logical  merits  of  the  re- 
viewer's mind  are  here  fully  indicated,  for  what  does  he  set  down 
as  a  disproof  of  these  as  "  traces  of  secondary  means  by  which  the 
Almighty  deviser  might  establish"  the  forms  of  plants  ?  that  such 
crystallizations  grow  by  simple  apposition  of  new  matter,-  and  not 
from  germs,  as  actual  vegetables  do ;  the  question  at  issue  being 
merely,  whether  the  electricity  concerned  in  the  crystallization 
might  not  have  some  similar  effect  in  determining  the  forms  of  the 
vegetables.  I  may  here  remark  that  1  am  not  alone  in  surmising 
some  common  root  for  these  phenomena.  In  Leithead's  Electricity 
(1837),  the  following  passage  occurs  : — "  The  form  of  the  route  of 
free  electricity  is  modified  by  the  medium  through  which  it  passes, 
and  also  by  the  electric  state  of  such  medium,  or  of  that  of  the  rela- 
tive electrical  condition  of  two  bodies  between  which  it  is  trans- 
mitted. If  the  medium  through  which  it  passes  possesses  a  very 
inferior  conducting  power,  it  is  obvious  that  a  certain  momentum 
must  be  requisite  to  enable  the  fluid  to  force  its  passage  to  a  given 
distance,  and  there  will  be  a  point  at  which  the  momentum  of  the 
fluid  and  the  resistance  of  the  body  will  exactly  counterbalance  each 
other;  but  so  soon  as  the  electricity  has  again  accumulated  to  a 
sufficient  degree  to  overcome  the  resistance,  it  will  again  force  its 
way  in  another  direction,  until  it  arrives  at  another  point  of  equili- 


74  EXPLANATIONS. 

sented  in  my  book  as  correctly  as  it  was  possible  for  me 
to  give  them,  who  am  nothing  but  a  general  student:  in 
one  instance  I  have  employed  the  language  of  a  popular 
treatise  (Dr.  Lord's) — ridiculed  by  our  reviewer  as  a  book 
of  no  authority — merely  because  the  ideas  were  there  pre- 
sented in  a  peculiarly  intelligible  form.  The  general  aim 
was,  I  can  honestly  declare,  to  convey  the  doctrine  of  the 
epigenesis  of  animals,  as  M.  Serres  calls  it,  as  an  illustra- 
tion of  my  subject,  considering  myself  entitled  to  do  so  by 
the  position  which  it  has  attained  in  the  world.    It  is,  of 

brium.  In  this  way,  we  may  readily  see  the  modus  operandi  of  the 
electric  fluid  in  imparting  regular  forms  to  bodies  ;  and  it  is  highly 
probable  that  its  action  in  this  respect  extends  to  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  and  perhaps  operates  even  on  animals,  from  the  time 
in  which  they  exist  in  the  embryo  state.  .  .  .  Another  fact  in 
support  of  the  opinion,  that  the  distinctive  forms  of  bodies  are  pro- 
duced by  electrical  action,  is,  that  crystals,  and  the  twigs  and  leaves 
of  vegetables,  all  terminate  in  points  or  sharp  edges,  so  that  the 
electrical  action  can  proceed  no  further  in  increasing  the  growth, 
or,  in  other  words,  in  propelling  fresh  portions  of  matter  for  the 
extension  of  the  plant,  or  the  crystal,  beyond  the  pointed  or  edged 
termination."  In  a  letter  of  Mr.  Crosse  to  Mr.  Leithead,  it  is  stated 
that,  in  one  of  his  experiments,  there  grew,  in  the  inside  of  an  elec- 
trified jar  filled  with  hydro-sulphuret  of  potash,  a  mineral  fungus, 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  length  and  one-fourth  of  an  inch  in 
diameter,  "  m  the  shape  of  a  common  trumpet-mouthed  fungus, 
which  is  found  on  trees."  "  In  one  experiment,"  says  Mr. 
Weekes,  in  a  recent  letter  to  myself,  "  a  singularly  beautiful  elec- 
tro-vegetation was  produced,  a  forest  in  miniature,  which,  by  aid 
of  a  good  lens,  presented  many  extraordinary  appearances,  and  con- 
tinued to  interest  me  during  many  months."  It  may  suit  the  re- 
viewer and  others  to  scoff  at  such  "  resemblances;"  but  scoffing 
will  not  annul,  in  my  mind,  the  apprehension  that  there  is  here 
some  relation  of  a  very  interesting  kind,  the  investigation  of  which 
may  yet  give  us  a  deeper  insight  than  we  now  enjoy  in  the  mysteries 
of  organic  being. 


EMBRY0TIC  REPRESENTATIONS. 


75 


course,  unfortunate  for  this,  as  it  is  for  many  other  doc- 
trines, that  it  should  have  an  opponent  ;  but  this  circum- 
stance is  fortunately,  on  the  other  hand,  no  adequate 
ground  of  condemnation  in  the  judgment  of  third  parties. 
I  leave,  then,  the  general  tenor  of  this  portion  of  my  re- 
viewer's objections,  with  the  remark,  that  for  the  one 
authority  which  he  has  called  into  court,  it  would  be  easy 
to  summon  many  as  good  on  the  other  side  ;  for  instance, 
Harvey,  Grew,  Lister,  and  Meckel.  Our  critic's  own 
favorite  authority — Mr.  Owen — would  give  good  evidence  ; 
see  his  Letters  on  the  Invertebrated  Animals,  where  he  says 
that  man's  embryotic  metamorphoses  would  not  be  less 
striking  than  those  of  the  butterfly,  if  subjected  like  them 
to  observation — and  then  adds,  that  the  human  embryo  is 
first  vermiform,  next  stamped  with  the  characters  of  the 
apodal  fish,  afterwards  indicative  of  the  enaliosaur,  and  so 
forth.  There  is  another  most  respectable  English  physi- 
ologist— Dr.  Roget — who,  in  his  Bridgewater  Treatise,  ex- 
plicitly says,  "  that  the  animals  which  occupy  the  highest 
stations  in  each  series  possess,  at  the  commencement  of 
their  existence,  forms  exhibiting  a  marked  resemblance  to 
those  presented  in  the  permanent  condition  of  the  lowest 
animals  of  the  same  series  ;  and  that,  during  the  progress 
of  their  development,  they  assume  in  succession  the  cha- 
racters of  each  tribe,  corresponding  to  their  consecutive 
order  in  the  ascending  chain."  It  is  to  what  has  been 
thus  spoken  of  by  such  excellent  men — what  was,  I  be- 
lieve, first  hinted  at  by  Harvey,  and  afterwards  shadowed 
forth  by  John  Hunter — that  this  writer  applies  the  appella- 
tion of  "  a  monstrous  scheme,  from  first  to  last  nothing  but 
a  pile  of  wildly  gratuitous  hypotheses." 

This  reviewer  and  others  have  been  eager  to  point  out 


76 


EXPLANATIONS. 


that  "  no  anatomist  has  observed  the  shadow  of  any  change 
assimilating  the  nascent  embryo  to  any  of  the  radiata,  mol- 
lusca,  or  articulata.  Thus  are  three  whole  classes  [divi- 
sions] of  the  animal  kingdom,  passed  over  without  any  cor- 
responding  fetal  type,  and  in  defiance  of  the  law  of  de- 
velopment." The  writer  here  states  what  is  not  true,  if 
any  faith  is  to  be  placed  in  one  of  the  first  authorities  of 
the  age,  and  one  upon  which  he  himself  depends  ;  for  have 
we  not  seen  Mr.  Owen  on  the  last  page  affirming  that  the 
human  embryo  is  first  vermiform  ? — this  meaning  the  form 
of  the  worms,  a  portion  of  the  class  Annelides,  in  one  of 
these  lower  divisions.  That  all  these  divisions  or  sub- 
kingdoms  are  not  represented  in  the  human  embryo  is  an 
objection  perfectly  visionary,  for  it  is  not  necessary  that 
all  should  be  involved  in  the  ancestry,  and  therefore  analo- 
gies to  all  are  not  to  be  looked  for.  It  may  be  said,  then, 
there  is  no  true  difficulty  in  this  quarter. 

Perhaps  no  part  of  the  arguments  for  the  development 
theory  has  been  more  misapprehended,  or  misrepresented, 
than  this.  It  is  continually  said,  that  the  embryo,  at  any 
of  its  particular  stages,  is  not  in  reality  the  animal  repre- 
sented by  that  stage.  The  Edinburgh  reviewer  remarks, 
with  regard  to  the  fish  stage,  "  Were  the  embryo  of  a 
mammal  thrown  off  at  that  time  into  water  (of  its  own  tem- 
perature), it  could  not  support  life  for  a  moment."  The 
brain  of  a  child  in  the  seventh  month  is  also  said  to  be  not 
the  brain  of  any  of  the  inferior  animals,  but  a  true  human 
brain.  The  truth  is,  no  one  ever  pretended  that  there  was 
such  an  identity.  It  is  only  said  that  there  is  a  resem- 
blance in  general  character  between  the  particular  embry- 
otic  stage  of  being,  and  the  mature  condition  and  form  of 
the  appropriate  inferior  animal.    The  particular  adapta- 


GERMS  NOT  IDENTICAL.  77 

tions,  and  the  character  of  vital  maturity,  are  all  wanting, 
and  therefore  it  is  that  the  embryo  could  not  live,  as  the 
inferior  animal  represented,  if  separated  from  the  parent, 
and  really  is  not  that  inferior  animal. 

It  may  be  well,  before  leaving  this  part  of  the  subject, 
to  advert  to  a  special  charge  which  this  writer,  and  at  least 
one  other,*  have  brought  forward  :  it  is,  that  I  assume,  not 
only  that  the  organic  germs  of  all  creatures  are  alike,  but 
that  they  are  identical.  The  Edinburgh  Review  brings  a 
contradiction  to  this  proposition  from  Dr.  Clark.  It  is 
wholly  unnecessary,  for  no  such  assumption  was  ever  made 
by  me.  The  phrase  used  in  the  book  was,  "  Its  primary 
positions  [meaning  the  doctrines  of  embryonic  development] 
are  that  the  embryos  of  all  animals  are  not  distinguishably 
different  from  each  other ;"  which  is  a  very  different  pro- 
position. In  several  other  instances,  propositions  are  thus 
misrepresented  to  afford  the  glory  of  a  visionary  refutation. 
For  example  :  the  idea  that  there  being  light  in  the  planets, 
any  inhabitants  of  these  orbs  may  be  presumed  to  have 
eyes,  as  eyes  bear  a  relation  to  light,  is  met  by  him  very 
gravely  with  the  fact,  left  for  him  to  discover,  that  animals 
have  eyes  before  they  are  born  ! 

I  have  now  reviewed  the  vestiges  of  creation,  presented 
in  both  the  geological  and  physiological  records,  the  former 
presenting  memorials  of  the  actual  progression  of  species, 
in  nearly  such  a  conformity  with  the  general  arrange- 
ments of  the  organic  kingdoms  as  we  might  expect  in  the 
present  state  of  the  science,  and  the  latter  affording  us 
proofs — proofs,  at  least,  satisfactory  to  many  of  the  best 
anatomists  of  our  age — of  a  plan  of  individual  development, 

*  North  American  Review,  April,  1845. 


78 


EXPLANATIONS. 


which  may  be  called  the  living  picture  of  the  advance  of 
species,  during  the  vast  ages  chronicled  by  the  sedimentary 
rocks.  A  third  series  of  vestiges  now  remains  for  consi- 
deration— namely,  those  which  hint  at  originations  and 
modifications  of  organic  beings  in  the  current  era. 

The  objections  to  the  occasional  production  of  organic 
beings,  otherwise  than  ex  ovo,  do  not  appear  to  have  been 
softened  by  the  publication  of  my  former  volume.  All 
reviewers,  with  the  single  exception  of  the  British  and 
Foreign  Medical  Review,  have  intimated  their  continued 
scepticism  on  this  point.  The  experiment  of  Professor 
Schulze,  of  Berlin,  with  decaying  organic  matter  floating 
in  a  flask  to  which  common  air  was  admitted,  after  passing 
through  sulphuric  acid,  thereby  being  deprived  of  all  ani- 
mal admixtures — an  experiment  which  ended  in  the  non- 
production  of  any  animalcules  or  mould — is  pointed  to  as 
conclusive.  Explanations  more  or  less  plausible  have  also 
been  offered  for  the  origin  of  the  entozoa,  the  parasites  of 
civilisation,  the  pimelodes  cyclopum,  etc.  I  should  fear  to 
weary  the  reader  with  a  new  discussion  of  all  these  par- 
ticulars :  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  let  me  meet  the  call  which 
the  opponents  of  the  development  theory  usually  make,  to 
give  it  the  direct  proof  which  would  be  afforded  by  show- 
ing one  instance,  either  of  the  origin  of  life  or  the  transmu- 
tation of  species. 

The  objection  of  the  Edinburgh  reviewer,  to  the  alleged 
transmutation  of  oats  into  rye,  is  that  he  believes  it  a  fable. 
This  is  the  opinion  of  one  person,  advanced  without  fact 
or  argument  to  support  it.  Let  us  see,  on  the  other  hand, 
what  a  greater  authority  on  botanical  subjects  than  he — 
namely,  Dr.  Lindley — has  stated  on  the  same  subject. 
"  At  the  request,"  says  this  learned  person,  "  of  the  Mar- 


SPECIES  A  TEP.M,  NOT  A  FACT. 


79 


qliis  of  Bristol,  the  Reverend  Lord  Arthur  Hervey,  in  the 
year  1843,  sowed  a  handful  of  oats,  treated  thefh  in  the 
manner  recommended,  by  continually  stopping  the  flower- 
ing stems,  and  the  produce,  in  1844,  has  been  for  the  most 
part  ears  of  a  very  slender  barley,  having  much  the  ap- 
pearance of  rye,  with  a  little  wheat,  and  some  oats ;  sam- 
ples of  which  are,  by  the  favor  of  Lord  Bristol,  now  before 
us."  The  learned  writer  then  adverts  to  the  "  extraordi- 
nary, but  certain  fact,  that  in  orchidaceous  plants,  forms 
just  as  different  as  wheat,  barley,  rye,  and  oats,  have  been 
proved  by  the  most  rigorous  evidence,  to  be  accidental 
variations  of  one  common  form,  brought  about  no  one 
knows  how,  but  before  our  eyes,  and  rendered  permanent 
by  equally  mysterious  agency.  Then,  says  Reason,  if 
they  occur  in  orchidaceous  plants,  why  should  they  not 
also  occur  in  corn  plants  1  for  it  is  not  likely  that  such 
vagaries  will  be  confined  to  one  little  group  in  the  vegeta- 
ble kingdom ;  it  is  more  rational  to  believe  them  to  be  a 
part  of  the  general  system  of  creation  .  .  .  How  can  we 
be  sure,  that  wheat,  rye,  oats,  and  barley,  are  not  all  ac- 
cidental off-sets  from  some  unsuspected  species  ?"*  The 
reader  will  now  be  partly  able  to  judge  of  the  value  of  the 
unsupported  dictum  of  the  reviewer. 

There  are  many  other  facts  that  throw  a  strong  light  on 
transmutation,  both  of  plants  and  animals.  So  far  from 
there  being  any  decisive  proof  against  this  theory,  there  is 
no  settled  conclusion  at  this  moment  amongst  naturalists, 
as  to  what  constitutes  a  species.  "  There  is,"  says  Pro- 
fessor Henslow,  "  no  law  whatever  hitherto  established,  by 
which  the  limits  of  variation  to  a  given  species  can  be  satis- 


*  Gardener's  Chronicle,  August,  1844. 


80 


EXPLANATIONS. 


factorily  assigned,  and  until  some  such  law  be  aiscovcred, 
we  cannot  expect  precision  in  the  details  of  systematic 
botany."*  "  We  have  agreed,"  says  Bicheno,  "  that  a 
species  shall  be  that  distinct  form,  originally  so  created, 
and  producing,  by  certain  laws  of  generation,  others  like 
itself.  There  is  this  inconvenience  attending  the  use  of  it 
by  naturalists,  that  it  assumes  as  a  fact,  that  which,  in  the 
present  state  of  science,  is  in  many  cases  a  fit  subject  of 
inquiry  ;  namely,  that  species,  according  to  our  definition, 
do  exist  throughout  nature.  It  is  too  convenient  a  term  to 
be  dispensed  with,  even  as  an  assumption  ;  only  care  should 
he  taken  that  we  do  not  accept  the  abstract  term-for  the  fact."  ^ 
Mr.  Westwood,  speaking  of  insects,  says,  "  In  very  exten- 
sive genera,  the  distinctions  of  species  are  so  minute,  that  it 
requires  the  most  practised  eye  to  separate  them  ;  and, 
indeed,  there  are  some  groups,  the  species  of  which  are  so 
intricately  blended  together,  that  no  two  entomologists  are 
agreed  as  to  their  distinctness."  According  to  Mr.  Halde- 
man,  author  of  a  learned  work  on  the  fresh-water  mollusks 
of  America,  "  There  are  distinct  species  in  that  class — 
among  the  Unionidse,  for  example  [and  this  is  a  remark 
applicable  to  other  departments  of  the  animal  kingdom], 
actually  differing  less  from  each  other  than  the  known  va- 
rieties of  certain  variable  species,  which  a  Lamarkian 
might  suppose  to  be  of  so  recent  an  origin,  as  not  to  have 
yet  become  settled  in  the  possession  of  their  proper  diag- 
nostic characters.  Indeed,  notwithstanding  the  assumption 
to  the  contrary,  by  authors  who  have  little  practical  ac- 
quaintance with  the  details  of  natural  history,  the  proper 
discrimination  between  species  and  variety,  is  one  of  the 

*  Magazine  of  Zoology  and  Botany,  i.,  116. 
t  Linnsean  Transactions,  xv.,  482. 


TRANSMUTATION   OF  PLANTS. 


81 


greatest  difficulties  which  the  naturalist  has  to  encounter ; 
and  he  who  is  successful  in  this  department  is  entitled  to  a 
rank  which  comparatively  few  can  attain."* 

Of  the  extent  to  which  modifications  may  be  carried  by 
palpable  external  conditions,  I  may  now  supply  a  few  il- 
lustrations. It  is  well  known  that  fungi  and  lichens  attain 
to  very  different  appearances  in  different  situations,  in  con- 
formity with  different  conditions.  Fries,  we  are  told, 
'■'  asserts  that  out  of  the  different  states  of  one  species 
(telephora  sulphurea),  more  than  eight  distinct  genera  had 
been  constructed  by  different  authors.  It  would  seem, 
then,  that  the  absolute  number  of  species  among  the  fungi 
is  not  nearly  so  great  as  has  been  usually  supposed  ;  and 
that  the  kind  produced  by  a  decomposing  infusion,  or  a  bed 
of  decaying  solid  matter,  will  depend  as  much  upon  the 
influence  of  the  material  employed,  as  upon  the  germ  itself 
which  is  the  subject  of  i'2."f 

Among  the  questions  proposed  by  the  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences at  Haarlem,  in  1839,  was  one  upon  the  following 
subject — "According  to  some  botanists,  Algaj  of  a  very 
simple  structure,  placed  under  favorable  circumstances, 
develope  and  change  into  different  plants,  belonging  to 
genera  much  more  elevated  in  the  scale  of  organic  being ; 
although  these  same  algae,  in  the  absence  of  such  favorable 
circumstances,  would  be  fertile,  and  reproduce  their  primi- 
tive form.":}:  I  would  ask  if  this  is  a  point  as  yet  settled 
in  the  negative.  The  original  of  our  cabbage  is  well 
known  to  be  a  trailing  sea-side  plant,  entirely  different 
from  the  cabbage  in  appearance.    The  cardoon  and  arti- 

*  Boston  Journal  of  Natural  History, 
t  Carpenter's  Physiology,  p.  62. 

\  Charlesworth's  Magazine  of  Natural  History,  il,  448. 
5* 


82 


EXPLANATIONS. 


choke  are  now  admitted  to  be  one,  and  Mr.  Darwin  was 
assured  by  an  intelligent  farmer  that  he  has  seen,  in  a 
deserted  garden,  the  latter  plant  relapsing  into  the  former. 

It  is  well  known,  that  when  fresh-water  mollusks  are 
exposed  for  a  little  time  to  an  influx  of  the  sea,  those  which 
can  survive  the  change  assume  considerably  different 
characters.  In  a  fresh-water  tertiary  formation  of  the 
island  of  Cos,  Professor  Edward  Forbes  and  Lieutenant 
Spratt  found  various  fresh-water  molluscan  shells — palu- 
dina,  neretina,  melanopsis,  etc. — which  had  passed  through 
surprising  modifications  in  the  course  of  three  successive 
groups  of  deposits,  supposed  to  have  been  marked  by  in- 
creasing influxes  of  sea- water.  "  The  lowermost  species 
of  each  genus  were  smooth,  those  of  the  centre  partially 
plicated,  and  those  of  the  upper  part  strongly  and  regularly 
ribbed."*  This  was  apparently  a  retrogression  to  marine 
types.  The  differences  in  the  three  cases  were  greater 
than  those  which  naturalists  usually  consider  as  grounds 
of  specific  distinction. 

Surely  there  are  here  ample  evidences  of  species,  or  what 
are  usually  regarded  as  such,  being  variable  under  changed 
conditions.  It  will  be  said,  these  changes  are  all  mere 
variations  of  specific  forms,  and  the  facts  do  nothing  but 
show  that  that  has  been  called  species  which  is  only  va- 
riety. But  where  is  this  to  have  its  limits  ?  If  the  cab- 
bage  and  sea-plant  are  to  be  now  regarded  as  one  species, 
it  seems  to  me  that  we  have  to  go  very  little  further,  to 
come  to  the  lines  of  successive  forms  or  stirpes,  which  my 
hypothesis  suggests.  This  view  becomes  the  more  striking 
when  we  remember  that  any  variations  which  we  now  see, 

*  Report  of  Proceedings  of  the  British  Association,  1845.— Lite- 
rary Gazette. 


SIVATHSKIBM  AND  GIRAFFE. 


S3 


lake  place  within  a  space  of  time  extremely  small  in  com- 
parison with  those  which  geology  allows  for  its  phenomena. 
"  Although,"  says  Mr.  Haldeman,  "  we  may  not  be  able, 
artificially,  to  produce  a  change  beyond  a  definite  point,  it 
would  be  a  hasty  inference  to  suppose  that  a  physical 
agent  acting  gradually  for  ages,  could  not  carry  the  varia- 
tion a  step  or  two  further." 

I  may  here  advert  to  a  fallacy  which  has  been  one  of 
the  principal  difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  supposition  of 
every  kind  of  transmutation.  It  is  always  taken  for 
granted  that  the  parental  animal  must  be  extinguished  in 
consequence  of  the  change.  Thus  we  find  a  suggestion 
by  M.  St.  Hilaire  that  the  modern  giraffe  may  be  a  modifi- 
cation of  the  sivatherium  of  the  Indian  tertiaries,  met  very 
complacently  by  a  reference  to  the  discovery  of  Dr.  Fal- 
coner, that  in  these  tertiaries,  the  giraffe  is  associated  with 
the  sivatherium.  So  also,  the  suggestion  that  the  hare  of 
Siberia,  with  its  curtailed  ears,  shorter  hind  legs,  and  ab- 
sence of  tail,  may  be  a  modification  of  the  ordinary  hare, 
has  been  answered  by  Professor  Owen,  with  a  reference  to 
the  fact,  that  the  tailless  hare  (Lagomys  Spelseus)  is  found 
as  early  in  the  tertiaries  as  any  species  of  the  true  genus, 
Lepus.*  Now  it  is  entirely  an  assumption  on  the  part  of 
those  who  oppose  the  transmutation  theory,  that  the  origi- 
nal animal  shall  perish  when  the  new  one  is  produced  ; 
and  therefore  the  difficulty  is  entirely  of  their  own  making. 
The  probable  fact  is  that  the  modification  takes  place  in  an 
offshoot  of  the  original  tribe,  which  has  removed  into  a  dif- 
ferent set  of  circumstances,  these  circumstances  being  the 
cause  of  the  change  :  thus  there  is  no  need  to  presume  that 


*  British  Fossil  Mammalia  and  Birds,  p.  215. 


84 


EXPLANATIONS. 


the  original  tribe  is  at  all  affected  by  any  such  modifica- 
tion. The  case  is  precisely  analogous  to  that  of  a  colony. 
We  see,  for  example,  the  New  Englanders  change  from 
the  original  English  type,  without  any  necessary  effect 
upon  the  parent  stock.  Just  so  might  the  giraffe  be  a 
changed  sivatherium,  and  yet  the  sivatherium  continue  to 
exist.  And  in  point  of  fact,  there  are  many  animals  now 
living  along  with  their  supposed  modified  descendants. 
Unless,  therefore,  it  could  be  proved  that  the  supposed 
descendant  actually  preceded  in  date  the  animal  from  which 
it  was  said  to  have  sprung,  objections  of  this  nature  can  be 
of  no  force.  The  reader  will  understand  that  I  only  ad- 
duce the  instances  of  the  sivatherium  and  hare  for  the 
sake  of  illustration,  and  without  undertaking  to  show  that 
those  animals  have  actually  had  such  modified  descendants 
as  may  have  been  attributed  to  them.  I  would  entreat 
the  candid  opponent  of  the  transmutation  theory  to  review 
the  subject  in  the  improved  light  in  which  it  appears,  with 
this  most  gratuitous  assumption  set  aside. 

With  regard  to  the  origination  of  new  life  from  inorga- 
nic elements,  the  Broomfield  experiment  would  be  quite 
decisive,  if  any  evidence  could  be  admitted  for  what  men 
are  unwilling  to  believe.  The  Edinburgh  reviewer  writes 
two  pages  which  appear  to  put  the  alleged  fact  much  out 
of  countenance ;  and  yet  it  is  true  that  ridicule,  which 
always  proceeds  upon  assumption,  forms  their  entire  com- 
position. He  states  that  specimens  of  the  insect  were  sent 
to  Paris,  where  they  set  a  whole  conclave  of  philosophers 
a-laughing,  because  they  were  found  to  contain  ova.  It 
did  not  occur  to  him  that  independent  generation  is  what 
the  development  theory  presumes  of  every  animal  family 
which  may  have  ever  had  an  origin  otherwise  than  ex  ovo. 


THE  ACARUS  CROSSII. 


85 


Other  specimens  were  sent  to  London,  but  there  their  fate 
was  sealed  by  their  being  found  to  be  not  a  new  species, 
but  one  then  abundant  in  the  country.  These  circum- 
stances, with  a  few  empty  jests,  satisfy  the  critic  that  there 
was  no  independent  generation  in  the  case.  Against  such 
a  conclusion,  proceeding  upon  mere  supposition,  I  adduce 
careful  experiment.  During  the  last  three  years,  Mr. 
Weekes,  of  Sandwich,  has  continued  to  subject  solutions  to 
electric  action,  and  invariably  found  insects  produced  in 
these  instances,  while  they  as  invariably  failed  to  appear 
where  the  electric  action  was  not  employed,  but  every 
other  condition  fulfilled.  The  rigid  care  taken  in  these 
experiments  to  exclude  vitiating  circumstances,  gives  them 
a  high  claim  to  notice,  and  T  therefore  present,  as  an  ap- 
pendix, two  letters  from  Mr.  Weekes  upon  the  subject. 
They  cannot  fail  to  be  read  with  interest,  and  the  more  so, 
as  they  exhibit  a  man  pursuing  the  investigation  of  an  im- 
portant natural  fact  under  the  most  discouraging  circum- 
stances. If  this  new  presentment  of  the  Acarus  Crossii 
shall  still  excite  ridicule,  I  can  only  regret  the  mood  of 
mind  from  which  that  ridicule  arises ;  but  the  opposite 
party  must  excuse  my  attaching  no  importance  "to  any- 
thing besides  fact  and  argument.  These  alleged  pheno- 
mena are  open,  like  all  others,  to  the  test  of  counter-expe- 
riment. Let  them  be  subjected  to  it  in  the  most  rigid 
manner,  and  set  aside  in  the  case  of  failure.  But  to  meet 
them  merely  with  scoffs  and  jests,  or  at  the  most,  certain 
wholly  gratuitous  assumptions  as  to  a  possibly  vai'ious 
cause,  is  not  philosophical,  and  therefore  deserves  no  con- 
sideration. 

Having  thus  presented  vestiges  of  laws  for  the  origina- 
tion and  modification  of  organic  being,  I  must  protest 


86 


EXPLANATIONS. 


against  proof  of  the  existence  of  such  laws  being  held  in- 
dispensable to  the  development  theory.  The  earth,  we 
see,  has  been  peopled  for  ages  before  man  began  to  observe 
nature  or  chronicle  his  observations.  The  organic  world 
attained  what  appears  to  us  completeness,  in  remote  ages. 
It  is  a  thing  done,  as  individual  reproduction  is  done  at  the 
birth  of  the  new  creature.  We  are  not,  therefore,  to  ex- 
pect conspicuous  examples  of  either  a  new  origin  of  life  or 
a  modification  of  species  at  the  present  day.  Though, 
therefore,  not  one  unequivocal  instance  of  such  origin  and 
such  modification  could  be  presented,  it  would  say  nothing 
positive  against  the  hypothesis  that  species  originated,  and 
made  a  series  of  advances  in  general  organization,  by  the 
efficacy  of  law,  in  times  long  antecedent  to  our  historical 
period.  We  should  still  have  to  say  that  the  evidence  of 
such  phenomena  was  to  be  looked  for  elsewhere, — namely, 
in  the  history  of  the  progress  of  organic  being  as  chroni- 
cled for  us  by  geology,  and  in  the  history  which  physiology 
affords  us  of  the  progress  of  the  individual  embryo.  See- 
ing, then,  that  plants  and  animals  came  into  existence  gra- 
dually, in  the  course  of  a  vast  period  of  time,  and  in  a 
succession  conforming  generally  to  their  grades  in  organi- 
zation, and  the  stages  through  which  the  embryo  of  one  of 
the  highest  has  to  pass  before  it  attains  maturity,  we  might 
say  that  we  had  seen  all  that  could  well  be  expected  in 
the  case,  and  enough  to  establish  a  strong  probability  for 
the  development  theory.  Nevertheless,  it  may  be  admit- 
ted that  any  evidence  of  the  continued  existence  of  the 
creative  and  modifying  laws,  is  still  desirable,  for  the  sake 
of  corroboration.  And  such  is  the  light  in  which  I  regard 
the  facts  which  we  possess  regarding  variations  of  type, 
and  the  production  of  some  of  the  lower  plants  and  ani- 


VESTIGES  OF  CREATIVE  LAWS. 


*1 


mals  by  means  independent  of  generation.  As  in  the  pro- 
gress of  an  individual  being,  even  after  birth,  we  see  the 
laws  which  preside  over  reproduction  operating  still  in  a 
faint  degree  in  the  defective  nutrition  which  stunts,  and 
the  favoring  conditions  which  advance  and  glorify,  the 
state  of  infancy  and  youth,  so  might  we  expect  that  the 
laws  which  originally  spread  the  vegetable  and  animal 
kingdoms  over  the  earth,  would  still,  perhaps,  be  traceable 
as  faintly  at  work,  especially  in  those  lower  families  where 
life  and  the  modifiable  quality  are  most  abundantly  im- 
parted. The  evidence  for  the  existence  of  such  laws  is 
patent  to  the  exact  observation  which  will  give  it  philoso- 
phical certainty,  and  to  such  observation  I  trust  it  will,  in 
time,  be  subjected.  Meanwhile,  I  claim  its  being  received 
as  a  provisional  aid  to  the  theory  of  development. 

Thus  closes  my  review  of  the  objections  which  have 
been  made  to  the  evidences  for  an  organic  creation  by 
law.  Such  a  mode  of  that  creation  was,  I  said  at  the  first, 
rendered  likely  by  the  manifestation  of  a  presidency  of 
law  both  in  the  physical  arrangements  of  the  universe  and 
in  the  constitution  of  our  own  minds.  It  seemed  to  me 
that,  with  evidences  of  law  in  these  things,  we  had  a 
strong  probability  established  that  law  had  been  the  mode 
of  the  divine  working  in  the  whole  system  revealed  to  our 
senses  and  reason,  throughout  all  ages  of  its  existence. 
And  I  believed  that  we  were  called  upon,  not  to  grasp  at 
every  objection  to  this  idea  which  could  be  conjured  out 
of  the  darkness  of  our  imperfect  knowledge,  as  if  to  save 
us  from  a  disrelished  conclusion,  but  rather  to  look  with 
candid  minds  into  nature,  and  endeavor  to  discover  in 
what  we  do  know  the  traces  of  such  an  origin  of  organi- 


88 


EXPLANATIONS. 


zation  as  might  harmonize  with  the  conceptions  forced 
upon  us  from  other  quarters;  trusting  that  there  never 
could  be  any  disadvantage  from  embracing  that  view 
which  the  balance  of  reason  might  show  to  be  the  nearest 
to  truth.  The  question  is,  to  which  view  does  the  balance 
now  incline  ?  Whether  is  it  most  likely  that  the  Deity 
produced  Being  and  its  many-staged  theatre  in  the  manner 
of  order  or  law,  or  by  any  different  mode  of  a  more  arbi- 
trary character  ;  whether,  consequently,  are  we  to  regard 
him  as  ruling  the  affairs  of  the  world  in  the  manner  of  an 
invariable  order  or  otherwise  1  I  say  likely — because  we 
are  not  to  expect  on  any  such  questions  the  absolute  de- 
monstration which  attends  a  mathematical  problem  or  an 
unchallengeable  writing.  We  must  be  content  if  we  only 
can  see  a  preponderance  of  reasons  for  regarding  the  uni- 
verse and  its  Author  in  one  or  other  of  those  lights.  To 
be  prepared  for  a  decision  upon  this  question,  it  is  proper 
that  the  reader  should  be  presented  with  a  sketch  of  the 
theory  opposed  to  that  of  universal  order. 

When  we  set  about  describing  this  system,  we  are 
struck  by  finding  it  vague  and  unsteady,  varying  with 
every  degree  of  intelligence  in  its  votaries  and  every  addi- 
tion made  to  science.  The  uneducated  man  regards  the 
whole  system  of  the  world  as  resulting  from,  and  depend- 
ing upon,  the  immediate  working  and  guidance  of  an 
almighty  being  who  acts  in  each  case  as  may  seem  to  him 
most  meet,  exactly  as  human  creatures  do.  Persons  of 
intelligence,  again,  usually  admit  a  system  of  general 
laws,  but  for  the  most  part  entertain  it  under  great  reser- 
vations, or  in  connection  with  views  totally  inconsistent 
with  it.  We  find  Dr.  Clark,  for  instance,  admitting  a 
course  of  nature  as  the  "will  of  God  r reducing  certain 


DR.  WHEWELL's  PALjETIOLOGICAL  sciences.  89 


effects  in  a  regular  and  uniform  manner,"  but,  this  will 
"  being  arbitrary  [an  assumption,  as  far  as  natural  means 
of  knowledge  are  concerned],  is,  he  says,  as  easy  to  be 
altered  at  any  time  as  to  be  preserved." 

Others  cut  off  particular  provinces  of  nature  as  excep- 
tions from  the  plan  of  constant  order.  Whatever  part  is 
dubious  or  obscure,  to  mankind  generally  or  to  themselves 
in  particular,  there  they  rear  the  torn  standard  of  the  arbi- 
trary system  of  divine  rule.  Human  volitions  form  such 
a  region  to  many  who  know  not  that  Quetelet  has  reduced 
these  to  mathematical  formulae,  and  that  one  of  our  own 
most  popular  divines  has  written  a  Bridgewater  Treatise, 
to  show  the  predominance  of  natural  law  over  mind,  as  a 
proof  of  the  existence  and  wisdom  of  God.  Some  who 
give  up  this  domain  to  law,  find  footing  in  other  depart- 
ments of  nature  upon  which  science  has  not  as  yet  poured 
any  clear  light.  We  shall  presently  see  by  what  weak 
arguments  such  exceptions  are  maintained.  Meanwhile, 
it  must  be  noted  as  important,  that  all  is  uncertainty  on 
this  side  of  the  question — a  strong  presumption,  were  there 
no  other,  against  it. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  reservations  made  of  late 
years  from  the  system  of  invariable  order  is  that  presented 
in  Dr.  Whewell's  History  of  the  Inductive  Sciences.  Ad- 
mitting that  nature,  as  revealed  to  our  senses,  is  a  system 
of  causation,  this  writer  halts  when  he  comes  to  consider 
the  origin  of  language  and  of  arts,  the  origin  of  species 
and  formation  of  globes.  These  he  calls  palsetiological 
sciences,  because,  in  his  opinion,  we  have  to  seek  for  an  an- 
cient and  different  class  of  causes,  as  affecting  them,  from 
any  which  are  now  seen  operating.  "  In  no  palsetiological 
sciences,"  says  he,  "  has  man  been  able  to  arrive  at  a 


90 


EXPLANATIONS. 


beginning  which  is  homogeneous  with  the  known  course 
of  events.  We  can,  in  such  sciences,  often  go  very  far 
back,  determine  many  of  the  remote  circumstances  of  the 
past  series  of  events,  ascend  to  a  point  which  seems  to  be 
near  their  origin,  and  limit  the  hypothesis  respecting  the 
origin  itself;  but  philosophers  have  never  demonstrated, 
and,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  probably  never  will  be  able 
to  demonstrate,  what  was  the  primitive  state  of  things  from 
which  the  progressive  course  of  the  world  took  its  first 
departure.  In  all  these  paths  of  research,  when  we  travel 
far  backwards,  the  aspect  of  the  earlier  portions  becomes 
very  different  from  that  of  the  advanced  part  on  which  we 
now  stand  ;  but  in  all  cases  the  path  is  lost  in  obscurity  as 
it  is  traced  backwards  to  its  starting  point :  it  becomes  not 
only  invisible,  but  unimaginable  ;  it  is  not  only  an  inter- 
ruption, but  an  abyss  which  interposes  itself  between  us 
and  any  intelligible  beginning  of  things."* 

Here,  we  have  the  view  of  exceptions  which  is  enter- 
tained by  one  of  the  chief  writers  of  the  day,  and  the 
superior  of  one  of  our  greatest  academical  institutions. 
The  professional  position  of  Dr.  Whewell  may  be  held  to 
imply  that  we  should  receive  from  him  a  view  at  once 
leaning  to  the  philosophical,  and  accommodated  as  far  as 
possible  to  the  prepossessions  expected  in  a  large  class  of 
persons.  It  is  remarkable,  but  not  surprising,  how  weak 
is  the  banner  which  he  has  raised  to  stop  our  course  to- 
wards a  theory  of  universal  arrangement  by  ordinary 
natural  law. 

The  necessity  alleged  by  Dr.  Whewell  for  a  different 

*  Philosophy  of  the  Inductive  Sciences,  apud  Indications  of  the 
Creator. 


DR.  WHEWELL'S  VIEWS  CONDEMNED. 


9J 


set  of  causes  in  the  early  times  of  our  globe,  and  with 
regard  to  the  formation  of  that  globe,  is,  at  the  very  first, 
liable  to  strong  suspicion,  as  reminding  us  much  of  that 
well  known  propensity  of  nations  to  fill  up  the  first  chap- 
ters of  their  history  with  mythic  heroes  and  giants.  The 
subjects  of  investigation  are  remote  from  common  research  ; 
they  are  not,  and  never  could  have  been,  chronicled  in  the 
manner  of  modern  facts ;  we  are  in  the  regions  of  the 
comparatively  unknown — hence,  something  more  magnifi- 
cent or  impressive  than  ordinary  must  be  supposed.  Such 
is  the  reasoning,  or  rather  no-reasoning.  The  point  at 
which  extraordinary  causes  have  to  be  supposed  is  evi- 
dently quite  arbitrary,  resting  exactly  on  the  limits  of  the 
knowledge  existing  at  any  time,  and  always  flying  further 
and  further  back,  in  proportion  as  our  knowledge  increases. 
Had  Dr.  Whewell  been  writing  fifty  years  ago,  he  would 
of  course  have  included  among  his  palsetiological  sci- 
ences, the  formation  of  strata,  and  the  intrusions  of  the 
granitic  and  trappean  among  the  aqueous  rocks,  which  in- 
genuity has  since  explained  by  existing  causes ; — for 
there  is  not  a  single  argument  for  his  considering  the  for- 
mation of  globes  and  origin  of  species  as  palsetiological, 
which  would  not  have  applied  with  equal  force  to  these 
phenomena  before  the  days  of  Pallas  and  Hutton.  Against 
a  theory  of  mere  assumption — a  reasoning  from  ignorance 
to  ignorance — such  considerations  form  serious  objections. 
But  let  us  come  to  closer  argument.  Let  us  inquire  how 
the  idea  of  a  different  set  of  causes  for  the  more  important 
of  these  phenomena,  agrees  with  such  exact  knowledge  as 
we  have  attained  respecting  them. 

"  According  to  the  nebular  hypothesis,"  says  Dr. 
Whewell,  "the  formation  of  this  our  system  of  sun 


92 


EXPLANATIONS. 


planets,  and  satellites,  was  a  process  of  the  same  kind  aa 

those  which  are  still  going  on  in  the  heavens  

But  .  .  the  uniformitarian  doctrine  on  this  subject 
rests  on  most  unstable  foundations.  We  have  as  yet  only 
very  vague  and  imperfect  reasonings  to  show  that  by  such 
condensation  a  material  system  such  as  ours  could  result ; 
and  the  introduction  of  organized  beings  into  such  a  ma- 
terial system  is  utterly  out  of  the  reach  of  our  philosophy. 
Here  .  .  therefore,  we  are  led  to  regard  the  present 
order  of  the  world  as  pointing  towards  an  origin  altogether 
of  a  different  kind  from  anything  which  our  material 
science  can  grasp."  Because  the  nebular  hypothesis 
rests  on  unstable  foundations,  and  "  nothing  has  been 
pointed  out  in  the  existing  order  of  things  which  has  any 
resemblance  or  analogy,  of  any  valid  kind,  to  that  crea- 
tive energy  which  must  be  exerted  in  the  production  of 
new  species," — therefore,  according  to  Dr.  Whewell,  we 
are  "  driven  to  assume  events  not  included  in  the  course  of 
nature"  as  having  formerly  taken  place.  Such  is  his  rea- 
soning. Now  let  us  call  to  mind  a  few  of  the  laws  ascer- 
tained to  have  been  concerned  in  the  cosmical  arrange- 
ments, leaving  for  the  meantime  all  that  is  doubtful  in  the 
nebular  hypothesis  entirely  out  of  view.  The  proportion 
of  the  equatorial  to  the  polar  diameter  of  the  earth  is  ex- 
actly what  a  fluid  mass  rotating  at  such  a  rate  of  speed 
would  assume  any  day  we  might  try  the  experiment. 
The  relative  distances  of  the  planets  have  been  deter- 
mined by  the  relation  of  two  laws  of  matter,  so  thoroughly 
patent  in  their  working  to  modern  observation,  that  a 
mathematician  could  ascertain  this  their  result  and  an- 
nounce it  from  his  closet,  although  he  never  had  heard  of 
a  planetary  system  in  which  it  was  exemplified.  There 


DR.  WHEWELL's  VIEWS  CONDEMNED.  93 

is,  surely,  here  anything  but  a  likelihood  that  different 
causes  from  those  now  existing  and  acting,  were  the  im- 
mediate means  of  producing  the  cosmical  arrangements. 
May  we  not  rather  say  that,  whatever  may  have  been  the 
details  of  the  formation  of  globes,  we  possess  ample  proof 
that  it  was  a  phenomenon  evolved  by  virtue  of  exactly 
the  same  system  of  order  which  we  see  still  operating 
upon  earth  ?  As  to  the  origin  of  organic  beings,  our 
knowledge  of  geology  comes  to  precisely  a  similar  effect. 
Admitting  that  we  see  not  now  any  such  fact  as  the  pro- 
duction of  new  species,  we  at  least  know  that,  while  such 
facts  were  occurring  upon  earth,  there  were  associated 
phenomena  in  progress,  of  a  character  perfectly  ordinary. 
For  example,  when  the  earth  received  its  first  fishes,  sand- 
stone and  limestone  were  forming  in  the  manner  exem- 
plified a  few  years  ago  in  the  ingenious  experiments  of 
Sir  James  Hall :  basaltic  columns  rose  for  the  future  won- 
der of  man,  according  to  the  principle  which  Dr.  Gregory 
Watt  showed  in  operation  before  the  eyes  of  our  fathers ; 
and  hollows  in  the  igneous  rocks  were  filled  with  crystals, 
precisely  as  they  could  now  be  by  virtue  of  electric  ac- 
tion, as  shown  within  the  last  few  years  by  Crosse  and 
Becquerel.  The  seas  obeyed  the  impulse  of  gentle 
breezes,  and  rippled  their  sandy  bottoms  as  seas  of  the 
present  day  are  doing ;  the  trees  grew  as  now  by  favor 
of  sun  and  wind,  thriving  in  good  seasons  and  pining  in 
bad  ;  this,  while  the  animals  above  fishes  were  yet  to  be 
created.  The  movements  of  the  sea,  the  meteorological 
agencies,  the  disposition  which  we  see  in  the  generality 
of  plants  to  thrive  when  heat  and  moisture  were  most 
abundant,  were  kept  up  in  silent  serenity,  as  matters  of  sim- 
ply natural  order,  throughout  the  whole  of  the  ages  which 


94 


EXPLANATIONS. 


saw  reptiles  enter  in  their  various  forms  upon  the  sea  and 
land.  It  was  about  the  time  of  the  first  mammals,  that 
the  forest  of  the  Dirt  Bed  was  sinking  in  natural  ruin 
amidst  the  sea  sludge,  as  forests  of  the  Plantagenets  have 
been  doing  for  several  centuries  upon  the  coast  of  Eng- 
land. In  short,  all  the  common  operations  of  the  physical 
world  were  going  on  in  their  usual  simplicity,  obeying  that 
order  which  we  still  see  governing  them,  while  the  supposed 
extraordinary  causes  were  in  sequisition  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.  There 
surely  hence  arises  a  strong  presumption  against  any  such 
causes.  It  becomes  much  more  likely  that  the  latter 
phenomena  were  evolved  in  the  manner  of  law  also,  and 
that  we  only  dream  of  extraordinary  causes  here,  as  men 
once  dreamt  of  a  special  action  of  deity  in  every  change 
of  wind  and  the  results  of  each  season,  merely  because 
they  did  not  know  the  laws  by  which  the  events  in  ques- 
tion were  evolved. 

The  writer  of  the  critique  in  the  Edinburgh  Review  is 
another  representative  of  opinion  on  this  subject  whose 
ideas  are  worthy  of  notice.  These  ideas  are  not  very 
clear,  but  I  shall  endeavor  to  gather  them  from  the  various 
parts  of  his  paper  where  they  are  expressed.  He  says 
of  certain  animals  (p.  60) — "  They  were  not  called  into 
being  by  any  law  of  nature,  but  by  a  power  above  na- 
ture." If  he  means  by  a  law  of  nature  something  inde- 
pendent of  the  Deity,  I  entirely  concur  with  him.  Most 
unquestionably,  the  animals  resulted  from  a  power,  which 
is  above  nature,  in  the  sense  of  its  being  the  Author  of 
nature.  He  adds — "  They  were  created  by  the  hand  of 
God,  and  adapted  to  the  conditions  of  the  period."  If  he 
here  means  a  special  exertion  of  the  powers  of  the  Deity, 


GENERAL  VIEWS  OF  EDINBURGH  REVIEWER. 


95 


having  a  regard  to  special  conditions,  we  part  company, 
for  my  object  is  to  show  that  animals  were  indebted  for 
their  gradations  of  advance  to  a  law  generally  impressed 
by  the  Deity  upon  matter,  and  that  their  external  pecu- 
liarities are  owing  immediately  to  the  agency  of  those 
very  conditions  to  which  they  are  supposed  to  have  been 
adapted.  I  contend  that  there  was  no  more  need  for 
a  special  exertion  to  produce  (for  instance)  mammalia, 
than  there  is  for  one  to  carry  a  human  foetus  on  from  the 
sixth  to  the  seventh,  or  from  the  eighth  to  the  ninth  month. 
I  had  remarked  in  no  irreverent  spirit,  but  the  contrary, 
that  the  supposition  of  frequent  special  exertion  anthropo- 
morphises  the  Deity  ;  I  find  a  similar  idea  expressed  by 
one  who  will  not  be  suspected  of  irreverence  on  such  a 
subject,  the  pious  and  amiable  Doddridge — "  When  we 
assert,"  says  he,  "  a  perpetual  divine  agency,  we  readily 
acknowledge  that  matters  are  so  contrived  as  not  to  need 
a  divine  interposition  in  a  different  manner  from  that  in 
which  it  had  been  constantly  exerted.  And  it  is  most 
evident  that  an  unremitting  energy,  displayed  in  such  cir- 
cumstances, greatly  exalts  our  idea  of  God,  instead  of  de- 
pressing it ;  and  therefore,  by  the  way,  is  so  much  the 
more  likely  to  be  true."  The  Edinburgh  reviewer  denies 
that  there  is  any  lowering  of  the  divine  character  in  sup- 
posing a  system  of  special  exertion.  "  The  law  of  crea- 
tion," he  says,  "  is  the  law  of  the  Divine  will,  and  nothing 
else  besides.  .  .  The  fiat  of  the  Almighty  was  suffi- 
cient at  all  times,  and  for  all  the  phenomena  of  the  uni- 
verse, material  and  moral." 

"  It  may  be  true,"  he  continues,  "  that  in  the  concep- 
tion of  the  Divine  mind  there  is  no  difference  between  the 
creation  of  dead  matter  and  its  unbending  laws,  and  the 


96 


EXPLANATIONS. 


creation  of  organic  structures  subservient  to  all  the  func- 
tions of  individual  life.    But  such  views  are,  and  must  be, 
above  our  comprehension.    .    .    Each  organic  structure 
is  a  miracle  as  incomprehensible  as  the  creation  of  a  plan- 
etary system ;  and  each  structure  is  a  microcosm  related 
to  all  other  worlds  within  the  ken  of  sense ;  yet  governed 
by  laws  and  revolving  cycles  within  itself,  and  implied  in 
the  very  conditions  of  its  existence.    What  know  we  of 
the  God  of  nature  (we  speak  only  of  natural  means),  ex- 
cept through  the  faculties  he  has  given  us,  rightly  em- 
ployed on  the  materials  around  us  1    In  this  we  rise  to  a 
conception  of  material  inorganic  laws,  in  beautiful  har- 
mony and  adjustment  ;  and  they  suggest  to  us  the  con- 
ception of  infinite  power  and  wisdom.    In  like  manner  we 
rise  to  a  conception  of  organic  laws — of  means  (often 
almost  purely  mechanical,  as  they  seem  to  us,  and  their 
organic  functions  well  comprehended)  adapted  to  an  end, 
— and  that  end  only  the  well-being  of  a  creature  endowed 
with  sensation  and  volition.    Thus  we  rise  to  a  concep- 
tion both  of  Divine  power  and  Divine  goodness  ;  and  we 
are  constrained  to  believe,  not  merely  that  all  material  law 
is  subordinate  to  His  will,  but  that  he  has  also  (in  the  way 
he  allows  us  to  see  His  works)  so  exhibited  the  attributes 
of  His  will,  as  to  show  himself  to  the  mind  of  man  as  a 
personal  and  superintending  God,  concentrating  his  will 
on  every  atom  of  the  universe."    The  reviewer  then  cen- 
sures the  language  used  in  rny  book  with  respect  to  the 
idea  of  special  creative  efforts.    "  Does  not  our  author," 
says  he,  "  see  that  he  binds  the  Divinity  (on  his  dismal 
material  scheme)  in  chains  of  fatalism  as  firmly  as  the 
Homeric  gods  were  bound  in  the  imagination  of  the  blind 
old  poet  ?    .    .    The  material  system  may  end  in  down- 


GENERAL  VIEWS  OF  EDINBURGH  REVIEWER. 


97 


right  atheism  ;  or,  if  not,  it  stops  short  in  the  undeviating 
sequence  of  second  causes.  .  .  Our  view,  on  the  con- 
trary, sees,  from  one  end  of  the  scale  to  the  other,  the  ma- 
nifestation of  a  great  principle  of  creation  external  to  mat- 
ter— of  final  cause,  proved  by  organic  structures  created 
in  successive  times,  and  adapted  to  changing  conditions  of 
the  earth.  It  therefore  gives  us  a  personal  and  superin- 
tending God  who  careth  for  his  creatures." 

If  such  be  the  best  view  of  the  opposite  theory  which  a 
clever  scholar  and  a  man  of  science  of  the  present  day  can 
give,  that  theory  must  certainly  be  regarded  as  in  a  very 
unpromising  condition.  He  is,  we  see,  for  fiats  or  effort 
adapted  to  special  conditions.  These  may  be,  in  the  di- 
vine conception,  identical  with  natural  laws  or  the  system 
of  order  ;  but  we  cannot  comprehend  it.  It  is  not  given 
to  our  faculties  to  understand  a  matter  so  profound.  Im- 
mediately after,  he  informs  us  that  we  have  only  these 
faculties  to  look  to  for  information  on  this  very  subject ; 
and  they  tell  us — what  ? — that  the  world  is  a  system  of 
law  !  law,  however,  subordinate  to  the  divine  will.  Sure- 
ly, if  our  faculties  cannot  comprehend  the  point  above 
stated,  they  must  be  equally  unable  to  pronounce  deci- 
sively upon  points  so  abstruse  as  law  being  subordinate  to 
will,  and  the  attributes  of  that  will  showing  us  the  Deity 
as  a  personal  and  superintending  God.  Were  controver- 
sialists entitled  thus  to  assume  that  the  human  faculties 
can  pronounce  upon  one  subject  in  their  own  way,  but  are 
struck  powerless  on  approaching  another,  tending  to  an 
opposite  conclusion,  there  would,  of  course,  be  an  end  of 
all  argument.  But  even  that  exercise  of  the  faculties 
which  the  reviewer  admits  of  for  his  own  purpose,  by  no 
means  goes  to  the  conclusion  at  which  he  arrives.  He 


98 


EXPLANATIONS. 


refers  but  to  a  small  portion  of  the  divine  works,  when  he 
speaks  of  "  organic  structures  created  in  successive  times 
and  adapted  to  the  changing  conditions  of  the  earth."  He 
cannot  be  permitted  to  assume  that  he  has  proved  these  to 
have  been  produced  by  special  fiats  or  any  other  mode  of 
special  exertion,  "  in  conformity  with  changed  conditions:" 
on  the  contrary,  his  proposition  is  disjiroved,  for  we  hear 
in  many  instances  of  conditions  suitable  for  new  beings, 
countless  ages  before  the  suitable  beings  make  their  ap- 
pearance, showing  that  such  was  not  the  principle  to  which 
we  are  solely  to  look  for  the  genesis  of  animals.  But, 
even  though  he  were  more  successful  on  this  point,  he 
would  still  be  required  to  show  his  theory  of  fiats,  in  har- 
mony with  a  system,  the  most  important  facts  of  which 
appear,  on  the  contrary,  to  have  taken  their  present  forms 
and  arrangements  under  the  immediate  agency  of  the 
"  Unremitting  Energy."  As  to  results  which  may  flow 
from  any  particular  view  which  reason  may  show  as  the 
best  supported,  I  must  firmly  protest  against  any  assumed 
title  in  an  opponent  to  pronounce  what  these  are.  The 
first  object  is  to  ascertain  truth.  No  truth  can  be  deroga- 
tory to  the  presumed  fountain  of  all  truth.  The  deroga- 
tion must  lie  in  the  erroneous  construction  which  a  weak 
human  creature  puts  upon  the  truth.  And  practically  it 
is  the  true  infidel  state  of  mind  which  prompts  apprehen- 
sion regarding  any  fact  of  nature,  or  any  conclusion  of 
sound  argument. 

The  ingenious  Agassiz  is  equally  disposed  with  Dr. 
Whewell  and  the  Edinburgh  Reviewer  to  except  some 
part  of  nature  as  a  domain  for  special  intervention  ;  but 
he  wishes  the  limits  of  that  domain  to  be  rigidly  examined, 
and  reprobates  the  idea  that  such  inquiries  are  beyond  our 


VIEWS  OF  M.  AGASSIZ. 


99 


province.  "  If,"  says  he,  "  it  is  an  obligation  on  science 
to  proclaim  the  intervention  of  a  divine  power  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  whole  of  nature,  and  if  it  is  to  that  power 
alone  that  we  must  ascribe  all  things,  it  is  not  the  less 
incumbent  on  science  to  ascertain  what  is  the  influence 
which  physical  forces,  left  to  themselves,  exercise  in  all 
natural  phenomena,  and  what  is  the  part  of  direct  action 
which  we  must  attribute  to  the  supreme  being,  in  the 
revolutions  to  which  nature  has  been  subjected.  .  .  . 
It  is  now  time  for  naturalists  to  occupy  themselves  like-  . 
wise,  in  their  domain,  in  inquiring  within  what  limits  we 
can  recognize  the  traces  of  a  <livine  interposition,  and 
within  what  limits  the  phenomena  take  place  in  conse- 
quence of  a  state  of  things  immutably  established  from  the 
beginning  of  the  creation.  Let  it  not  be  said  that  it  is  not 
given  to  man  to  sound  these  depths  :  the  knowledge  he  has 
acquired  of  so  many  hidden  mysteries  in  past  ages,  pro- 
mises more  extended  revelations.  It  is  an  error  to  which 
the  mind,  from  a  natural  inclination  to  indolence,  allows 
itself  too  easily  to  incline,  to  believe  impossible  what  it 
would  take  some  trouble  to  investigate.  We  generally 
would  impose  limits  to  our  faculties,  rather  than  increase 
their  range  by  their  exercise  ;  and  the  history  of  the  sci- 
ences is  present  to  tell  us,  that  there  are  few  of  the  great 
truths  now  recognized,  which  have  not  been  treated  as  chi- 
merical and  blasphemous  before  they  were  demonstrated."* 
Where  men  are  so  much  perplexed  between  two  oppo- 
site principles,  led  by  science  in  the  one  direction  and 
drawn  by  intellectual  indolence  or  timidity  in  the  other,  it 
is  not  surprising  to  find  them  expressing  opinions  wholly 


*  Jameson's  Journal,  1842. 


EXPLANATIONS. 


contradictory.  Sir  John  Herschel  some  years  ago  an* 
nounced  views  strictly  conformable  to  those  subsequently 
taken  of  organic  creation  in  my  book.  "  For  my  part," 
said  he,  "  I  cannot  but  think  it  an  inadequate  conception 
of  the  Creator,  to  assume  it  as  granted  that  his  combina- 
tions are  exhausted  upon  any  one  of  the  theatres  of  their 
former  exercise,  though,  in  this,  as  in  all  his  other  works, 
we  are  led,  by  all  analogy,  to  suppose  that  he  operates 
through  a  series  of  intermediate  causes,  and  that,  in  con- 
sequence, the  origination  of  fresh  species,  could  it  ever  come 
under  our  cognizance,  would  be  found  to  be  a  natural,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  a  miraculous  process, — although  we  perceive 
no  indications  of  any  process  actually  in  progress  which  is 
likely  to  issue  in  such  a  result."  In  his  address  to  the 
British  Association  at  Cambridge  (1845),  he  said,  with 
respect  to  my  hypothesis  of  the  first  step  of  organic  creation 
— "  The  transition  from  an  inanimate  crystal  to  a  globule 
capable  of  such  endless  organic  and  intellectual  develop- 
ment, is  as  great  a  step — as  unexplained  a  one — as  un- 
intelligible to  us — and  in  any  sense  of  the  word  as  miracu- 
lous, as  the  immediate  creation  and  introduction  upon  earth 
of  every  species  and  every  individual  would  be  !" 

The  reader  will  now  be  able  to  judge  of  the  views  op- 
posed to  the  theory  of  universal  order.  He  observes  that 
they  are  of  no  distinct  unique  character,  but  for  the  most 
part  follow  the  measure  of  ignorance,  and  are  maintained 
at  the  expense  of  consistency.  It  is  not  surprising  that  the 
idea  of  an  organic  creation  by  special  exertion  or  fiat 
should  be  maintained  by  the  advocates  of  these  views,  for 
it  is  one  of  the  last  obscure  pieces  of  scientific  ground  on 
which  they  can  show  face.  One  after  another,  the  pheno- 
mena of  nature,  like  so  many  revolted  principalities,  have 


VIEWS  OF  DR.   PYE  SMITH. 


101 


fallen  under  the  dominion  of  order  or  law ;  but  here  is  one 
little  province  still  faithful  to  the  Boeotian  government ;  and 
as  it  is  nearly  the  last,  no  wonder  it  is  so  vigorously  de- 
fended. As,  in  the  political  world,  however,  men  do  not 
trust  in  the  endurance  of  a  dynasty  which  is  reduced  to  a 
single  city  or  nook  of  its  dominions,  so  may  we  expect  a 
speedy  extinction  to  a  doctrine  which  has  been  driven  from 
every  portion  of  nature  but  one  or  two  limited  fields. 
Several  eminent  authors  of  our  age  have  even  pronounced 
upon  the  question  as  already  settled.  "  Our  most  deeply 
investigated  views  of  the  Divine  Government,"  says  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Pye  Smith,  "  lead  to  the  conviction  that  it  is  ex- 
ercised in  the  way  of  order,  or  what  we  usually  call  law. 
God  reigns  according  to  immutable  principles,  that  is, 
by  law,  in  every  part  of  his  kingdom — the  mechanical,  the 
intellectual,  and  the  moral ;  and  it  appears  to  be  most 
clearly  a  position  arising  out  of  that  fact,  that  a  comprehen- 
sive germ  which  shall  necessarily  evolve  all  future  develop- 
ments, down  to  the  minutest  atomic  movements,  is  a  more 
suitable  attribution  to  the  Deity,  than  the  idea  of  a  neces- 
sity for  irregular  interferences."* 

In  Blackwood's  Magazine,  a  writer,  understood  to  be  a 
naturalist  of  distinguished  ability,  expresses  himself  in  an 
equally  decided  manner  : — "  To  reduce  to  a  system  the 
acts  of  creation,  or  the  development  of  the  several  forms  of 
animal  life,  no  more  impeaches  the  authorship  of  creation, 
than  to  trace  the  laws  by  which  the  world  is  upheld,  and 
its  phenomena  perpetually  renewed.  The  presumption 
naturally  rises  in  the  mind,  that  the  same  Great  Being 
would  adopt  the  same  mode  of  action  in  both  cases  .  .  . 

*  Letter  to  Dr.  Carpenter,  appendix  to  Phil.  Mag.,  xvi.  (1840.) 


102 


EXPLANATIONS. 


To  a  mind  accustomed,  as  is  every  educated  mind,  to  re- 
gard the  operations  of  Deity  as  essentially  differing  from 
the  limited,  sudden,  evanescent  impulses  of  a  human  agent, 
it  is  distressing  to  be  compelled  to  picture  to  itself,  the 
power  of  God  as  put  forth  in  any  other  manner  than  in  those 
slow,  mysterious,  universal  laws,  which  have  so  plainly  an 
eternity  to  work  in  ;  it  pains  the  imagination  to  be  obliged 
to  assimilate  those  operations,  for  a  moment,  to  the  brief 
energy  of  a  human  will,  or  the  manipulations  of  a  human 

hand  There  are  still,  indeed,  some  men  of  narrow 

prejudices,  who  look  upon  every  fresh  attempt  to  reduce 
the  phenomena  of  nature  to  general  laws,  and  to  limit  those 
occasions  on  which  it  is  necessary  to  conceive  of  a  direct 
and  separate  interposition  of  divine  power,  as  a  fresh 
encroachment  on  the  prerogatives  of  the  Deity,  or  a  con- 
cealed attack  upon  his  very  existence.  And  yet  these 
very  same  men  are  daily  appealing  to  such  laws  of  the 
creation  as  have  been  already  established  for  their  great 
proofs  of  the  existence  and  wisdom  of  God  !  .  .  .  "  He  adds,* 
"  No,  there  is  nothing  atheistic,  nothing  irreligious,  in  the 
attempt  to  conceive  creation,  as  well  as  reproduction,  car- 
ried on  by  universal  laws."* 

There  is,  however,  no  more  interesting  or  valuable  tes- 
timony to  universal  causation  than  that  presented  in  the 
System  of  Logic  of  Mr.  Stuart  Mill.  If,  in  the  following 
extract,  we  were  to  substitute  the  creation  of  organisms 
for  human  volitions,  it  would  apply  remarkably  well  to  the 
state  of  the  argument  presented  in  the  present  volume : 

"  The  conviction  that  phenomena  have  invariable  laws, 
and  follow  with  regularity  certain  antecedent  phenomena, 


*  Review  of  Vestiges,  Blackwood's  Magazine,  April,  1845. 


OPINIONS  OF  MR.  STUART  MILL. 


103 


was  only  acquired  gradually,  and  extended  itself,  as  know- 
ledge  advanced,  from  one  order  of  phenomena  to  another, 
beginning  with  those  whose  laws  were  most  accessible  to 
observation.  This  progress  has  not  yet  attained  its  ulti- 
mate point ;  there  being  still  one  class  of  phenomena  [hu- 
man volitions],  the  subjection  of  which  to  invariable  laws 
is  not  yet  universally  recognized.  So  long  as  any  doubt 
bung  over  this  fundamental  principle,  the  various  methods 
of  induction  which  took  that  principle  for  granted  could 
only  afford  results  which  were  admissible  conditionally;  as 
showing  what  law  the  phenomenon  under  investigation 
must  follow  if  it  followed  any  fixed  law  at  all.  As,  how- 
ever, when  the  rules  of  correct  induction  had  been  con- 
formed to,  the  result  obtained  never  failed  to  be  verified  by 
all  subsequent  experience  ;  every  such  inductive  operation 
had  the  effect  of  extending  the  acknowledged  dominion  of 
general  laws,  and  bringing  an  additional  portion  of  the  ex- 
perience of  mankind  to  strengthen  the  evidence  of  the  uni- 
versality of  the  law  of  causation  ;  until  now  at  length  we  are 
fully  warranted  in  considering  that  law,  as  applied  to  all 
phenomena  within  the  range  of  human  observation,  to  stand 
on  an  equal  footing  in  respect  to  evidence  ivith  the  axioms  of 
geometry  itself 

"  I  apprehend  that  the  considerations  which  give,  at  the 
present  day,  to  the  proof  of  the  law  of  uniformity  of  suc- 
cession as  true  of  all  phenomena  without  exception,  this 
character  of  completeness  and  conclusiveness,  are  the  fol- 
lowing : — First ;  that  we  now  knoiv  it  directly  to  be  true  of 
by  far  the  greatest  number  of  phenomena  ;  that  there  are 
none  of  which  we  know  it  not  to  be  true,  the  utmost  that  can 
be  said  being,  that  of  some  we  cannot  positively,  from 
direct  evidence,  affirm  its  truth  ;  while  phenomenon  after 


104 


EXPLANATIONS. 


phenomenon,  as  they  become  he  tier  known  to  us,  are  constantly 
fussing  from  the  latter  class  into  the  former  ;  and  in  all  cases 
in  which  that  transition  has  not  yet  taken  place,  the  absence 
of  direct  proof  is  accounted  for  by  the  rarity  or  the  ob- 
scurity of  the  phenomena,  our  deficient  means  of  observing 
them,  or  the  logical  difficulties  arising  from  the  complica- 
tion of  the  circumstances  in  which  they  occur  ;  insomuch 
that,  notwithstanding  as  rigid  a  dependence  upon  given 
conditions  as  exists  in  the  case  of  any  other  phenomenon, 
it  was  not  likely  that  we  should  be  better  acquainted  with 
those  conditions  than  we  are.  Besides  this  first  class  of 
considerations,  there  is  a  second,  which  still  further  corro- 
borates the  conclusion,  and  from  the  recognition  of  which 
the  complete  establishment  of  the  universal  law  may  rea- 
sonably be  dated.  Although  there  are  phenomena,  the 
production  and  changes  of  which  elude  all  our  attempts  to 
reduce  them  universally  to  any  ascertained  law  ;  yet  in 
every  such  case,  the  phenomenon,  or  the  objects  concerned  in 
it,  are  found  in  some  instances  to  obey  the  known  laws  of 
nature.  The  wind,  for  example,  is  the  type  of  uncertainty 
and  caprice,  yet  we  find  it  in  some  cases  obeying  with  as 
much  constancy  as  any  phenomena  in  nature  the  law  of 
the  tendency  of  fluids  to  distribute  themselves  so  as  to 
equalize  the  pressure  on  every  side  of  each  of  their  parti- 
cles ;  as  in  the  case  of  the  trade  winds,  and  the  monsoons. 
Lightning  might  once  have  been  supposed  to  obey  no  laws ; 
but  since  it  has  been  ascertained  to  be  identical  with  elec- 
tricity, we  know  that  the  very  same  phenomenon,  in  some 
of  its  manifestations,  is  implicitly  obedient  to  the  action  of 
fixed  causes.  I  do  not  believe  that  there  is  now  one  object 
or  event  in  all  our  experience  of  nature,  within  the  bounds  of 
the  solar  system  at  least,  which  has  not  either  been  ascertained 


PREDOMINANT  THEORY  EXAMINED. 


105 


by  direct  observation  to  follow  laws  of  its  own,  or  been  proved 
to  be  exactly  similar  to  objects  and  events,  which,  in  more 
familiar  manifestations,  or  on  a  more  limited  scale,  follow 
strict  laws :  our  inability  to  trace  the  same  laws  on  the 
larger  scale,  and  in  the  more  recondite  instances,  being 
accounted  for  by  the  number  and  complication  of  the  mo- 
difying causes,  or  by  their  inaccessibility  to  observation."* 

The  whole  question,  then,  stands  thus.  For  the  theory 
of  universal  order — that  is,  order  as  presiding  in  both  the 
origin  and  administration  of  the  world — we  have  the  testi- 
mony of  a  vast  number  of  facts  in  nature,  and  this  one  in 
addition, — that  whatever  is  reft  from  the  domain  of  igno- 
rance and  made  undoubted  matter  of  science,  forms  a  new 
support  to  the  same  doctrine.  The  opposite  view,  once 
predominant,  has  been  shrinking  for  ages  into  lesser  space, 
and  now  maintains  a  footing  only  in  a  few  departments  of 
nature  which  happen  to  be  less  liable  than  others  to  a  clear 
investigation.  The  chief  of  these,  if  not  almost  the  only 
one,  is  the  origin  of  the  organic  kingdoms.  So  long  as 
this  remains  obscure,  the  supernatural  will  have  a  certain 
hold  upon  enlightened  persons.  Should  it  ever  be  cleared 
up  in  a  way  that  leaves  no  doubt  of  a  natural  origin  of 
plants  and  animals,  there  must  be  a  complete  revolution 
in  the  view  which  is  generally  taken  of  our  relation  to  the 
Father  of  our  being. 

This  prepares  the  way  for  a  few  remarks  on  the  present 
state  of  opinion  with  regard  to  the  origin  of  organic  nature. 
The  great  difficulty  here  is  the  apparent  determinateness 
of  species.  These  forms  of  life  being  apparently  un- 
changeable, or  at  least  always  showing  a  tendency  to 
return  to  the  character  from  which  they  may  have 
*  System  of  Logic,  ii.,  116. 

6* 


106 


EXPLANATIONS. 


diverged,  the  idea  arises  that  there  can  have  been  no  pro- 
gression from  one  to  another  ;  each  must  have  taken  its 
special  form,  independently  of  other  forms,  directly  from 
the  appointment  of  the  Creator.  The  Edinburgh  reviewer 
says,  "  they  were  created  by  the  hand  of  God  and  adapted 
to  the  conditions  of  the  period."  Now,  it  is,  in  the  first 
place,  not  certain  that  species  constantly  maintain  a  fixed 
character,  for  we  have  seen  that  what  were  long  considered 
as  determinate  species  have  been  transmuted  into  others. 
Passing,  however,  from  this  fact,  as  it  is  not  generally 
received  among  men  of  science,  there  remain  some  great 
difficulties  in  connexion  with  the  idea  of  special  creation. 
First,  we  should  have  to  suppose,  as  pointed  out  in  my 
former  volume,  a  most  startling  diversity  of  plan  in  the 
divine  workings,  a  great  general  plan  or  system  of  law  in  the 
leading  events  of  world-making,  and  a  plan  of  minute  nice 
operation,  and  special  attention  in  some  of  the  mere  details 
of  the  process.  The  discrepancy  between  the  two  con- 
ceptions is  surely  overpowering,  when  we  allow  ourselves 
to  see  the  whole  matter  in  a  steady  and  rational  light. 
There  is,  also,  the  striking  fact  of  an  ascertained  historical 
progress  of  plants  and  animals  in  the  order  of  their  organi- 
zation ;  marine  and  cellular  plants  and  invertebrated 
animals  first,  afterwards  higher  examples  of  both.  In  an 
arbitrary  system,  we  had  surely  no  reason  to  expect  mam- 
mals after  reptiles  ;  yet  in  this  order  they  came.  The 
Edinburgh  reviewer  speaks  of  the  animals  as  coming  in 
adaptation  to  conditions  ;  but  this  is  only  true  in  a  limited 
sense.  The  groves  which  formed  the  coal  beds  might 
have  been  a  fitting  habitation  for  reptiles,  birds,  and  mam- 
mals, as  such  groves  are  at  the  present  day ;  yet  we  see 
none  of  the  last  of  these  classes,  and  hardly  any  trace  of 


PREDOMINANT  THEORY  EXAMINED. 


107 


the  two  first  in  that  period  of  the  earth.  Where  the 
iguanodon  lived,  the  elephant  might  have  lived  ;  but  there 
was  no  elephant  at  that  time.  The  sea  of  the  Lower 
Silurian  era  was  capable  of  supporting  fish ;  but  no  fish 
existed.  It  hence  forcibly  appears  that  theatres  of  life 
must  have  lain  unserviceable,  or  in  the  possession  of  a 
tenantry  inferior  to  what  might  have  enjoyed  them,  for  many 
ages  ;  there  surely  would  have  been  no  such  waste  allowed, 
in  a  system  where  Omnipotence  was  working  upon  the 
plan  of  minute  attention  to  specialties.  The  fact  seems  to 
denote  that  the  actual  procedure  of  the  peopling  of  the 
earth  was  one  of  a  natural  kind  requiring  a  long  space  of 
time  for  its  evolution.  In  this  supposition,  the  long  exist- 
ence of  land  without  land  animals,  and  more  particularly, 
without  the  noblest  classes  and  orders,  is  only  analogous 
to  the  fact,  not  nearly  enough  present  to  the  minds  of  a 
civilized  people,  that  to  this  day  the  bulk  of  the  earth  is  a 
waste  as  far  as  man  is  concerned. 

Another  startling  objection  is  in  the  infinite  local  varia- 
tion of  organic  forms.  Did  the  vegetable  and  animal  king- 
doms consist  of  a  definite  number  of  species  adapted  to 
peculiarities  of  soil  and  climate,  and  universally  distributed, 
the  fact  would  be  in  harmony  with  the  idea  of  special 
exertion.  But  the  truth  is,  that  various  regions  exhibit 
variations  altogether  without  apparent  end  or  purpose. 
Professor  Henslow  enumerates  forty-five  distinct  floras,  or 
sets  of  plants  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth,  notwithstanding 
that  many  of  these  would  be  equally  suitable  elsewhere. 
The  animals  of  different  continents  are  equally  various,  fe  w 
species  being  the  same  in  any  two,  though  the  general 
character  may  conform.  The  inference  at  present  drawn 
from  this  fact  is,  that  there  must  have  been,  to  use  the 


108 


EXPLANATIONS. 


language  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Pye  Smith,  "  separate  and 
original  creations,  perhaps  at  different  and  respectively- 
distant  epochs."  It  seems  hardly  conceivable  that  rational 
men  should  give  an  adherence  to  such  a  doctrine,  when 
we  think  of  wnat  it  involves.  In  the  single  fact  that  it 
necessitates  a  special  fiat  of  the  inconceivable  Author  of 
this  sand-cloud  of  worlds  to  produce  the  flora  of  St.  Helena, 
we  read  its  more  than  sufficient  condemnation.  It  surely 
harmonizes  far  better  with  our  general  ideas  of  nature,  to 
suppose  that,  just  as  all  else  in  this  far-spread  scene  was 
formed  by  the  laws  impressed  on  it  at  first  by  its  Author, 
so  also  was  this.  An  exception  presented  to  us  in  such  a 
light,  appears  admissible  only  when  we  succeed  in  forbid- 
ding our  minds  to  follow  out  those  reasoning  processes,  to 
which,  by  another  law  of  the  Almighty,  they  tend,  and  for 
which  they  are  adapted. 

I  feel  that  I  have  dwelt  long  enough  on  this  part  of  the 
question,  and  yet  there  are  a  few  geological  facts  which 
here  call  for  special  comment,  and  I  am  loath  to  overlook 
them.  As  is  well  known,  most  of  the  large  carnivores 
and  pachyderms  of  the  late  tertiary  formations  very  closely 
resemble  existing  species ;  but  they  are,  nevertheless, 
determined  to  be  distinct  species  by  Professor  Owen  and 
other  eminent  authorities,  in  consideration  of  certain 
peculiarities.  The  peculiarities,  are,  in  general,  trifling, 
such  as  differences  in  the  tubercles  or  groovings  of  the 
surface  of  teeth,  or  greater  or  less  length  of  body  or  extremi- 
ties; but  no  matter  of  what  the  differences  consist.  Enough 
for  the  present  that  they  are  held  by  Mr.  Owen  and  his 
friends  to  be  of  that  character  which  are  never  passed  in 
generation,  but  necessarily  imply  a  new  creation,  a  separate 
effort  of  divine  power.    Now  it  so  happens  that  all  the 


PROFESSOR  PICTET's  OPINIONS.  109 

tertiary  species,  or  so-called  species,  have  not  been  changed 
or  extirpated.  There  is  a  Badger  of  the  Miocene,  which 
cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  badger  of  the  present 
day.  Our  existing  Meles  Taxus  is,  therefore,  acknowledged 
by  Mr.  Owen  to  be  "  the  oldest  known  species  of  mammal 
on  the  face  of  the  earth."  It  is  in  like  manner  impossible 
to  iliscover  any  difference  between  the  present  Wild  Cat 
and  that  which  lived  in  the  bone  caves  with  the  hyaena, 
rhinoceros,  and  the  tiger  of  the  ante-drift  era,  all  of  which 
are  said  to  be  extinct  species.  So  also  the  otter  has  sur- 
vived since  an  early  period  in  the  pliocene,  while  so  many 
larger  animals  were  shifted.  The  learned  anatomist  takes 
occasion  from  these  facts  to  speak  of  a  survival  by  small 
and  weak  species  of  geological  changes,  which  have  been 
accompanied  by  the  extirpation  of  larger  and  more  formi- 
dable animals  of  allied  species.  The  inference  from  the 
facts  and  doctrines  of  this  school  is,  that  Divine  Power  has 
seen  fit  to  change  the  species  of  elephants,  rhinoceroses, 
tigers,  and  bears,  using  special  miracles  to  introduce  new 
ones,  one  with  perhaps  an  additional  tooth,  another  with 
a  new  tubercle  or  cusp  on  the  third  molar,  and  so  forth, 
while  he  has  seen  no  occasion  for  a  similar  interference 
with  the  otter,  wild  cat,  and  badger,  which  accordingly 
have  been  left  undisturbed  in  their  obscurity.  Such  may 
be  the  belief  of  men  of  science,  anxious  to  support  a  theory; 
but  assuredly  it  will  never  be  received  by  any  ordinary 
men  of  fair  understandings  who  may  be  able  to  read  and 
comprehend  the  works  of  Mr.  Owen.  It  were  too  much 
for  even  a  child's  faith.  Yet  the  Edinburgh  reviewer,  a 
member  of  this  school,  talks  of  "  credulity  !" 

Perhaps  it  is  but  justice  to  Professor  Pictet  to  notice  his 
partial  dissent  from  the  reigning  doctrine  on  this  point. 


110 


EXPLANATIONS. 


This  learned  person,  finding  that  the  elder  alluvion  of  the 
Swiss  valleys  presents  mammals  identical  with  those  which 
now  live  there,  though  accompanied  by  remains  of  ele- 
phants, and  considering  further  that  "  the  bats,  shrews, 
moles,  badgers,  hares,  &c,  of  the  caverns  appear  to  be 
identical  with  our  own,"  concludes  that  the  following  was 
the  order  of  events  as  they  occurred  in  Europe  :  "  The 
species  now  living,  and  some  others,  were  created  at  the 
commencement  of  the  diluvial  epoch.  Partial  inundations 
and  changes  of  temperature  caused  some  of  them  to 
perish,  such  as  the  mammoth,  the  species  of  bear  having 
an  arched  forehead,  the  hyasnas,  the  stag  with  gigantic 
horns,  the  rhinoceros,  hippopotamus,  &c.  ;  but  the  greater 
number  of  the  species  escaped  these  causes  of  destruction, 
and  still  live.  Beside  those  which  I  have  mentioned,  and 
others  which  I  have  noticed  in  the  body  of  my  work,  it  is 
possible,  for  example,  that  the  TJrsus  Priscus  may  he  the 
original  of  recent  bears,  etc.  It  may  be  said,"  he  adds, 
"  that  this  idea  is  opposed  to  the  theory  of  the  peculiarity 
of  species  in  each  formation,  and  to  that  of  successive 
creations  .  .  .  but  I  cannot,  on  that  account,  refuse  to  adopt 
an  explanation  of  facts  which  seems  to  me  evident.  The 
state  of  theoretical  palaeontology  is  still  too  uncertain  to 
allow  of  our  attaching  ourselves  too  strongly  to  this  or 
that  hypothesis.  It  is  the  study  of  facts  which  is  essen- 
tial, and  we  must  engage  in  that  study  unbiassed  by  pre- 
conceived ideas  or  particular  systems."*  I  would  com- 
mend this  opinion  of  one  of  the  first  men  of  science  in 
Europe  to  those  British  savans  who  regard  a  greater  pli- 
cation of  the  enamel  in  a  horse's  tooth,  or  a  ridge  on  a 

*  Traite  Elementaire  de  Paleontologie ;  L,  359,  1844.  Apud 
Jameson's  Journal,  Oct.,  1845. 


TIME  NECESSARY. 


Ill 


turbinated  shell,  or  a  spot  on  a  butterfly's  wing,  as  the 
proof  of  a  special  interference  of  that  Deity  who  wheeled 
the  orbs  into  space  by  a  tranquil  expression  of  his  will. 
But  M.  Pictet  must  himself  revise  his  opinions.  He  must 
quickly  perceive  that  the  rule  which  he  lays  down  for 
there  being  no  new  creation  since  the  diluvial  epoch  is 
equally  conclusive  against  new  creations  at  any  anterior 
lime,  There  is  a  persistency  of  certain  shells  since  the 
beginning  of  the  tertiaries ;  if,  then,  the  moles  and  bad- 
gers be,  in  any  degree,  a  proof  that  the  present  bear  is  a 
modification  of  the  Ursus  Priscus,  so  also  are  these  shells 
a  proof  that  all  the  present  mammals  are  modifications  of 
those  of  the  eocene.  Several  shells,  again,  of  the  se- 
condary formation  straggling  into  tertiaries,  are  not  less 
conclusive,  in  rigid  reasoning,  that  all  the  tertiary  species 
were  descended  from  the  secondary,  although  the  wide, 
unrepresented  interval  at  that  point,  allowed  of  a  greater 
transition  of  forms.  In  short  the  whole  of  the  divisions 
constructed  by  geologists  upon  the  supposition  of  exten- 
sive introductions  of  totally  new  vehicles  of  life,  must 
give  way  before  the  application  of  this  rule,  and  it  must 
be  seen  that  what  they  call  new  species  are  but  variations 
upon  the  old.  What,  then,  will  remain  to  be  done,  before 
the  theory  of  progressive  development  be  adopted  ?  Only, 
as  the  candid  reader  will  readily  surmise,  that  the  culti- 
vators of  science  should  allow  themselves  to  follow  the 
dictates  of  reason,  against  the  behests  of  prejudices  un- 
worthy  of  them  and  of  their  age. 

Time  is  the  true  key  to  difficulties  regarding  appear- 
ances of  determinateness  in  species.  Few  of  us,  not 
even  geologists,  have  ever  realized  in  our  minds  the  ex- 


112 


EXPLANATIONS. 


tent  of  time  which  has  elapsed  since  the  beginning  of  life 
upon  this  globe.    Mr.  Lyell,  without  intending  to  favor 
the  development  theory,  lends  us  powerful  testimony  on 
this  point.    After  showing  reason  to  believe,  that  about 
thirty-five  thousand  years  have  passed  since  the  Niagara 
began  to  cut  down  the  rock  through  which  it  flows,  during 
which  time  the  living  mollusks,  whether  marine  or  ter- 
restrial, are  proved  to  have  undergone  no  change,  he  thus 
proceeds — "  If  such  events  can  take  place,  while  the 
zoology  of  the  earth  remains  almost  stationary  and  unal- 
tered, what  ages  may  not  be  comprehended  in  those  suc- 
cessive tertiary  periods,  during  which  the  Flora  and  Fauna 
of  the  globe  have  been  almost  entirely  changed  !  Yet 
how  subordinate  a  place  in  the  long  calendar  of  geological 
chronology  do  the  successive  tertiary  periods  themselves 
occupy !    How  much  more  enormous  a  duration  must  we 
assign  to  many  antecedent  revolutions  of  the  earth  and 
its  inhabitants !    No  analogy  can  be  found  in  the  natural 
world  to  the  immense  scale  of  these  divisions  of  past  time, 
unless  we  contemplate  the  celestial  spaces,  which  have 
been  measured  by  the  astronomer.    Some  of  the  nearest 
of  these  within  the  limits  of  the  solar  system,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, the  orbits  of  the  planets,  are  reckoned  by  hundreds 
of  millions  of  miles,  which  the  imagination  in  vain  en- 
deavors to  grasp.    Yet  one  of  these  spaces,  such  as  the 
diameter  of  the  earth's  orbit,  is  regarded  as  a  mere  unit,  a 
mere  infinitesimal  fraction  of  the  distance  which  separates 
our  sun  from  the  nearest  star.    By  pursuing  still  further 
the  same  investigations,  we  learn  that  there  are  luminous 
clouds,  scarcely  distinguishable  by  the  naked  eye,  but 
resolvable  by  the  telescope  into  clusters  of  stars,  which 
are  so  much  more  remote,  that  the  interval  between  our 


TIME  NECESSARY. 


113 


sun  and  Sirius  may  be  but  a  fraction  of  this  larger  dis- 
tance. To  regions  of  space  of  this  higher  order  in  point  of 
magnitude,  we  may,  probably,  compare  such  an  interval  of 
time  as  that  which  divides  the  human  epoch  from  the  origin 
of  the  coralline  limestone,  over  which  the  Niagara  is  pre- 
cipitated  at  the  Falls.  Many  have  been  the  successive 
revolutions  in  organic  life,  and  many  the  vicissitudes  in 
the  physical  geography  of  the  globe,  and  often  has  sea 
been  converted  into  land,  since  that  rock  was  formed. 
The  Alps,  the  Pyrenees,  the  Himalaya,  have  not  only 
begun  to  exist  as  lofty  mountain  chains,  but  the  solid  ma- 
terials of  which  they  are  composed  have  been  slowly  ela- 
borated beneath  the  sea,  within  the  stupendous  interval  of 
ages  here  alluded  to."* 

If  time,  to  anything  like  the  amount  here  insisted  on, 
have  really  elapsed  between  the  commencement  of  life 
and  its  attaining  its  highest  forms,  we  must  see  that  the 
space  comprised  by  the  life  of  an  individual,  or  even  that 
longer  portion  during  which  mankind  have  been  watching 
the  wonders  of  nature,  is  not  sufficient  to  allow  more  than 
a  chance  of  any  transition  of  species  being  or  having  been 
observed,  except  perhaps  in  the  humble  fields  where,  as 
was  formerly  remarked,  reproduction  is  most  active  and 
types  least  defined.  If,  however,  even  in  our  limited  com- 
mand of  this  grand  element,  we  can  detect  such  transi- 
tions as  those  amongst  the  cerealia,  or  in  a  common  in- 
fusion, may  we  not  well  suppose  that  much  greater  have 
taken  place  in  the  course  of  the  vast  series  of  ages  here 
described  ?  Absolute  proof  on  such  a  point  may  be  im- 
possible ;  but  nearly  the  same  effect  may  be  reached,  if 

*  Travels  in  North  America,  i.,  52. 


114 


EXPLANATIONS. 


we  see  vestiges  of  the  supposed  facts  in  living  phenomena, 
just  as  we  conclude  upon  the  formation  of  stratified  and 
igneous  rocks  from  seeing  similar  phenomena,  generally 
on  a  smaller  scale,  taking  place  before  our  eyes. 

There  is  another  mode  of  attaining  the  means  of  a 
tolerably  definite  conclusion,  where  perfect  proof  is  unat- 
tainable. This  is  to  show  a  portion  or  fraction  of  the 
entire  phenomenon,  in  conformity  with  the  hypothesis  as 
to  the  whole.  Now  this  can  be  done  in  the  case  under 
consideration.  There  are  isolated  parts  of  the  earth, 
which  we  know  to  have  become  dry  land  more  recently 
than  others.  Such  is  the  Galapagos  group  of  islands,  situ- 
ated in  the  Pacific,  between  five  and  six  hundred  miles 
from  the  American  coast.  They  are  wholly  of  volcanic 
origin,  and  are  considered  by  Mr.  Darwin  as  having  been 
raised  out  of  the  sea,  "  within  a  late  geological  period." 
Here,  then,  is  a  piece  of  the  world  undoubtedly  younger, 
so  to  speak,  than  most  other  portions  are  in  their  totality, 
that  is  to  say,  it  has  been  dry  land  for  a  much  less  space 
of  time,  though  one  still  considerable.  What  are  the 
organic  productions  of  this  curious  archipelago  ?  In  the 
first  place,  they  are  "  mostly  aboriginal  creations,  found 
nowhere  else,"  though  with  an  affinity  to  those  of  Ameri- 
ca. Many  of  them  are  even  peculiar  to  particular  islands 
in  the  group.  But  the  remarkable  fact  bearing  on  the 
present  inquiry  is,  that,  excepting  a  rat  and  a  mouse  on 
two  of  the  islands,  supposed  to  have  been  imported  by 
foreign  vessels,  there  are  no  mammals  in  the  Galapagos. 
The  leading  terrestrial  animals  are  reptiles,  and  these 
exist  in  great  variety,  and  in  some  instances  of  extraor- 
dinary size.  Lizards  and  tortoises  particularly  abound. 
There  are  also  birds,  eleven  kinds  of  swimmers  and 


ZOOLOGY  OF  GALAPAGOS  ISLANDS. 


115 


waders,  and  twenty-six  purely  terrestrial.  All  this  har- 
monizes with  our  ideas  of  the  world  in  general  at  the  time 
of  the  oolites.  It  speaks  of  time  being  necessary  for  the 
completion  of  the  animal  series  in  any  scene  of  its  deve- 
lopment. The  Galapagos  have  not  had  the  full  time  re- 
quired for  the  completion  of  the  series,  and  it  is  incomplete 
accordingly.*    The  entire  harmony  of  this  fact  does,  I 

*  In  the  Vestiges,  Australia  is  spoken  of,  for  the  same  reason,  as 
apparently  a  new  country,  one  which  has  been  belated  in  its  physi- 
cal and  organic  development.  We  have  there  an  order,  or  what  is 
called  an  order,  of  mammals,  namely,  the  marsupialia,  besides  a 
few  monotremata ;  all  of  which  may  be  regarded  as  only  mamma- 
lian apices  of  certain  bird  families.  The  placental  mammalian  are 
wholly  wanting.  One  might  suppose  that  the  reasoning  on  which 
the  comparative  recentness  of  this  continent  was  inferred  would 
have  been  readily  intelligible,  and  that  not  even  the  most  ingenious 
perverseness  of  opposition  could  have  hung  a  remark  upon  it.  Yet 
the  Edinburgh  reviewer  presents  a  note  (p.  58),  stating  that,  on  my 
own  scheme  of  nature,  New  Holland  ought  to  have  been  considered 
as  one  of  the  oldest  countries.  "  He  might  have  argued  (from  its 
flora,  its  cestraceonts,  its  trigoniae,  and  its  marsupials)  that  it  was 
as  old  as  our  oolites  ;  but  this  would  not  have  served  the  good  ends 
of  the  scheme  of  development.  An  amusing  example  of  inconsist- 
ency." By  old,  I  presume,  is  here  meant  duration  in  the  condition 
of  dry  land.  I  thoroughly  agree  with  the  Westminster  Review, 
when  it  says  of  this  passage,  "  A  more  complete  miscomprehension 
of  reasoning  we  have  never  met  with."  Assuredly  it  may  well  be 
held  up,  as  that  Review  holds  it,  "  as  a  warning  to  believers  in  ex 
parte  criticism."  The  fact  is,  since,  as  Professor  Phillips  admits, 
there  has  been  no  break  in  the  chain  of  life  from  the  beginning,  our 
other  continents,  whatever  minor  changes  they  may  have  under- 
gone, have  continued  without  any  entire  submergence  since  at  least 
the  commencement  of  terrestrial  life.  They  are,  therefore,  older 
than  Australia  could  be  presumed  to  be,  even  upon  the  principle 
hinted  at  by  the  Edinburgh  reviewer.  But  is  not  that  principle 
utterly  absurd,  implying  as  it  does  that  life  had  stood  still  in  Aus- 


116  EXPLANATIONS. 

must  confess,  strike  my  mind  forcibly.  Had  there  been 
mammals  and  no  reptiles,  it  would  have  Leen  quite  differ- 
ent. We  should  then  have  said,  that  one  decided  fact 
against  the  development  theory  had  been  ascertained.  A 
minor  circumstance  in  the  zoology  of  these  islands  is 
worthy  of  note.  The  swimming  and  wading  birds  are 
less  diverse  from  those  of  the  rest  of  the  world  than  the 
terrestrial  species,  all  of  which,  but  one,  are  decidedly 
peculiar.  The  same  holds  good  regarding  the  shells  and 
the  insects.  Here  we  have  the  terrestrial  animals  spread- 
ing out  into  numerous  variations,  according  to  the  greater 
variety,  and  the  more  peculiar  character,  of  the  circum- 
stances determining  their  organization.*  Mr.  Darwin  has 
likewise  observed  such  facts  in  the  natural  history  of  soli- 
tary islands,  as  induce  him  to  express  his  belief,  that  "  the 
waders,  after  the  innumerable  web-footed  species,  are  gene- 
rally the  first  colonists  of  small  islands."  It  is  his  supposi- 
tion, that  the  birds  in  those  instances  are  immigrants  ;  but 
I  must  advert  to  the  fact,  as  strikingly  in  harmony  with 
my  hypothesis  of  development,  which  was  certainly 
formed  without  any  knowledge  of  this  illustration. 

Another  mode  of  proof  in  the  difficult  circumstances 
with  which  we  are  dealing,  is  to  show  that  the  hypothesis 
will  account,  on  a  principle  of  law,  for  certain  facts  which 
we  must  otherwise  suppose  to  be  wholly  capricious  and 

tralia  at  one  point,  while  it  was  advancing  to  the  highest  forms  in 
other  countries  ?  Nay,  that  the  agencies  employed  in  the  formation 
of  rocks  had  been  stopped  there,  for  perhaps  a  third  of  the  time 
of  the  earth's  existence  ?  The  note  would  not  be  worthy  of  this 
analysis,  but  that  the  self-complacency  of  the  writer  is  so  apt  to 
impose  upon  readers  who  do  not  inquire  for  themselves. 

*  See  Darwin's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  Round  the  World,  c.  xvii. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  PLANTS.  117 


accidental.  The  hypothesis  is,  that,  as  a  general  fact,  the 
progress  of  being  in  both  kinds  has  been  from  the  sea  to- 
wards the  land.  Marine  species  of  plants  and  animals 
are  supposed  to  be,  in  the  main,  the  progenitors  of  terres- 
trial species.  Life  has,  as  it  were,  crept  out  of  the  sea 
upon  the  land.  This  of  course  leads  us  to  consider  the 
distribution  of  vegetable  and  animal  forms  in  the  sea,  and 
the  effect  which  these  may  have  had  in  determining  the 
Flora  and  Fauna  of  particular  detached  provinces.  We 
would  necessarily  suppose  that  any  particular  Flora  or 
Fauna  occupying  a  certain  geographical  area  in  the  ocean, 
would  be  apt  to  become  the  common  source  of  the  Flora  or 
Fauna  of  any  masses  of  land  adjoining  to  it.  Now  we  shall 
see  how  the  facts  harmonize  with  this  view.  Wherever 
there  is  a  group  of  islands  standing  much  apart,  its  plants 
and  animals  are  never  found  allied  to  those  of  any  remote 
region  of  the  earth,  but  invariably  show  an  affinity  to  those 
of  the  nearest  larger  masses  of  land.  Thus,  for  example, 
the  Galapagos  exhibit  general  characters  in  common  with 
South  America  ;  the  Cape  de  Verd  islands,  with  Africa. 
They  are,  in  Mr.  Darwin's  happy  phrase,  satellites  to  those 
continents  in  respect  of  natural  history.  Again,  when 
masses  of  land  are  only  divided  from  each  other  by  nar- 
row seas,  there  is  usually  a  community  of  forms.  The 
European  and  African  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  pre- 
sent an  example.  Our  own  islands  afford  another,  of  far 
higher  value.  It  appears  that  the  flora  of  Ireland  and 
Great  Britain  is  various,  or  rather,  that  we  have  five  floras, 
or  distinct  sets  of  plants,  and  that  each  of  these  is  partaken 
of  by  a  portion  of  the  opposite  continent.  There  are,  1st, 
a  flora  confined  to  the  west  of  Ireland,  and  imparted  like- 
wise to  the  north-west  of  Spain  ;  2d,  a  flora  in  the  south- 


118 


EXPLANATIONS. 


west  promontory  of  England,  and  of  Ireland,  extending 
across  the  Channel  to  the  north-west  coast  of  France  ;  3d, 
one  common  to  the  south-east  of  England,  and  north  of 
France  ;  4th,  an  Alpine  flora  developed  in  the  Scottish  and 
Welch  Highlands,  and  intimately  related  to  that  of  the 
Norwegian  Alps ;  5th,  a  flora  which  prevails  over  a  large 
part  of  England  and  Ireland,  "  mingling  with  the  other 
floras  and  diminishing,  though  slightly,  as  we  proceed 
westward  this  bears  intimate  relations  with  the  flora  of 
Germany.  Facts  so  remarkable  would  force  the  merest 
fact-collector  or  species-denominator  into  generalization. 
The  really  ingenious  man  who  lately  brought  them  under 
notice,*  could  only  surmise,  as  their  explanation,  that  the 
spaces  now  occupied  by  the  intermediate  seas  must  have 
been  dry  land  at  the  time  when  these  floras  were  created. 
In  that  case,  either  the  original  arrangements  of  the  floras, 
or  the  selection  of  land  for  submergence,  must  have  been 
apposite  to  the  case  in  a  degree  far  from  usual.  The  ne- 
cessity for  a  simpler  cause  is  obvious,  and  it  is  found  in 
the  hypothesis  of  a  spread  of  terrestrial  vegetation  from 
the  sea  into  the  lands  adjacent.  The  community  of  forms 
in  the  various  regions  opposed  to  each  other,  merely  indi- 
cates a  distinct  marine  creation  in  each  of  the  oceanic 
areas  respectively  interposed,  and  which  would  naturally 
advance  into  the  lands  nearest  to  it  as  far  as  circumstances 
of  soil  and  climate  were  found  agreeable.f 

*  See  a  paper,  read  by  Professor  Edward  Forbes,  at  Cambridge, 
June,  1845,  in  Literary  Gazette,  No.  1434. 

t  It  is,  perhaps,  hardly  necessary  here  to  advert  to  any  explana- 
tion which  might  be  brought  from  the  diffusion  of  seeds  by  ocean 
currents,  because  the  directness  of  the  opposition  of  the  fields  of 
these  floras  to  each  other  across  the  Channel  is  obviously  inconsist- 
ent with  that  idea    In  such  a  case,  the  constituents  of  the  various 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  PLANTS. 


119 


There  is  still  the  difficulty  of  accounting  for  the  origi- 
nation of  the  first  forms  of  life  in  the  various  lines  after- 
wards pursued  to  a  high  development.  How  was  the  inor- 
ganic converted  into  the  first  rudiments  of  the  organic  ? 
Whence,  and  of  what  nature  was  the  impulse  that  first 
kindled  sensation  and  intelligence  upon  this  sphere  ?  A 
suggestion  on  these  subjects  is  hazarded  in  my  book ;  but 
though  we  were  to  consider  the  matter  as  an  entire  mys- 
tery, it  is,  after  all,  only  so  in  the  same  degree,  and  to  the 
same  effect,  as  the  commencement  of  a  new  being  from  a 
little  germ  is  a  mystery  to  us,  although  we  know  that  it  is 
one  of  the  most  familiar  of  all  natural  events.  This  last 
marvel  we  know  to  be  under  natural  law,  though  we  can- 
not otherwise  explain  it.  If  we  can  regard  the  origin  and 
development  of  life  upon  our  planet  as  having  been  equally 
under  natural  law,  the  whole  point  is  gained  ;  for  we  are 
not  so  much  inquiring  in  order  to  say  how  ?  as  was  it  within 
or  beyond  the  natural  ?  We  have  seen  then,  as  I  conceive, 
that  all  the  associated  truths  of  science  go  to  this  point. 
The  whole  concur  to  say,  that  to  believe  an  exception  in 
this  particular  of  the  history  of  nature,  is  an  absurdity. 
Difficulties  there  may  be  in  treating  the  case  positively  ; 
some  facts  of  inferior  importance  may  seem  to  point  to  an 
opposite  conclusion  ;  but  in  the  balance  of  the  two  sets  of 
evidences,  those  for  a  universality  of  natural  law  down- 
weigh  the  other  beyond  calculation. 

I  have  now  to  allude  to  a  class  of  objections  different 

floras  would  have  been  confused  amongst  each  other  by  the  diver- 
sity of  currents  in  the  intermediate  seas.  Mr.  Forbes  plainly  con- 
fesses this  explanation  to  be  inadmissible  in  the  present  case ;  and, 
of  course,  it  is  not  the  right  explanation  in  any  other. 


120 


EXPLANATIONS. 


from  those  made  on  scientific  grounds,  but  fortunately  not 
less  easily  replied  to.  It  has  appeared  to  various  critics, 
particularly  to  the  writer  in  the  Edinburgh  Review,  that 
very  sacred  principles  are  threatened  by  a  doctrine  of  uni- 
versal law.  A  natural  origin  of  life,  and  a  natural  basis 
in  organization  for  the  operations  of  the  human  mind,  speak 
to  them  of  fatalism  and  materialism.  And,  strange  to  say, 
those,  who  every  day  give  views  of  physical  cosmogony 
altogether  discrepant  in  appearance  with  that  of  Moses, 
apply  hard  names  to  my  book  for  suggesting  an  organic 
cosmogony  in  the  same  way  liable  to  inconsiderate  odium. 
I  must  firmly  protest  against  this  mode  of  meeting  specu- 
lations regarding  nature.  The  object  of  my  book,  what- 
ever may  be  said  of  the  manner  in  which  it  is  treated,  is 
purely  scientific.  The  views  which  I  give  of  this  history 
of  organization,  stand  exactly  on  the  same  ground  upon 
which  the  geological  doctrines  stood  fifty  years  ago.  I  am 
merely  endeavoring  to  read  aright  another  chapter  of  the 
mystic  book  which  God  has  placed  under  the  attention  of 
his  creatures.  A  little  liberality  of  judgment  would  ena- 
ble even  an  opponent  of  my  particular  hypothesis,  to  see 
that  questions  as  to  reverence  and  irreverence,  piety  and 
impiety,  are  practically  determined  very  much  by  special 
'.mpressions  upon  particular  minds.  He  would  see,  foi 
example,  that  the  idea  of  attaching  irreverence  to  a  doc- 
trine of  natural  law  is  only  likely  to  arise  in  a  mind  which 
has  been  trained  by  habit,  to  regard  the  divine  working  as 
more  special  in  its  nature — precisely  as,  finding  the  Edin- 
burgh reviewer  speaking  of  the  whole  works  of  the  Deity 
as  "  vulgar  nature"  (p.  53),  I  feel  that  the  impiety  which 
such  an  idea  expresses  to  my  sense,  is  only  impiety  to  me, 
who  cannot  separate  nature  from  God  himself,  but  it  is  not 


TENDENCY  OF  THE  NEW  DOCTRINE.  121 

necessarily  so  to  him,  whose  education  has  given  him  pe- 
culiar, and  as  I  think  erroneous  conceptions  on  this  sub- 
ject. The  absence,  however,  of  all  liberality  on  these 
points  in  my  reviewers,  is  striking,  and  especially  so  in 
those  whose  geological  doctrines  have  exposed  them  to 
similar  misconstructions.  If  the  men  newly  emerged  from 
the  odium  which  was  thrown  upon  Newton's  theory  of  the 
planetary  motions,  had  rushed  forward  to  turn  that  odium 
upon  the  patrons  of  the  dawning  science  of  geology,  they 
would  have  been  prefiguring  the  conduct  of  several  of  my 
critics,  themselves  hardly  escaped  from  the  rude  hands  of 
the  narrow-minded,  yet  eager  to  join  that  rabble  against  a 
new  and  equally  unfriended  stranger,  as  if  such  were  the 
best  means  of  purchasing  impunity  for  themselves  I  trust 
that  a  little  time  will  enable  the  public  to  penetrate  this 
policy,  and  also  the  real  bearing  of  all  such  objections. 
They  must  soon  see  that,  if  a  literal  interpretation  of 
scripture  is  an  insufficient  argument  against  the  true  geog- 
nostic  history  of  our  earth,  so  also  must  it  be  against  all 
associated  phenomena,  supposing  they  are  presented  on 
good  evidence. 

"  Some  persons,"  says  one  of  my  reviewers,  "  have  a 
vague  idea,  that  there  is  something  derogatory  to  the  low- 
est form  of  animal  life  to  have  its  origin  in  merely  inorga- 
nic elements  ;  an  idea  which  results,  perhaps,  not  so  much 
from  any  subtle  and  elevated  conceptions  of  life,  as  from 
an  imagination  unawakened  to  the  dignity  and  the  marvel 
of  the  inorganic  world.  What  is  motion  but  a  sort  of  life  ? 
a  life  of  activity,  if  not  of  feeling.  Suppose — what,  in- 
deed, nowhere  exists — an  inert  matter,  and  let  it  be  sud- 
denly endowed  with  motion,  so  that  two  particles  should  fly 
towards  each  other  from  the  utmost  bounds  of  the  uni- 
7 


122 


EXPLANATIONS. 


verse ;  were  not  this  almost  as  strange  a  property  as  that 
which  endows  an  irritable  tissue,  or  an  organ  of  secretion  ? 
Is  not  the  world  one — the  creature  of  one  God — dividing 
itself,  with  constant  interchange  of  parts,  into  the  sentient 
and  the  non-sentient,  in  order,  so  to  speak,  to  become  con- 
scious of  itself?  Are  we  to  place  a  great  chasm  between 
the  sentient  and  the  non-sentient,  so  that  it  shall  be  deroga- 
tion to  a  poor  worm  to  have  no  higher  genealogy  than  the 
element  which  is  the  lightning  of  heaven,  and  too  much 
honor  to  the  subtle  chemistry  of  the  earth,  to  be  the  father 
of  a  crawling  subject,  of  some  bag,  or  sack,  or  impercep- 
tible globule  of  animal  life.  No;  we  have  no  recoil 
against  this  generation  of  an  animalcule  by  the  wonder- 
ful chemistry  of  God  ;  our  objection  to  this  doctrine  is, 
that  it  is  not  proved."* 

As  one  example  of  the  weakness  of  the  opposition  pre- 
sented by  the  Edinburgh  reviewer  on  this  ground,  I  may 
quote  a  passage  in  which  he  has  also  aimed  at  convicting 
me  of  being  enamored  of  resemblances,  and  allowing  my 
senses  to  be  cheated  by  empty  sounds.  "  Every  one," 
says  he,  "  has  heard  of  the  quickness  of  thought,  and  who 
has  not  heard  of  the  velocity  of  the  galvanic  fluid  ?  There- 
fore, the  speed  of  thought  may  be  reduced  to  numbers,  and 
a  man  may  think  at  the  rate  of  192,000  miles  a  second  ! 
We  well  know  that  the  author  may  shelter  himself  under 
the  juggle  of  his  own  words,  and  tell  us  that  he  speaks 
only  of  the  transmission  of  our  will  through  the  organs  of 
the  body.  Let  him,  then,  write  in  more  becoming  lan- 
guage." Now  a  man  is  surely  entitled  to  be  judged  by  his 
own  words,  or  all  judgment  might  as  well  cease.  After 

Blackwood's  Magazine,  April,  1845. 


OPPOSITION  OF  THE  SCIENTIFIC  CLASS.  123 

showing  that  a  galvanic  battery  produces  at  least  some  of 
the  effects  of  the  brain,  and  endeavoring  to  reconcile  ordi- 
nary thinkers  to  the  idea  of  their  partial  identity  by  insist- 
ing  on  the  almost  metaphysical  character  of  the  imponder- 
able agents,  I  said,  in  a  foot-note,  "  If  mental  action  is 
electric,  the  proverbial  quickness  of  thought,  that  is,  the 
quickness  of  the  transmission  of  sensation  and  will — may  be 
presumed  to  have  been  brought  to  an  exact  measurement," 
&c.  I  leave  the  reader  to  judge  if  language  more  direct 
and  less  illusive  than  this  could  have  been  employed. 
With  regard  to  the  idea  conveyed,  the  critic  has  perhaps 
forgot,  or  never  known,  that  the  merit  of  suggesting  the 
identity  of  the  electricity-driven  clockwork  of  Deluc  with 
that  operation  of  the  brain  which  produces  the  pulsations 
of  the  heart,  is  claimed  by  his  "  model  of  philosophic  cau- 
tion," Sir  John  Herschel.*  The  expression  used  by  that 
philosopher  on  the  occasion,  "  If  the  brain  be  an  electric 
pile,"  &c,  ought,  doubtless,  to  condemn  him  in  the  eyes 
of  our  critic  as  a  man  enamored  of  resemblances,  and  a 
user  of  unbecoming  phraseology — if  our  critic  be  a  man 
of  impartiality.  But  he  must  (if  critics  be  capable  of 
such  weakness)  revise  his  opinion  on  the  subject  of  resem- 
blances. It  might  surprise  even  his  self-confident  mind  to 
find  in  what  decisive  terms  their  utility  as  one  of  the  means 
of  advancing  in  scientific  observation  is  insisted  on  by  this 
very  "  model  of  philosophic  caution."  He  will  find  the 
passage  at  page  94  of  the  celebrated  Discourse. 

After  discussing  the  whole  arguments  on  both  sides  in 
so  ample  a  manner,  it  may  be  hardly  necessary  to  advert  to 
the  objection  arising  from  the  mere  fact,  that  nearly  all  the 


Discourse  on  Natural  Philosophy,  p.  343. 


124 


EXPLANATIONS. 


scientific  men  are  opposed  to  the  theory  of  the  Vestiges. 
As  this  objection,  however,  is  one  likely  to  be  of  some  avail 
with  many  minds,  it  ought  not  to  be  entirely  passed  over. 
If  I  did  not  think  there  were  reasons  independent  of  judg- 
ment for  the  scientific  class  coming  so  generally  to  this 
conclusion,  I  might  feel  the  more  embarrassed  in  present- 
ing myself  in  direct  opposition  to  so  many  men  possessing 
talents  and  information.  As  the  case  really  stands,  the 
ability  of  this  class  to  give  at  the  present  time,  a  true  re- 
sponse upon  such  a  subject,  appears  extremely  challenge- 
able. It  is  no  discredit  to  them,  that  they  are,  almost  with- 
out exception,  engaged,  each  in  his  own  little  department 
of  science,  and  able  to  give  little  or  no  attention  to  other 
parts  of  that  vast  field.  From  year  to  year,  and  from  age 
to  age,  we  see  them  at  work,  adding  no  doubt  much  to  the 
known,  and  advancing  many  important  interests,  but,  at 
the  same  time,  doing  little  for  the  establishment  of  com- 
prehensive views  of  nature.  Experiments  in  however  nar- 
row a  walk,  facts  of  whatever  minuteness,  make  reputa- 
tions in  scientific  societies ;  all  beyond  is  regarded  with 
suspicion  and  distrust.  The  consequence  is,  that  philoso- 
phy, as  it  exists  amongst  us,  does  nothing  to  raise  its  vo- 
taries above  the  common  ideas  of  their  time.  There  can, 
therefore,  be  nothing  more  conclusive  against  our  hypothe- 
sis in  the  disfavor  of  the  scientific  class,  than  in  that  of 
any  other  section  of  uneducated  men.  There  is  even  less ; 
for  the  position  of  scientific  men  with  regard  to  the  rest  of 
the  public  is  such,  that  they  are  rather  eager  to  repudiate, 
than  to  embrace  general  views,  seeing  how  unpopular 
these  usually  are.  The  reader  may  here  be  reminded, 
that  there  is  such  a  thing  in  human  nature  as  coming  to 
venerate  the  prejudices  which  we  are  compelled  to  treat 


ALLEGED  USES  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCE.  125 

tenderly,  because  it  is  felt  to  be  better  to  be  consistent  at 
the  sacrifice  of  even  judgment  and  conscience  than  to  have 
a  war  always  going  on  between  the  cherished  and  the 
avowed.  Accordingly,  in  the  case  of  a  particular  doctrine, 
which,  however  unjustly,  is  regarded  as  having  an  ob- 
noxious tendency,  it  is  not  surprising  that  scientific  men 
view  it  with  not  less  hostility  than  the  common  herd.  For 
the  very  purpose  of  maintaining  their  own  respect  in  the 
concessions  they  have  to  make,  they  naturally  wish  to  find 
all  possible  objections  to  any  such  theory  as  that  of  pro- 
gressive  development,  exaggerating  every  difficulty  in  its 
way,  rejecting,  wherever  they  can,  the  evidence  in  its 
favor,  and  extenuating  what  they  cannot  reject ;  in  short, 
taking  all  the  well  recognized  means  which  have  been  so 
often  employed  in  keeping  back  advancing  truths.  If  this 
looks  like  special  pleading,  I  can  only  call  upon  the  reader 
to  bring  to  his  remembrance  the  impressions  which  have 
been  usually  made  upon  him  by  the  transactions  of  learned 
societies  and  the  pursuits  of  individual  men  of  science. 
Did  he  not  always  feel  that,  while  there  were  laudable  in- 
dustry and  zeal,  there  was  also  an  intellectual  timidity 
rendering  all  the  results  philosophically  barren  ?  Perhaps 
a  more  lively  illustration  of  their  deficiency  in  the  life  and 
soul  of  Nature-seeking,  could  not  be  presented  than  in  the 
view  which  Sir  John  Herschel  gives  of  the  uses  of  science, 
in  a  treatise  reputed  as  one  of  the  most  philosophical  ever 
produced  in  our  country.  These  uses,  according  to  the 
learned  knight,  are  strictly  material — it  might  even  be 
said,  sordid — namely,  "  to  show  us  how  to  avoid  attempting 
impossibilities — to  secure  us  from  important  mistakes,  in 
attempting  what  is,  in  itself,  possible,  by  means  either  in- 
adequate, or  actually  opposed  to  the  end  in  view — to  enable 


126 


EXPLANATIONS. 


us  to  accomplish  our  ends  in  the  easiest,  shortest,  most 
economical,  and  most  effectual  manner — to  induce  us  to 
attempt,  and  enable  us  to  accomplish  objects,  which,  but  for 
such  knowledge,  we  should  never  have  thought  of  under- 
taking."* Such  results,  it  will  be  felt,  may  occasionally  be 
of  importance  in  saving  a  country  gentleman  from  a  hope- 
less mining  speculation,  or  adding  to  the  powers  and  profits 
of  an  iron-foundry  or  a  cotton-mill ;  but  nothing  more. 
When  the  awakened  and  craving  mind  asks  what  science 
can  do  for  us  in  explaining  the  great  ends  of  the  Author 
of  nature,  and  our  relations  to  Him,  to  good  and  evil,  to  life, 
and  to  eternity,  the  man  of  science  turns  to  his  collection 
of  shells  or  butterflies,  to  his  electrical  machine,  or  his  re- 
tort, and  is  mute  as  a  child  who,  sporting  on  the  beach,  is 
asked  what  lands  lie  beyond  the  great  ocean  which  stretches 
before  him.  The  natural  sense  of  men  who  do  not  happen 
to  have  taken  a  taste  for  the  coleoptera  or  for  the  laws  of 
fluids,  revolts  at  the  sterility  of  such  pursuits,  and,  though 
fearful  of  some  error  on  its  own  part,  can  hardly  help  con- 
demning the  whole  to  ridicule.  Can  we  wonder  that  such, 
to  so  great  an  extent,  is  their  fate  in  public  opinion,  when 
we  read  the  appeal  presented  in  their  behalf  by  the  very 
prince  of  modern  philosophers  1  Or  can  we  say  that 
where  such  views  of  "  the  uses  of  divine  philosophy  "  are 
entertained,  there  could  be  any  right  preparation  of  mind 
to  receive  with  candor,  or  treat  with  justice,  a  plan  of  na- 
ture like  that  presented  in  the  Vestiges  of  Creation  1  No, 
it  must  be  before  another  tribunal,  that  this  new  philosophy 
is  to  be  truly  and  righteously  judged. 

Tt  is  important  that  these  sentences  be  not  misunderstood. 
There  is  both  a  necessity  for  the  ascertainment  of  detached 

*  Discourse  on  the  Study  of  Natural  Philosophy,  p.  44. 


UTILITY  OF  HYPOTHESES. 


12T 


facts,  that  we  may  attain  to  the  elimination  of  principles, 
and  a  danger  in  premature  generalization,  as  tending  to 
mislead  men  from  the  true  road  to  that  result.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  scientific  men  are  seen  spending  their  time 
in  wrong  pursuits,  merely  for  want  of  the  tracings  which 
are  often  supplied  for  their-  direction  by  happy  hypotheses. 
It  is  to  the  chilling  repression  of  all  saliency  in  investiga- 
tion,  which  characterizes  the  scientific  men  of  our  country 
and  age,  that  I  object,  not  to  a  due  caution  in  selecting 
proper  paths  in  which  to  venture.  The  function  of  hypo- 
thesis in  suggesting  observations  and  experiments  is  ad- 
mitted by  one  of  the  most  vigorous  thinkers  of  our  time. 
"  Without  such  assumptions,  science  could  never  have  at- 
tained its  present  stale :  they  are  necessary  steps  in  the 
progress  to  something  more  certain.  .  .  .  The  process 
of  tracing  regularity  in  any  complicated  and  at  first  sight 
confused  set  of  appearances,  is  necessarily  tentative  :  we 
beo-in  by  making  any  supposition,  even  a  false  one,  to  see 
what  consequences  will  follow  from  it ;  and  by  observing 
how  these  differ  from  the  real  phenomena,  we  learn  what 
corrections  to  make  in  our  assumption.  .  .  '  Some  fact,' 
says  M.  Comte,  '  is  as  yet  little  understood,  or  some  law  is 
unknown  :  we  frame  on  the  subject  an  hypothesis  as  ac- 
cordant as  possible  with  the  whole  of  the  data  already 
possessed ;  and  the  science,  being  thus  enabled  to  move 
forward  freely,  always  ends  by  leading  to  new  conse- 
quences capable  of  observation,  which  either  confirm  or 
refute,  unequivocally,  the  first  supposition.'  ...  Let  any 
one  watch  the  manner  in  which  he  himself  unravels  any 
complicated  mass  of  evidence;  let  him  observe,  how  for 
instance,  he  elicits  the  true  history  of  any  occurrence  from 
the  involved  statements  of  one  or  many  witnesses:  he  will 


128 


EXPLANATIONS. 


find  that  he  does  not  take  all  the  items  of  evidence  into  his 
mind  at  once,  and  attempt  to  weave  them  together  :  the 
human  faculties  are  not  equal  to  such  an  undertaking ;  he 
extemporizes,  from  a  few  of  the  particulars,  a  first  rude 
theory  of  the  mode  in  which  the  facts  took  place,  and  then 
looks  at  the  other  statements  one  by  one,  to  try  whether 
they  can  be  reconciled  with  that  provisional  theory,  or  what 
additions  or  corrections  it  requires  to  make  it  square  with 
them.  In  this  way  ....  we  arrive,  by  means  of  hypo- 
theses, at  conclusions  not  hypothetical."*  It  was  with  the 
design  of  thus  giving  a  direction  to  inquiry,  and  leading  to 
views  of  nature  previously  little  thought  of,  but  unspeak- 
ably grander  than  those  commonly  entertained,  that,  too 
eager  for  truth  to  regard  my  own  imperfections,  I  ventured 
upon  my  late  speculation.  When  an  ordinary  reader 
judges  of  it,  let  him  remember  that  the  question  lies,  not 
between  two  philosophical  theories,  but  between  one  phi- 
losophical theory  and  a  view  of  nature  which  does  not  even 
profess  to  look  to  nature  for  a  basis.  As  a  system,  more- 
over, which  finds  none  of  the  previous  labors  of  science 
shaped  or  directed  in  favor  of  its  elucidation,  but  all  in  the 
contrary  way,  it  obviously  calls  for  every  reasonable  al- 
lowance being  made  for  its  defects.  It  may  prove  a  true 
system,  though  one  half  of  the  illustrations  presented  by  its 
first  explicator  should  be  wrong. 

For  any  mind  competent  to  judge  of  the  argument,  there 
can  be  little  need  to  insist  upon  the  superiority  of  the  con- 
clusions to  which  it  leads,  over  the  results  which  arise 
from  more  limited  views  of  ordinary  science.  Existing 
philosophy,  halting  between  the  notions  of  the  enlightened 


*  Mill's  System  of  Logic. 


USES  OF  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  NATURAL  LAW.  129 

and  the  unenlightened  man,  leaves  us  only  puzzled.  We 
know  not  how  to  regard  the  phenomena  of  the  world,  and 
our  own  relation  to  them.  Many  sink  into  a  kind  of  fatalism 
which  paralyzes  the  faculties  ;  others  ascend  into  fantas- 
tic dreams  which  exercise  a  not  less  baleful  influence. 
Some  of  the  disastrous  consequences  are  sufficiently  con- 
spicuous ;  but  many  more  blaze  and  expend  themselves  in 
privacy,  known  only  in  the  circles  where  they  have  been 
so  fatally  felt.  The  entire  conduct  of  a  large  portion  of 
society,  and  more  or  less  that  of  nearly  all  the  rest,  is  regu- 
lated, or  rather  cast  loose  from  regulation,  by  the  want  of 
definite  ideas  regarding  that  fixed  plan  of  the  divine  work- 
ing, on  the  study  and  observance  of  which  it  is  evident 
that  our  secular  happiness  nearly  altogether  depends. 
Even  acute  men  of  the  world  are  daily  seen  acting  to  their 
own  manifest  injury,  in  consequence  of  their  utter  igno- 
rance of  any  system  of  law  pressing  around  them.  With 
the  great  bulk  of  society,  life  is  merely  a  following  of  a 
few  inferior  instincts,  with  a  perfect  blindness  to  conse- 
quences. By  individuals  and  by  communities  alike,  phy- 
sical and  moral  evils  are  patiently  endured,  which  a  true 
knowledge  of  the  system  of  Providence  would  cause  to  be 
instantly  redressed.  Daily  health  and  comfort,  life  itself, 
are  sacrificed  through  the  want  of  this  knowledge.  It  is 
not  in  the  heyday  of  cheerful,  active,  and  prosperous  ex- 
istence, or  when  we  look  only  to  the  things  which  consti- 
tute the  greatness  of  nations,  that  we  become  sensible  of 
this  truth.  We  must  seek  for  convictions  on  the  subject, 
beside  the  death-beds  of  amiable  children,  destroyed 
through  ignorance  of  the  rules  of  health,  and  hung  over  by 
parents  who  feel  that  life  is  nothing  to  them  when  these 
dear  beings  are  no  more  ;  in  the  despairing  comfortless- 
>7* 


130 


EXPLANATIONS. 


ness  of  the  selfish,  who  have  acted  through  long  years  on 
the  supposition  that  the  social  affections  could  be  starved 
hurtlessly ;  in  the  pestilences  ravaging  the  haunts  of 
poverty,  and  revenging,  in  a  spreading  contagion,  the  neg- 
lect by  the  rich  of  the  haplessness  of  their  penury  and 
disease  stricken  neighbors  ;  in  the  canker  of  discontent 
and  crime,  which  eats  into  the  vitals  of  a  nation  in  conse- 
quence of  an  unlimited  indulgence  of  acquisitiveness  by 
those  possessing  the  most  ready  natural  resources  and 
standing  in  the  most  fortunate  positions ;  in  the  national 
degradation  and  misery  which  follow  wars  entered  upon 
in  the  wantonness  of  pride,  greed,  and  vanity.  Doubtless 
were  the  idea  vitally  present  in  the  minds  of  all  men,  that 
from  laws  of  unswerving  regularity  every  act,  thought, 
and  emotion  of  theirs  helps  to  determine  their  own  future 
both  by  its  direct  effects  on  their  fate,  and  its  reflection 
from  the  future  of  their  fellow-creatures,  and  this  without 
any  possibility  of  reprieve  or  extenuation,  we  should  see 
society  presenting  a  different  aspect  from  what  it  does,  the 
sum  of  human  misery  vastly  diminished,  and  that  of  the 
general  happiness  as  much  increased. 

I  am  not  to  attempt  a  particular  defence  of  the  new  view 
of  nature  from  various  odiums  thrown  upon  it,  for  this 
can  only  be  rightly  done  when  time  has  abated  prejudice, 
and  shown  more  clearly  the  relation  of  this  philosophy  to 
all  other  views  cherished  by  civilized  nations.  But  I  may 
meanwhile  remark  its  harmony  with  the  great  practical 
principle  of  Christianity,  in  establishing  the  universal 
brotherhood  and  social  communion  of  man.  And  not  only 
this,  but  it  extends  the  principle  of  humanity  to  the  meaner 
creatures  also.  Life  is  everywhere  one.  The  inferior 
animals  are  only  less  advanced  types  of  that  form  of  being 


MORAL  RESULTS.  131 

perfected  in  ourselves.  Constituted  as  its  head — with  a 
peculiar  psychical  character  and  destiny  by  virtue  of  that 
position — we  are  yet  essentially  connected  with  the  humbler 
vehicles  of  vitality  and  intelligence,  and  placed  in  moral 
relations  towards  them.  We  are  bound  to  respect  the 
rights  of  animals  as  of  our  human  associates.  We  are 
bound  to  respect  even  their  feelings.  And  from  obeying 
these  moral  laws,  we  shall  reap  as  certain  a  harvest  of 
benefit  to  ourselves,  as  by  obeying  any  code  of  law  that 
ever  was  penned.  The  rule  of  force  and  of  cruelty  has 
hitherto  prevailed  in  this  department  of  the  world's  eco- 
nomy as  between  man  and  man  ;  but  the  day  of  true 
knowledge  will  bring  a  better  rule  here  also,  and  the  many 
good  qualities  of  these  patient  and  unresisting  ministers  of 
our  convenience  will  yet  be  acknowledged  and  dwelt  on 
by  all  with  admiration  and  love. 

Is  our  own  position  affected  injuriously  by  this  view,  or 
can  our  relation  to  the  universe  and  its  Author  be  pre- 
sumed to  be  so  ?  Assuredly  not.  Our  character  is  now 
seen  to  be  a  definite  part  of  a  system  which  is  definite. 
The  Deity  himself  becomes  a  defined,  instead  of  a  capri- 
cious being.  Power  to  make  and  to  uphold  remains  his 
as  before,  but  is  invested  with  a  character  of  tranquillity 
altogether  new — the  highest  attribute  we  can  conceive  in 
connexion  with  power.  Viewing  him  as  the  author  of  this 
vast  scheme  by  the  mere  force  of  his  will,  and  yet  as  the 
indispensably  present  sustainer  of  all  ;  seeing  that  the 
whole  is  constructed  upon  a  plan  of  benevolence  and  jus- 
tice ;  we  expand  to  loftier,  more  generous  and  holy  emo- 
tions, as  we  feel  that  we  are  essential  parts  of  a  system  so 
great  and  good.  The  place  we  hold  in  comparison  is 
humble  beyond  all  statement  of  a  degree  ;  yet  it  is  a  cer- 


132 


EXPLANATIONS. 


tain  and  intelligible  place.  We  know  where  we  stand, 
and  have  some  sense  also  of  our  chronological  place. 
The  years  of  our  existence  occupy  a  space  in  that  mighty 
series,  during  some  earlier  portion  of  which  this  globe, 
since  the  theatre  of  glories  and  of  sorrows  numberless,  was 
moulded  into  form.  Arithmetic  could  state,  if  we  knew 
it,  the  connexion  between  the  birth  of  a  babe  which  saw 
the  light  an  hour  ago,  and  the  time  when  the  elements  of 
our  astral  system  began  to  resolve  themselves  into  those 
countless  orbs,  one  of  which  is  Man's,  the  stage  of  his  long 
descended  history,  and  the  bounds  within  which  all  his 
secular  phenomena  must  ever  be  confined.  The  unit  of 
each  individuality,  great  or  humble  in  social  regard,  takes 
a  fixed  place  in  that  march  of  life  which  rose  unreckoned 
ages  ago,  and  now  goes  on  to  a  "  weird,"  which  no  wizard 
has  pretended  to  know.  We  feel  that,  amidst  all  the  dis- 
grace of  trouble  and  trespass,  we  are  still  the  first  form  of 
active  being  after  the  Greatest,  and  therefore  may  well  be 
assured  that,  immeasurably  as  is  our  distance  from  God, 
we  are  still  immediately  regarded  and  cared  for  by  him. 
Surely  there  is  here  much  to  soothe  and  to  encourage.  It 
may  be  that  the  individual  often  suffers  innocently  to  ap- 
pearance in  our  present  sphere ;  but  then  he  is  part  of  a 
system  of  assured  benevolence  and  justice :  having  faith 
in  this  he  is  safe.  It  may  be,  as  some  one  has  suggested, 
that  there  is  not  only  a  term  of  life  to  the  individual,  but 
to  the  species,  and  that  when  the  proper  time  comes,  the 
prolific  energy  being  exhausted,  man  is  transferred  to  the 
list  of  extinct  forms.  Strange  thought,  that  the  beauteous 
phenomena  of  personal  existence — the  thrill  of  the  lover, 
the  mother's  smile  on  cherub  infancy,  the  brightness  of  lov- 
ing firesides,  the  aspirations  of  generous  poets  and  philo- 


MORAL  RESULTS. 


133 


sophers,  the  thought  cast  up  and  beyond  the  earthly,  that 
petard  which  breaks  down  every  door — the  tear  of  peni- 
tence, the  meekness  of  the  suffering  humble,  the  ardor  of 
the  strong  in  good  causes,  all  that  the  great  and  beneficent 
of  all  ages  have  felt,  all  that  each  of  us  now  sees,  and 
muses  on,  in  his  home,  his  people,  his  age, — that  all  these 
should  be  thus  resolved  ;  passing  away  whole  "  equinox- 
es "  into  the  past,  as  far  as  we  particular  men  are  con- 
cerned, still  passing  further  back  as  respects  the  larger 
personalities  called  nations,  and  still  further  in  inconceiva- 
ble multiplication  with  regard  to  the  species — gone,  lost, 
hushed  in  the  stillness  of  a  mightier  death  than  has  hith- 
erto been  thought  of!  But  yet  the  faith  may  not  be  shak- 
en, that  that  which  has  been  endowed  with  the  power  of 
godlike  thought,  and  allowed  to  come  into  communion  with 
its  Eternal  Author,  cannot  be  truly  lost.  The  vital  flame 
which  proceeded  from  him  at  first  returns  to  him  in  our 
perfected  form  at  last,  bearing  with  it  all  good  and  lovely 
things,  and  making  of  all  the  far-extending  Past  but  one 
intense  Present,  glorious  and  everlasting. 


134 


COMMUNICATIONS  BY 


COMMUNICATIONS  BY  H.  WEEKES,  ESQ. 

Referred  to  at  page  85. 


Dear  Sir, — Since  the  details  of  my  first  experiments  on  the  pro- 
duction of  acari  in  close  atmospheres  were  given  to  the  world, 
through  the  medium  of  the  "  Proceedings  of  the  London  Electrical 
Society,"  session  of  1842,  &c,  and,  about  the  same  time,  circulated 
among  my  scientific  friends,  in  a  reprint  from  the  above-named 
work,  as  stated  by  you  in  a  foot-note  to  page  187,  first  edition  of  the 
Vestiges,  the  subject  has  continued  to  occupy  my  attention,  while 
the  nature  of  my  researches  has  been  frequently  modified  by  varia- 
tions in  regard  to  the  form  of  the  experiments,  and  their  correlative 
arrangements. 

Incident  to  the  period  included  by  the  last  three  years,  many 
experiments  on  the  subject  have  been  completed  ;  others  are  even 
yet  in  progress  ;  and,  however  rigid  were  the  conditions  in  any  case 
adopted,  thus  much  is  certain,  that  the  acari  have  invariably  ap- 
peared  in  the  several  solutions  under  electrical  influence,  while 
their  absence  has  been  as  invariably  remarked,  in  spite  of  the 
nicest  scrutiny,  in  all  negative  tests  provided  to  accompany  the 
respective  primary  experiments. 

The  following  may  be  taken  as  an  example  of  the  stringent  cir- 
cumstances under  which  my  latter  experiments  have  been  con- 
ducted ;  and  although,  in  my  own  estimation,  the  evidence  it  yields 
is  not  one  whit  more  conclusive  than  the  results  formerly  made 
known,  it  is  clearly  free  from  certain  objections  urged  against  the 
first  experiments,  and  is  selected  under  an  impression  that,  if  these 
conditions  fail  to  show  that  the  electric  current  is  the  agent  by 
which  the  laws  of  organization  have  been  promoted,  then  we  have 


W.  H.  WEEKES,  ESQ. 


135 


— maugre  the  Baconian  philosophy— already  trusted  too  much  to 
experimental  facts,  with  a  view  to  the  establishment  of  truth. 

It  is  by  no  means  easy,  even  if  practicable,  independent  of 
sketches,  to  convey  a  precise  idea  of  the  apparatus  employed  in  the 
experiment  I  am  about  to  communicate.  I  will,  nevertheless, 
attempt  to  describe  it  with  as  much  brevity  and  plainness  as  pos- 
sible. In  the  first  place,  I  must  mention  that  the  arrangements 
were  originally  of  a  three-fold  character  : — 1st.  A  close  vessel  con- 
taining a  saline  solution,  and  above  it  an  artificial  atmosphere ;  2d, 
An  open  vessel  containing  the  same  solution,  both  acted  upon  by 
the  same  current  passing  through  them  from  a  voltaic  battery ; 
3d,  Two  glass  jars  standing  on  the  same  table,  as  negative  tests,  and 
in  every  way  corresponding  with  the  respective  primary  vessels, 
excepting  that  they  had  no  wire  appendages,  and  were  unelectrified. 

The  close  vessel  consists  of  a  wide-mouthed  glass  jar,  capable  of 
containing  a  pint  and  a  half  of  liquid,  and  is  manufactured  from 
the  purest  and  most  transparent  material.  From  the  top,  or  shoulder 
of  this  jar,  ascends  to  the  height  of  an  inch  from  the  surrounding 
surface,  a  remarkably  stout  and  strong  neck,  which  presents  an 
opening  of  two  inches  diameter.  Into  this  opening  a  thick  metallic 
plug  or  stopper,  cast  from  "  fusible  alloy,"  is  fitted  perfectly  air- 
tight, by  a  process  of  long  and  careful  grinding.  Perpendicularly 
through  the  metallic  stopper,  and  at  the  distance  of  an  inch  from 
each  other,  so  as  to  occupy  the  extremes  of  an  equilateral  triangle, 
are  drilled  three  holes,  each  rather  more  than  two-tenths  of  an  inch 
diameter,  and  into  each  of  these  is  soldered,  air-tight,  a  correspond; 
ing  glass  tube.  The  two  principal  of  this  series  of  tubes  serve  the 
purpose  of  insulating  a  pair  of  stout  copper  wires,  which  pass  longi- 
tudinally through  them,  and  are  united  at  each  end  by  a  joint  fusion 
of  the  glass  and  metal.  Two  other  wires  of  platina  proceed  from 
the  lower  ends  of  the  copper  wires  to  nearly  the  bottom  of  the  jar, 
where  they  terminate  in  closely-wound  spirals,  rather  more  than  an 
inch  apart,  while  the  ends  of  the  copper  wires,  projecting  from  the 
upper  ends  of  their  respective  tubes,  have  conical  cavities  drilled 
out  for  the  reception  of  a  globule  of  mercury,  by  means  of  which 
communication  with  the  voltaic  battery  is  established.  The  third 
tube,  passing  first  to  the  depth  of  an  inch  below  the  metallic  plug, 
is  bent  above  the  latter  into  a  syphon  form,  and  contains  in  its  cur- 


136 


COMMUNICATIONS  OF 


vature  a  globule  of  mercury  weighing  about  three  drachms,  which 
acts  as  a  valve  for  the  occasional  escape  of  gaseous  matter  generated 
within  the  close  vessel,  and  is,  at  the  same  time,  a  guarantee  against 
the  ingress  of  any  species  of  insect  life.  The  mercury  employed  to 
form  this  valve  was  cautiously  distilled  from  the  red  sulphuret  of 
that  metal. 

By  the  side  of  the  close  vessel  above  described  was  placed,  in  the 
first  instance,  a  glass  tumbler,  capable  of  holding  half  a  pint  of 
liquid.  Through  two  pieces  of  mahogany,  cemented  to  opposite 
inner  surfaces  of  this  second  vessel,  were  made  to  pass  two  stout 
copper  wires,  terminating,  like  those  adapted  to  the  close  jar,  in 
platina  spirals  a  little  more  than  an  inch  apart  near  the  bottom  of 
the  tumbler.  The  upper  ends  of  these  wires  were  similarly  pro- 
vided with  longitudinal  cavities  also,  drilled  out  for  the  reception 
of  small  globules  of  mercury,  to  complete  contact  and  facilitate  inter- 
communication. 

On  the  2d  of  May,  1842,  the  apparatus,  of  which  a  description 
has  been  attempted,  was  set  to  work  after  the  following  manner  : — 
A  solution  of  ferrocyanate  of  potass,  prepared  by  carefully  boiling 
two  ounces  of  the  salt  in  sixteen  ounces  of  distilled  water,  being  in 
readiness  for  the  occasion,  ten  ounces  of  the  liquid  were  transferred 
to  the  glass  jar,  and  immediately  after  an  elastic  metal  pipe,  in 
communication  with  an  iron  bottle  in  a  state  of  white  heat,  and  from 
which  a  stream  of  pure  oxygen  rapidly  proceeded,  was  dipped  into 
the  solution  in  the  jar.  In  this  way,  the  gas,  without  passing 
through  water,  or  being  brought  in  contact  with  any  external  agent, 
continued  to  be  supplied  to  the  jar,  until  the  entire  atmosphere 
above  the  solution  consisted  of  oxygen  alone,  when  the  metallic 
plug  was  deposited  instantly  in  the  neck  of  the  jar,  so  as  to  cut  off 
all  communication  with  the  external  air.  The  open  vessel  or  tum- 
bler being  now  placed  by  the  side  of  the  close  apparatus,  and  four 
ounces  of  the  solution  before  mentioned  having  been  poured  into  it, 
the  necessary  communication  between  the  two  vessels  was  effected 
by  means  of  suitable  wires,  and  contact  at  the  same  time  similarly 
established  with  the  respective  poles  of  a  constant  battery  of  ten 
pairs.  By  means  of  this  arrangement,  the  current  entered  the  open 
vessel  first,  and  then  proceeded,  through  the  solution  in  the  close 
apparatus,  in  its  way  to  the  negative  side. 


W.  H.  "VVEEKES,  ESQ. 


137 


I  must  here  remark  that  the  electric  current,  immediately  on  its 
first  application,  was  observed  to  decompose  the  solution  with  such 
energy,  that  I  deemed  it  advisable  to  suspend  the  operation  until 
the  activity  of  the  battery  should  be  somewhat  modified,  and  it  was 
not  until  the  evening  of  the  6th  of  May  that  I  could  date  the  com- 
mencement of  my  experiment. 

A  circumstantial  record  of  all  important  changes  connected  with 
this  experiment  has  been  preserved,  up  to  the  present  day,  em- 
bracing a  period  of  three  years  and  three  months,  but  I  cannot  con- 
clude that  any  extracts  from  my  memoranda  would  enhance  the 
interest  of  the  present  notice.  I  shall  therefore  prefer  a  brief  sum- 
mary of  the  results ;  first  premising  that  two  excellent  constant 
batteries  have  been  successively  worn  out  in  the  undertaking,  and 
that  the  requisite  changes  were  made  without  interruption  to  the 
electric  current,  which  is  now  transmitted  by  a  water-battery  of 
twenty  pairs,  working  with  the  characteristic  uniformity  of  this  ex- 
cellent species  of  voltaic  contrivance.  I  would  further  remark  that, 
from  the  commencement  of  the  experiment,  the  battery  and  the  re- 
spective vessels  containing  the  solutions  have  been  strictly  excluded 
from  the  light,  by  means  of  a  screen  constructed  for  the  occasion, 
and  the  entire  proceeding  has  been  confined  to  a  retired  room  kept 
constantly  locked,  no  one  having  access  unless  accompanied  by  my- 
self. My  general  habit  has  been  to  visit  the  arrangement  once  in 
two  days,  for  the  purpose  of  noting  the  progress,  supplying  the  bat- 
tery with  crystals  of  sulphate  of  copper,  making  good  the  loss  of 
fluids  caused  by  the  evaporation,  &c. 

1.  October  19th,  1842 — one  hundred  and  sixty -six  days  from  the 
commencement  of  the  experiment — the  first  acari  seen  in  connec- 
tion therewith,  six  in  number  and  nearly  full-grown,  were  dis- 
covered on  the  outside  of  the  open  glass  vessel.  On  removing  two 
pieces  of  card  which  had  been  laid  over  the  mouth  of  this  vessel, 
several  fine  specimens  were  found  inhabiting  the  under  surfaces, 
and  others  completely  developed  and  in  active  motion  here  and 
there  within  the  glass. 

October  20th.— Making  my  visit  at  an  hour  when  a  more  favora- 
ble light  entered  the  room,  swarms  of  acari  were  found  on  the  cards, 
about  the  glass  tumbler,  both  within  and  without,  and  also  on  the 
platform  of  the  apparatus.    At  this  identical  hour  Dr.  J.  Black 


138 


COMMUNICATIONS  OF 


favored  me  with  a  call,  inspected  the  arrangements,  and  received 
six  living  specimens  of  the  acarus  produced  from  solution  in  the. 
open  vessel.  No  trace  of  insect  life  could  at  this  time  be  discovered 
in  the  close  vessel  with  an  oxygen  atmosphere.  The  solution  in 
the  open  vessel  had  undergone  very  slight  change  of  color,  but  ex- 
hibited a  multitude  of  minute  and  beautifully  colored  crystals  with 
a  prevailing  tinge  of  crimson.  The  solution  beneath  the  oxygen 
atmosphere,  about  ten  days  after  the  voltaic  current  began  to  tra- 
verse it,  had  assumed  a  reddish-brown  appearance,  which  gradually 
darkened  in  color  until  scarcely  any  light  could  be  transmitted 
through  it,  or  the  ascent  of  gas  from  either  of  the  electrodes  per- 
ceived. 

2.  Myriads  of  acari  continued  to  be  developed  from  the  solution 
in  the  open  vessel  until  the  20th  August,  1843,  when  it  was  found 
expedient  to  determine  this  division  of  the  experiment,  and  confine 
the  operation  of  the  electric  current  solely  to  the  close  arrangement, 
in  which  no  appearance  of  insect  life  had  yet  been  detected.  Be- 
fore removing  the  open  vessel  I  had,  however,  the  satisfaction  to 
supply  therefrom  abundance  of  living  specimens  to  my  scientific 
friends  who  had  kindly  interested  themselves  on  the  subject,  in 
various  parts  of  England,  Scotland,  France,  and  America. 

3.  In  the  beginning  of  the  month  of  June,  1844,  rather  more 
than  two  years  from  the  commencement  of  these  operations,  the 
solution  in  the  close  vessel  began  to  manifest  signs  of  a  most  remark- 
able change,  the  results  of  constant,  slow,  and  almost  invisible  de- 
composition. The  apparatus  was  carefully  tested,  and  found,  as  at 
first,  perfectly  air-tight,  and  the  confined  liquid  was  evidently 
returning  to  a  paler  red  color,  as  well  as  a  partially  translucent 
condition.  These  latter  appearances  rapidly  increased,  and  about 
the  beginning  of  September  in  the  same  year,  the  solution  had  ac- 
quired a  light  amber  color  and  perfect  transparency,  with  abundant 
flakes  and  scroll-like  forms  of  irregular  oxide  of  iron  of  a  deep 
orange  color,  nearly  covering  the  bottom  of  the  jar.  Most  of  these 
had,  doubtless,  been  detached  in  succession  from  the  negative  plati- 
na  spiral,  and  were  conspicuous  through  the  altered  solution.  It 
was  while  engaged  in  examining  this  singular  accumulation  of 
oxide,  by  means  of  an  excellent  lens,  that  I  saw  for  the  first  time 
an  unequivocal  proof  of  the  existence  of  insect  life  within  the 


W.  H.  WEEKES,  ESQ. 


139 


close  vessel.  Several  spinous  processes  of  the  acari  and  other 
remains  were  detected  floating  on  the  surface  of  the  solution,  and 
others  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  glass  a  few  lines  above  the 
liquid,  while,  under  circumstances  somewhat  more  obscure,  several 
entire  dead  insects  were  perceived  amidst  the  flakes  resting  on  the 
bottom  of  the  jar.  An  omission — of  secondary  importance,  it  is 
true — was  now  for  the  first  time  apparent  in  the  apparatus  :  this 
was  the  want  of  a  fitting  shelf  or  resting-place  for  the  insects ;  a 
circumstance  that  my  kind  friend,  Andrew  Crosse,  Esq.,  when  he 
favored  me  with  a  visit  a  few  weeks  after,  remarked  almost  imme- 
diately, and  said,  before  he  knew  that  acari  had  already  appeared, 
"  that  they  would  fall  in  and  be  drowned  almost  as  fast  as  they 
were  produced."  Mr.  Crosse  was  right  in  his  conjecture,  for 
although  I  have  latterly  watched  the  proceeding  with  diurnal  care, 
I  have  never  identified  the  presence  of  more  than  two  living  in- 
sects at  the  same  time  within  the  close  apparatus,  and  these  have 
as  speedily  as  invariably  shared  the  fate  of  their  predecessors.  Not- 
withstanding the  omission  alluded  to,  I  enjoy  an  increase  of  satis- 
faction in  the  knowledge  that  I  have  kept  from  my  arrangements 
any  substance  which  by  its  introduction  might  have  been  suspected 
of  vitiating  the  results,  while  the  main  object  of  the  undertaking 
has  in  no  wise  suffered  in  its  accomplishment.  I  have  only  to  add 
my  belief,  founded  on  considerable  experience  and  much  observa- 
tion, that  insect  life  was  first  developed  in  this  division  of  my  ex- 
periment, some  time  in  the  month  of  July,  1844,  about  two  years 
and  two  months  from  the  commencement. 

I  am,  dear  sir,  yours  faithfully, 

W.  H.  Weekes. 

Sandwich,  2d  Sept.,  1845. 
To  tho  Author  of  "  Vestiges  of  the  Natural  History  of  Creation." 


ELECTRO-VEGETATION. 

On  the  3d  of  October,  1842,  1  commenced  an  electro-chemical 
experiment,  which  has  constantly,  since  that  period,  been  in  pro- 
gress, and  will  probably  continue  for  some  time  longer.    It  is  not 


* 


140 


COMMUNICATIONS  OF 


necessary  to  the  present  notice  that  I  should  detail  the  objects  of 
this  undertaking,  as  the  indications  of  a  successful  result  induce  me 
to  suppose  that  particulars  may  eventually  be  worth  communicating 
to  the  scientific  public.  I  shall  therefore  merely  state  that  a  cylin- 
drical glass  vessel,  capable  of  containing  about  ten  fluid  ounces, 
with  a  bottom  of  porous  baked  earth,  and  open  at  the  top,  is  sus- 
pended in  a  convenient  frame,  is  about  three-fourths  filled  with  a 
solution  of  refined  sugar  in  distilled  water,  receiving  occasional 
supplies,  and  that  the  poles  of  a  water-battery  of  twenty-five  pairs 
terminate  within  an  inch  of  each  other  in  the  solution  before  men- 
tioned, about  an  inch  also  from  the  bottom  of  the  cylindrical  vessel. 
Through  the  porous  bottom  alluded  to,  the  saccharine  liquid  gradu- 
ally percolated,  during  several  months — that  is,  until  its  minute 
viaducts  became  completely  obstructed.  The  solution  thus  filtered 
fell  into  a  convenient  glazed  earthen  jar  placed  under  the  appa- 
ratus, and  was  occasionally  returned  to  the  inside  of  the  glass 
cylinder. 

About  the  beginning  of  September,  1843,  a  small  patch  of  fungus, 
of  a  peculiar  character,  was  observed  to  have  commenced  forming 
on  the  outside  of  the  glass,  near  its  lower  rim,  but  yet  not  in  con- 
tact with  the  line  of  junction  between  the  glass  and  its  earthen 
bottom.  At  this  period  the  solution  had  ceased  to  drop  through 
the  earthen  diaphragm,  and  the  incipient  fungus  occupied  a  spot 
on  the  outside  of  the  glass  directly  opposite  the  negative  electrode 
within.  This  substance  having,  when  first  seen,  a  gelatinous  appear- 
ance, of  a  dark-brown  color,  by  slow  degrees  extended  itself  round 
the  lower  rim  of  the  glass,  forming  an  irregular  band  or  zone,  half 
an  inch  in  breadth,  and  throwing  out  numerous  protuberances  as 
it  approached  the  positive  side  of  the  arrangement.  On  the  29th 
of  November,  in  the  same  year,  the  following  note  relative  to  this 
singular  production  occurs  among  my  memoranda  ;  and  as  I  cannot 
otherwise  better  describe  its  mature  appearance,  I  shall  subjoin  the 
extract : — 

"  The  substance  of  this  fungus  varies  in  color  from  a  light  choco- 
late to  that  of  a  dark  sanguineous  red,  and  though  formerly  of  a 
soft  texture,  it  now  offers  considerable  resistance.  When  viewed 
with  an  excellent  pocket-lens — the  only  sort  of  microscope  that 
can  be  brought  to  bear  upon  it — a  most  singularly-beautiful  species 


W.  H.  WEEKES,  ESQ. 


141 


of  vegetation  is  seen  to  occupy  its  entire  surface,  presenting  various 
shades  of  crimson,  green,  olive,  and  green  inclining  to  yellow.  In 
its  general  appearance  it  at  once  suggests  the  idea  of  a  magnificent 
forest,  consisting  of  trees  and  flowering  shrubs  in  miniature.  In 
particular  spots,  fine,  downy,  needle-like  spires  occur  in  vast  mul- 
titudes, and  these  otherwise  naked  processes  rising  from  the  body 
of  the  fungus,  are  surmounted  by  what  appear  to  be  seed-vessels  in 
some  instances,  and  irregular  feathery  tufts  in  others."* 

This  experiment  was  not  designed  with  any  reference  to  my  re- 
searches on  the  development  of  the  electrical  acari,  but  swarms  of 
these  creatures  appeared  incidental  to  its  progress,  and,  at  the  time 
the  above  note  was  made,  many  of  them  were  seen  inhabiting  the 
miniature  forest  on  the  fungus,  where  they  seemed  to  thrive 
amazingly,  and  to  attain  a  larger  size  than  any  I  have  hitherto 
seen. 

About  the  autumn  of  the  year  1844,  the  fungus  had  extended  to 
the  positive  side  of  the  arrangement,  thus  forming  a  continuous  cir- 
cular band  ;  and  it  is  not  the  least  remarkable  feature  of  its  brief 
history,  that  immediately  on  the  completion  of  this  event,  the  luxu- 
riance and  beauty  of  its  vegetation  were  observed  rapidly  to  decline. 
A  portion  of  the  fungous  mass  still  adheres  to  the  glass,  but  it  is 
no  longer  an  object  of  special  interest. 

To  what  extent  this  singular  and  beautiful  production  is  indebted 
to  the  action  of  an  electric  current  constantly,  and  for  a  long  time, 
traversing  the  saccharine  liquid,  in  connection  with  which  it  ap- 
peared, I  am  not  prepared,  by  the  assistance  of  facts,  at  present  to 
say,  but  the  following  suggestions  occur  to  my  mind  as  strong 
analogical  reasons  in  support  of  its  electrical  origin,  nature,  and 
progress. 

1st.  I  am  tolerably  conversant  with  most  of  the  known  fungi  of 
this  country,  but  am  not  acquainted  with  any  species  with  which 
the  one  in  question  can  be  identified,  or  even  be  said  to  resemble. 

2d.  The  glazed  earthen  jar  placed  under  the  porous  bottom  of 
the  cylinder  to  catch  the  filtered  liquid,  had,  at  the  time  the  fungus 

*  Shortly  after  the  above  note  was  entered  in  my  memoranda,  a  small  portion 
of  the  fungus,  with  its  incumbent  vegetation,  was  submitted  to  a  powerful  micro  • 
scope,  and  a  sketch  made  in  accordance,  which,  for  obvious  reasons,  cannot  be 
here  introduced. 


142         COMMUNICATIONS  OF  W.  H.  WEEKES,  ESQ. 

originated,  a  considerable  quantity  of  dark  saccharine  matter  re- 
sembling concrete  molasses  therein  ;  this  was  suffered  to  remain  as 
a  negative  test  to  the  electrical  character  of  the  fungus,  presuming 
the  latter  to  have  had  its  beginning  in  a  portion  of  sugary  deposit 
derived  from  the  solution  through  the  porous  diaphragm  ;  yet, 
though  the  surface  of  the  residuum  in  the  earthen  jar  presented  the 
usual  indications  of  mouldiness,  no  appearance  of  a  fungoid  kind, 
or  that  of  minute  vegetation,  could  at  any  time  be  detected  within 
the  unelectrified  jar. 

3d.  The  commencement  of  the  fungus  at  a  point  precisely  cor- 
responding with  the  negative  pole  of  the  arrangement,  its  luxu- 
riance and  maturity  in  the  intermediate  space  on  the  glass  cylinder, 
and  its  decay  on  finally  reaching  the  positive  side,  are  in  them- 
selves facts  pleading  strongly  in  favor  of  electrical  influence  over 
the  organization  of  this  remarkable  species  of  vegetation. 

W.  H.  Weekeb. 

Sandwich,  5th  Sept.,  1845. 
To  the  Author  of  "  Vestiges  of  the  Natural  History  of  Creation." 


THE  END. 


NEW  AND  VALUABLE 


BOOKS, 


PUBLISHED  BY 


WILEY  AID  PUTNAM. 


NEW  YORK: 

1846. 


I 


I     HYDROPATHY;  OR  THE  WATER-CURE. 

jits  Principles,  Modes  of  Treatment,  &c.  Illustrated  with 
|  many  cases.  Compiled  chiefly  from  the  most  eminent 
I  European  authors  on  the  subject.  By  Joel  Shew,  M.  D. 
|  Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  In  one  thick  vol 
|    12mo.    Price  $1. 

\  "  Since  the  first  edition  of  this  work  was  published,  the  compiler  has  had  nu- 
5  merous  opportunities  of  testing  the  efficacy  of  the  new  system  ;  and  his  former 
?  confidence  in  it  is  not  the  least  diminished.  That  confidence  is,  if  possible, 
?  growing  more  and  more  strong.  The  system,  consisting  as  it  does  of  an  end- 
j  less  variety  of  applications  of  water,  internal  and  external,  warm,  hot,  or  cold, 
t  as  the  case  may  require,  is  incomparably  more  effectual  than  any  other,  for 

<  speedily  relieving  pain,  subduing  inflammations  and  fevers  of  every  kind, 
i  strengthening  the  body  to  the  greatest  possible  extent ;  thus  enabling  it  in  the 
I  most  effectual  manner  to  resist  disease.  The  new  system  is  entirely  without 
j  parallel — a  significant  fact  to  be  pondered  by  the  'scientific'  objectors  who  de- 
{  cry  it." — Author. 

<  "  The  excellent  and  able  volume  before  us,  which  relates  marvellous  cures, 
(  cannot  fail  to  be  acceptable  to  our  community.  Dr.  Shew  has  conferred  a  great 
i  boon  upon  the  public,  in  introducing  this  system." — JV".  T.  Express. 

i    "  This  work  must  have  found  friends,  and  we  think  deservedly  so,  for  it  has 

<  soon  reached  a  second  edition,  which  has  been  improved  and  enlarged.  We 

<  can  safely  recommend  it  as  a  safe  guide  to  health." — V.  S.  Gazette. 

<  "The  water-treatment  finds  many  disciples  in  Europe  and  this  country. 

<  This  work  of  Dr.  Shew's  is  very  lucidly  drawn  up,  and  is  by  far  the  most 

<  complete  view  of  the  practice  under  this  method  that  has  been  given." — 
i  JV.  Y.  Post. 

\  "  This  system  will  cure  most  curable  complaints,  and  Dr.  Shew's  valuable 
s  work  claims  for  the  water-cure  great  inherent  efficacy.  The  book  gives  sound 
\  general  views  of  health'  and  of  the  treatment  of  disease,  and  we  can  safely 
\  recommend  it  to  our  numerous  circle  of  readers." — Evening  Mirror. 


LIEBIG'S  ANIMAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Animal  Chemistry ;  or  Organic  Chemistry  in  its  Applications 

to  Physiology  and  Pathology.    By  Justus  Liebig,  M.  D., 

Ph.  D.,  &c.    Edited  from  the  author's  manuscript  by 

W.  Gregory,  M.  D.    1  vol.  12mo.,  printed  in  fine  large 

type,  and  with  a  complete  index.    $1  00. 

"  While  we  have  given  but  a  very  imperfect  sketch  of  this  original  and  pro- 
found work,  we  have  endeavored  to  convey  to  the  reader  some  notion  of  the 
rich  store  of  interesting  matter  which  it  contains.  The  chemist,  the  physiolo- 
gist, the  medical  man,  and  the  agriculturist,  will  all  find  in  this  volume  many 
new  ideas  and  many  useful  practical  remarks.  It  is  the  first  specimen  of  what 
modern  Organic  Chemistry  is  capable  of  doing  for  Physiology ;  and  we  have 
no  doubt  that  from  its  appearance  physiology  will  date  a  new  era  In  her  ad- 
vance."— Quarterly  Review. 


THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS. 

Manners  and  Customs  of  the  North  American  Indians.  In 
Letters  and  Notes  written  during  eight  years  travel  among 
the  wildest  tribes  of  Indians  in  North  America,  with  400 
spirited  illustrations,  carefully  engraved  from  his  Original 
Paintings.  By  George  Catlin.  A  new  edition  in  2  vols, 
royal  8vo.    Price  $6  00,  bound  in  cloth. 

*  *  Four  editions  of  this  very  interesting  work  have  been  printed  in  London. 
Among  the  subscribers  were  the  Q,ueen,  the  Queen  Dowager,  the  King  of  Bel- 
gium,  and  many  of  the  most  distinguished  persons  in  Europe.  It  contains  char- 
acteristic and  faithful  records  of  a  race  of  people  who  are  rapidly  becoming  ex- 
tinct: and  it  is  not  probable  that  another  similar  work  can  ever  be  written. 
One  of  the  most  remarkable  tribes,  the  Mandans,  are  already  entirely  destroyed. 
This  work  has  been  more  extensively,  copiously,  and  favorably  reviewed  in 
Europe,  than  any  other  published  during  the  last  five  years. 


BULL'S  HINTS  TO  MOTHERS. 

Hints  to  Mothers,  for  the  Management  of  Health  during  the 
period  of  pregnancy,  and  in  the  lying-in  room ;  with  an 
exposure  of  popular  errors  in  connection  with  those  subjects. 
By  Thomas  Bull,  M.  D.  1  neat  vol.  Fourth  Edition. 
Price  38  cents ;  or  in  cloth  binding,  50  cents. 

"  We  recommend  it  to  our  readers ;  and  they  will  confer  a  benefit  on  their 
new  married  patients  by  recommending  it  to  them." — Forbes'  Review. 

"  There  is  no  mother  that  will  not  be  heartily  thankful  that  this  book  ever 
fell  into  her  hands ;  and  no  husband  who  should  not  present  it  to  his  wife.  We 
cannot  urge  its  value  too  strongly  on  all  whom  it  concerns." — Med.  Times. 


FLORA  OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 

Flora  of  North  America,  comprising  an  account  of  all  the  in- 
digenous and  naturalized  plants  growing  north  of  Mexico. 
By  John  Torrey  and  Asa  Gray.  Vol.  1,  (pp.  771,)  price 
$6  00.    Vol.  2,  parts  1,  2,  3.    $4  00. 

This  is  the  only  authentic  and  complete  American  Flora.  The  object  of  the 
work  is  to  give  a  scientific  account  of  all  the  indigenous  and  naturalized  planti 
of  North  America  at  present  known.  It  is  the  most  extensive  local  Flora  that 
has  ever  been  undertaken.  The  latest  Flora  of  this  country,  that  of  Pursh,  wag 
published  twenty-eight  years  ago,  at  which  period  extensive  regions,  even  within 
the  United  States  proper,  had  never  been  visited  by  the  Botanist.  Since  that 
time,  the  number  of  known  plants  has  vasUy  increased  ;  and  the  science  itself 
has  made  such  rapid  advancement,  that  this  work  will  present  the  Botuiy  of 
this  country  in  an  entirely  new  aspect. 


LETTERS  AND  DESPATCHES  OF  CORTES. 


The  Despatches  of  Fernando  Cortes,  the  Conqueror  of  Mexi- 
co, addressed  to  the  Emperor  Charles  V. ;  written  during 
the  Conquest,  and  containing  a  narrative  of  its  events. 
Translated  by  George  Folsom,  Secretary  of  the  N.  Y. 
Historical  Society.  In  1  vol.  Med.  8vo.  $1  25.  Large 
Paper  copies,  $2  00. 

"  We  venture  to  pronounce  this  one  of  the  most  curious  and  most  interesting 
books  that  have  made  their  appearance  for  some  time.  These  despatches  have 
never  before  been  seen  in  the  English  language,  and  one  of  them  at  least  has 
never  been  printed  even  in  Spain.  The  very  title  is  enough  to  arouse  a  deep 
interest.  The  Conquest  of  Mexico,  written  by  the  Conqueror  himself,  on  the 
vety  field  of  battle!  We  can  scarcely  think  of  a  rarer  desideratum." — JV.  Y. 
Courier. 

"These  very  interesting  records  of  a  National  Military  Romance,  whish 
created  a  new  world,  and  produced  most  marvellous  changes  by  its  influence  on 
the  old.   The  translation  is  ably  performed." — Literary  Gazette. 

"This  is  a  volume  which  ought  to  find  a  niche  in  every  well  furnished  libra- 
ry. It  presents  a  most  extraordinary  autograph  picture  by  one  of  the  most  extra- 
ordinary characters  of  our  modern  history." — Globe. 

"This  book  is  a  credit  to  the  American  press.  The  Despatches  of  Cortes  are 
among  the  most  interesting  and  singular  documents  ever  penned.  They  give  a 
minute  and  vivid  account  of  his  conquest,  and  of  the  wonderful  scenes  presented 
to  his  view  on  his  first  entry  into  the  Kingdom  of  Mexico." — Britannia. 

"  This  book  has  all  the  interest  of  a  novel,  and  all  the  value  of  a  history. 
What  higher  praise  can  we  bestow  upon  such  a  work  1  This  marvellous,  this 
unparclieled  story." — Tablet. 

"He  preserves  an  interest  in  his  narrative  read  even  at  this  distance,  when 
the  mysterious  novelties  of  the  country,  the  importance  of  the  facts,  and  the 
uncertainty  of  the  result,  have  long  ceased  to  impart  an  interest."— Spectator. 

"  This  is  one  of  the  m^et  curious  publications  of  the  day.  A  valuable  histori 
cal  document,  containii.g  an  exact  and  picturesque  representation  of  the  habits 
and  manners  of  a  people  long  since  extinct." — Bell's  Weekly  Messenger. 


THE  YOUNG  AMERICAN'S  LIBRARY,  NO.  1. 

THE  PRIMER: 

With  over  200  neat  engravings,  most  beautifully  printed,  i 
quite  a  new  and  novel  style.    Price  25  cents. 


CORRESPONDENCE  OF  SCHILLER  AND 
GOETHE. 

[Correspondence  between  Schiller  and  Goethe,  from  1794  to 
|  1805.  Translated  by  George  H.  Calvert.  1  vol.  12mo., 
:     handsomely  printed.    $1  00. 

i  These  "  Letters  between  Schiller  and  Goethe"  are  a  record 
•  kept  by  friendship  of  the  habitual  feelings  and  thoughts  of  two 
'  great  poets.  If  the  translator  has  adequately  executed  his  grate- 
;  ful  task,  he  will  have  the  pleasure  of  opening  to  the  American 
and  English  reader  the  richest  epistolary  treasure  that  literature 
contains.  There  is  no  other  instance  of  affectionate  union  be-< 
tween  two  men  of  such  genius,  intellect,  and  culture. 

"  In  perusing  this  delightful  work,  we  gather  many  new  ideas  upon  the  ^ 
I  writings  of  the  great  men  of  other  times." — U.  S.  Gazette. 

\  "This  is  a  beautiful  volume,  which  literary  men  must  always  look  over! 
i  with  interest." — The  JVortA  American. 

i  "  A  most  delightful  work,  that  will  instruct  as  well  as  amuse." — Providence  j 
\  Journal. 

\  "  This  volume,  as  soon  as  known,  must  be  eagerly  sought  for  by  every  one  j 
i  for  its  very  excellence  ;  the  translator  does  not  exaggerate  in  calling  this  the  < 
^  richest  epistolary  treasure  that  literature  contains." — Richmond  Times. 

"  Those  who  seek  into  the  true  philosophy  of  great  minds  will  find  ample  5 
I  compensation  in  the  perusal  of  these  letters,  remarkable  alike  for  the  breadth  \ 
',  and  variety  of  thought  they  involve,  as  well  as  the  vastness  of  subjects,  often  I 
!  handled  by  these  great  men  with  the  familiarity  of  boys  whipping  a  top  or  i 
flying  a  kite.  < 
"These  letters  are  full  of  heart  and  soul — such  letters  as  might  be  expected  i 
to  pass  between  two  affectionate  friends.  They  are  full  of  the  highest  order  { 
;  of  genius — genius  which  has  rarely  been  equalled  in  modern  times.  They  are  l 
',  full  of  the  German  mind — are  marked  by  those  striking  peculiarities  of  thought  j 
which  distinguish  the  Germans  from  every  other  nation  on  earth." — American  ' 
Citizen.  < 

s 

"Epistolary  literature  contains  no  richer  treasure.  To  minds  like  theirs,  \ 
',  every  department  of  science,  literature,  religion,  and  philosophy,  possessed  an 
I  engrossing  interest ;  and  in  their  cordial  and  confidential  effusions,  all  these  { 
I  topics  are  discussed  and  illustrated  with  unsurpassed  profundity  of  thought  S 
',  and  comprehensiveness  of  knowledge.  < 
;  "  The  translator  has  executed  his  task  as  one  who  performs  a  labor  that  he  f 
!  loves." — Journal  of  Commerce. 

"  The  work  is  one  that  none  can  read  without  an  expansion  of  thought,  and  1 
without  feeling  that  here  is  most  unequivocally  rebutted  the  scandal  that ! 
'.  asserts  that  men  of  literature  are  deficient  in  hearty  appreciation  of  the  talents  I 
!  and  productions  of  each  other." — Evening  Oazette. 

"  Every  one  who  knows  any  thing  of  the  history  of  modern  literature,  knows  < 
that  Schiller  and  Goethe  are  among  the  brightest  names  by  which  it  is  em  ' 
blazoned.  And  in  this  volume  we  are  permitted  to  catch  a  glance  at  the  ' 
i  friendly  and  delightful  intercourse  which  they  held  with  each  other,  during  ! 
>  the.  period  in  which  each  shone  with  the  brightest  lustre.  The  letters  are  < 
5  characterized  by  all  the  ease  of  the  most  unsuspecting  confidence,  and  by  a  \ 
s  grace  and  fascination  which  must  entrance  every  admirer  of  genius.  They  are  < 
|  perfectly  unstudied  efforts,  and  show  us  how  gracefully  great  minds  can  occa- ' 
,  sionallycome  down  to  little  things.  There  is  not  a  page,  or  scarcely  a  paragraph, ', 
s  in  which  we  do  not  discover  the  breathings  of  superlative  genius." — Albans  \ 
5  Advertiser. 


ACTONIAN  PRIZE  ESSAY. 

Chemistry,  as  exemplifying  the  Wisdom  and  Beneficence  of 
God.    By  George  Fownes,  Ph.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  Etc.    In  1 
|     vol.  small  8vo.    Price  50  cents. 

|  Contents.— The  Chemical  History  of  the  Earth  and  the  At- 
mosphere;  The  Peculiar.'ies  which  characterize  Organic  Sub- 
stances  generally  ;  The  Composition  and  Sustenance  of  Plants  ; 
On  Animal  Chemistry ;  The  Relation  existing  between  Plants 

'  and  Animals  ;  Appendix — (with  various  Tables.) 

;  "The  object  of  the  work  is  to  gather  up  the  proofs  and  indications  of  design 
|  and  goodness  in  the  structure  and  relations  of  things  disclosed  by  Chemistry — 
I  and  il  is  very  ably  done."— JV.  Y.  Post. 

\     "  It  is  richly  worth  general  perusal."— JV.  Y.  Tribune. 

\  "The  manner  of  treating  the  subject  is  b«h  ingenious  and  recondite,  and  we 
j  commend  it  accordingly  to  general  attention." — JV.  Y.  American. 

'.  "  A  highly  interesting  and  valuable  work.  It  is  a  most  valuable  addendum  to 
,  other  works  on  this  subject ;  to  those  who  are  studying  Natural  Theology,  it 
j  will  be  highly  serviceable." — JV.  Y.  Express. 

I  "This  is  a  meritorious  work.  The  materials  are  fairly  and  skilfully  selected 
1  out  of  the  vast  and  ever-growing  mass  of  phenomena  and  truths  which  consti- 
!  tute  the  modern  science  of  Chemistry ;  and  are  put  together  Willi  considerable 
\  dexterity,  imparting  an  air  of  novelty  and  freshness  even  to  the  trutiia  with 
!  which  we  have  been  long  familiar." — Christian  Remembrancer. 


HOLY  BIBLE,  WITH  COMMENTARY. 

Now  ready — Vols.  1  and  2,  $4  00  each ;  or,  numbers  1  to  28, 
of  the  Holy  Bible,  with  a  Critical  Commentary  and  Para- 
phrase, by  Patrick,  Lowth,  Arnald,  Whitby,  and  Lowman. 
A  new  edition,  with  the  text  printed  at  large.  To  be  com- 
pleted in  sixty  numbers,  at  25  cents  each,  the  whole  to  form 
four  imperial  octavo  volumes,  containing  upwards  of  4,300 
pages.  The  value  of  this  edition  consists  in  the  fact  that 
the  Text  accompanies  the  Commentaries — thus  adapting  it 
to  general  use. 

OCT  Students,  Clergymen,  and  others  clubbing  together,  and  remitting  the 
Publishers  the  amount  of  five  copies,  will  be  entitled  to  the  sixth  gratis ,  or 
twelve  copies  for  ten,  and  in  the  same  proportion  for  a  larger  number. 

*,*  The  whole  cost  of  the  publication  is  not  required  in  advance,  as  the  work 
can  be  forwarded  in  either  numbers  or  volumes,  as  the  party  may  desirs. 


ROME  IN  1843-4. 

Rome ;  as  seen  by  a  New-Yorker  in  1843-4.   One  vol.  12mo. 
with  map,  and  very  handsomely  printed.    Price  75  cents. 

Contents. — Saint  Peter's — the  Forum  and  Coliseum — the  Capi- 
j  tol — Churches,  images,  reliques,  and  miracles — A  day  among  the 
tombs  of  Rome— The  Vatican— Christmas  at  Rome— The  palaces 
of  Rome — Ancient  baths  and  modern  fountains — A  Roman  dining- 
house  and  cafe — The  Velabrum,  Ghetto,  and  Trastevere— Car-  i 
dinals,  monks,  beggars,  and  robbers — A  promenade  on  the  Pincian  \ 
Hill— Sculptors  and  painters— The  modern  Romans— Appendix  \ 
— How  to  see  Rome — The  Duomo  of  Milan.  j 

"  This  is  one  of  the  most  admirable  books  of  the  kind  we  have  ever  read  \ 
;  Its  most  marked  characteristic  is  perfect  taste,  and  this  is  conspicuous  In  every  \ 

>  part  of  it,  preface  and  contents,  style  and  typography.  The  descriptions  of  the  I 
,  various  objects  of  interest  are  clear,  accurate,  and  in  the  highest  degree  pic-  < 
(  turesque  and  pleasing.  The  book  must  commend  itself  to  every  cultivated  \ 
,  mind ;  less,  perhaps,  by  any  strikingly  new  information  which  it  contains,  than  \ 
,  by  the  chaste  and  refined  spirit  which  pervades  it."— JV.  Y.  Courier  and  En-  > 
.  quirer. 

:    ."The  present  work  is  so  unlike  any  of  its  predecessors  that  we  have  met  \ 
j  with,  that  no  one  need  hesitate  to  purchase  it,  on  the  ground  of  its  being  a  5 
;  repetition  of  what  is  already  familiar.   Its  style  is  simple  and  graceful  •  its  * 
,  descriptions  exceedingly  graphic  and  striking;  and  every  thing  is  brought  out  < 
with  such  life  and  freshness,  that  the  reader,  by  a  slight  effort  of  imagination,  \ 
becomes  the  author's  companion,  during  his  sojourn  amidst  the  desolations  and  \ 
glories  of  Rome.   It  is  altogether  a  delightful  book."— Albany  Argus.  > 
"This  elegantly-printed  volnme  cannot  fail  to  be  read  by  thousands,  and  1 
read  with  delight.   Our  author  has  vividly  and  succinctly  portrayed  whatever  ! 
!  people  usually  go  to  Rome  to  see,  or  read  travels  thither  to  learn.   His  letters  ! 
,  may  be  read  with  pleasure  by  the  thorough  scholar,  as  well  as  by  the  ea°er  ! 
i  devourer  of  all  that  is  new."— JV.  Y.  Tribune.  '  | 

;  "Whoever  wishes  to  obtain  a  close  and  familiar  view  of  Rome,  will  eet  it 
.  nowhere  better  than  in  this  work.   Mr.  Gillespie  has  looked  upon  the  city 

>  with  the  eye  and  heart  of  a  scholar.  He  enjoys  Rome,  and  this  very  enjoy-  I 
meat  of  his  communicates  itself  to  his  writings,  and  he  involuntarily  puts  his  I 
readers  in  a  state  of  feeling  to  enjoy  it  with  aim." -Democratic  Review.  ! 

"We  know  so  well  the  mental  qualities  by  which  the  b«k  is  guided-the  i 
\  elegance  of  taste,  purity,  and  good  judgment-that  we  are  ttarce  prepared  to  ' 
\  .S^n/i3  a  "T  w0k-,  £*'  GillesPie  has  gone  to  work  like  a  tranquil ! 
j  scholar  and  lover  of  art,  and  has  toned  his  book  from  the  second  stage  of  his  ! 
;  mpressions rather  than  the  first.  His  views,  of  course,  are  more  reliable,  and, ! 
!  without  further  comment  on  the  quality  of  the  book,  which  is  in  all  respecti  ! 

>  admirable,  we  extract,"  &c— JV.  Y.  Evening  Mirror.  ', 

I  it  3»' VmV^T  a^teable  book'  ^"e"  with  an  ease  and  fluency  that  make  i 
j  it  quite  delightful.  The  author  states  what  came  under  his  observation  and  ! 
;  his  impressions  with  an  earnest  freedom,  which  assures  the  reader  that  what ! 
|  he  is  perusing  is  characterized  by  truth.  Every  subject,  apparently,  ol  interest ! 
has  been  toached  upon,  in  a  manner  sufficiently  full;  and  yet  the  description  is  i 
|  marked  by  a  conciseness  which  gives  the  work  an  advantage  over  many  others 
S  of  a  similar  nature."— JV.  Y.  Albion.  y  "l"ers  l 

Lt,lTearVXCe,edin!ly?leua.se,d.with  this  b00k>  becanse  the  author  is  above! 
the  conventional  mode  of  thinking  and  describing.   He  thinks  for  himself,  and 
he  speaks  frankly ;  moreover,  he  is  a  close  observer,  and  is  evidently  possessed 

|  of  taste  and  discrimination." — JV.  Y.  Anglo-American.  i 

!  ^lT^e  w'^/describes  and  relates  with  a  vivacity  which  gives  his  subject, 
j  trite  though  It  be,  an  aspect  of  novelty." — JV.  Y.  Evening  Post.  SUUJC">  | 


LIFE  AND  ELOQUENCE  OF  LARNED. 


Life  and  Eloquence  of  the  Rev.  Sylvester  Larned,  First  Pas-  j 
tor  of  the  First  Presbyterian  Church  in  New  Orleans.  By  j 
R.  R.  Gr^iey.  1  thick  vol.  12mo.,  with  a  fine  portrait,  j 
$1  25.  j 

Contents. — Preface,  Life  of  Larned,  Prayer,  Sermons,  Christ  \ 
K3  Man,  Paul  before  Felix,  Saving  Faith,  Obligations  for  Spirit-  $ 
ual  Mercies,  On  Objections  against  Christianity — the  same,  part  jj 
2 — Practical  Admonitions,  On  the  Inspiration  of  the  Scriptures,  i 
On  Searching  the  Scriptures,  Religious  Education,  Duty  of  Re-  ? 
conciliation  to  God,  Causes  of  Distaste  for  Religion,  Sin  Incon-  j 
sistent  with  Piety,  On  the  Advent,  Walking  in  Wisdom,  Enmity  \ 
of  the  Carnal  Mind,  Duty  to  Orphans,  Excuses  of  the  Impenitent,  < 
Christian  Self-Examination,  The  Character  of  Herod,  Character  < 
of  Peter — the  same,  part  2 — Character  of  Paul,  On  the  Resurrec-  ! 
tion,  Against  Profane  Swearing,  Love  of  Darkness  rather  than  ; 
Light,  Cause  of  Love  to  God,  Divine  Law  inexorable,  Report  of  j 
the  Watchman,  Hope  of  the  Righteous,  Moral  Insanity  of  Man.  S 

"No  minister  of  the  same  age  has  over,  at  least  in  this  country,  left  behind  j 
bim  deeper  impressions  of  his  eloquence.  This  volume  is  worthy  of  critical  < 
examination  and  study  ;  and  those  who  would  combine  in  their  sermons  ease  i 
and  elevation,  simplicity  and  energy ;  who  would  leave  to  their  hearers  no  time  j 
to  sleep,  and  no  wish  to  be  absent,  but  regret  only  at  the  brevity  of  (he  service,  < 
and  delight  at  the  return  of  the  Sabbath,  will  rind  the  perusal  and  re-perusal  of  > 
Mr.  Larned's  discourses  greatly  to  their  advantage." — Knickerbocker.  i 

u  A  beautiful  and  eloquent  tribute  to  sanctified  genius.  The  unity,  force,  ima-  t 
gination,  harmony,  and  feeling  apparent  in  these  discourses,  will  commend  the  ; 
volume  to  all." — Christian  Observer. 

"  A  valuable  treasure  to  all  who  cherish  the  memory  of  one  of  the  most  pure-  > 
minded  and  eloquent  clergymen  of  our  country ;  or  who  know  how  to  appre-  ? 
ciate  the  finest  specimens  of  pulpit  composition." — Tribune.  \ 

«'  He  was  one  of  the  most  eloquent  orators  in  the  United  States.  Mr.  Guney  \ 
has  made  a  most  interesting  volume,  which  will  prove  an  acceptable  present  to  > 
the  religious  public."— Evening  Post.  > 

"  A  most  delightful  volume.  We  heartily  commend  it  to  the  religious  com-  j 
munity." — JVeio  York  American.  t 

"  It  is  much  to  be  wondered  at,  that  no  permanent  memorial  of  this  dintin  ; 
guished  divine  has  ever  before  been  given  to  the  world.  The  volume  cannot  fail  > 
to  be  sought  for  with  great  avidity." — Daily  Jlmerican  Citizen. 

«  These  discourses  evidently  bear  the  impress  of  a  great  mind— not  only  of  an  S 
exuberant  fancy,  but  of  gigantic  powers  of  comprehension.    We  indeed  rejoice 
that  the  work  has  at  length  appeared.  i 

«  Larned  was  beyond  all  question  the  brightest  star  of  the  American  pulpit,  \ 
during  the  brief  period  in  which  he  lived.  We  are  gratified  to  see  a  memoir  £ 
of  him  to  worthily  constructed,  and  so  rich  In  interesting  material.  The  sermons  > 
ar«>  pervaded  by  the  living,  breathing  spirit  of  true  genius,  as  well  as  of  evan-  j 
gefical  truth  and  fervent  devotion."— Albany  Argus. 


r 


TAPPAN'S  ELEMENTS  OF  LOGIC. 

Elements  of  Logic,  together  with  an  introductory  view  of 
Philosophy  in  general,  and  a  Preliminary  View  of  the 
Reason.    One  thick  vol.  12mo.    $1  00. 
Contents  : — 

Part  1. — Introductory  View  of  Philosophy  in  General. 
"    2. — Preliminary  View  of  the  Reason. 
"    3. — Logic  Proper — Book  I.  Primordial  Logic.  II.  In- 
ductive Logic.     III.  Deductive  Logic.  IV. 
Doctrine  of  Evidence. 

"  This  is  an  able  and  learned — the  most  able  and  learned  work  which  has 
ever  appeared  on  the  subject  in  this  country.  It  is  written  in  a  simple,  lucid 
style,  and  with  a  great  precision  of  definition  and  distinction.  We  doubt  not  It 
will  be  appreciated  by  learned  men  and  teachers,  and  become  the  standard  work 
in  its  line." — New  York  Evangelist. 

'The  subject  is  presented,  on  the  whole,  in  a  far  more  original  and  attractive 
form  than  any  treatise  with  which  we  are  acquainted.   The  writer's  style  is 
characterized  by  a  peculiar  freshness  and  vivacity,  which,  together  with  his 
admirable  arr»ngement,  relieves  the  subject  of  that  proverbial  tedium  under  the 
i  imputation  of  which  it  has  always  labored.   This  work  is  finely  adapted  as  a 
5  Manual  for  schools  and  colleges,  supplying  a  desideratum  which  has  long  been 
i  felt  to  exist.   The  book  we  decidedly  regard  as  an  honor  to  the  author,  and  an 
5  honor  to  the  country." — New  World. 

5  "  We  have  not  been  able  to  examine  this  excellent  treatise  with  the  attention 
5  it  merits ;  but  we  think  we  are  safe  in  saying  that  it  is  not  only  the  most  original, 
\  but  the  best  work  on  Logic,  which  has  ever  appeared  in  this  country." — Journal 
S  of  Commerce. 

"  On  the  whole  we  think  this  is  the  best  work  on  Logic  which  we  have  seen 
from  the  American  press." — Evening  Post. 

BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 

Tappan  on  The  Will.   3  vols.  $3  00 ;  or  separately. 
Vol.  1. — Review  of  Edwards. 
"    2. — Appeal  to  Consciousness. 
"    3. — Moral  Agency. 


BRADFORD'S  AMERICAN  ANTIQUITIES. 

American  Antiquities,  and  Researches  into  the  Origin  and  \ 

History  of  the  Red  Race.    By  Alexander  W.  Bradford,  j 

1  vol.  8vo,    $1  00.  I 

i     ***  A  philosophical  and  elaborate  investigation  of  a  subject  which  has  excited  < 

5  nuch  attention.   This  able  work  is  a  very  desirable  companion  to  those  of  Ste-  \ 

\  pliens  and  others  on  the  Ruins  of  Central  America.  \ 


HAND-BOOK  OF  HYDROPATHY. 

iHand-Book  of  Hydropathy  ;  or  a  Popular  Account  of  the 
Treatment  and  Prevention  of  Diseases,  by  means  of  Wa- 
ter. Chiefly  selected  from  the  most  eminent  and  recent 
\  European  authors,  by  Joel  Shew,  M.  D.  1  vol.  12mo. 
!     Second  edition.   Price  50  cents  ;  or  in  paper  binding,  38  cts. 

5  "This  excellent  little  work  of  Dr.  Shew  has  been  compiled  from  the  best  au- 
j  thors,  and  contains  as  complete  a  view  of  the  practice  under  the  mode  as  can  be 
<  given." — J\T.  Y.  Post. 

"  It  is  eminently  calculated  to  benefit  all  who  read  and  study  it,  whether  sick 
;  or  well." — Regenerator. 

"  This  book  is  well  printed,  its  contents  have  been  judiciously  selected  from 
a  variety  of  sources,  and  it  gives  a  complete  compend  of  the  Treatment  by  Water 
in  its  present  state  of  improvement.  It  is  universally  calculated  to  do  good  in 
the  all-important  matter  of  preventing,  as  well  as  curing  disease." — JV.  Y. 
Tribune. 


LOCKHART'S  SPANISH  BALLADS. 

Ancient  Spanish  Ballads,  Historical  and  Romantic,  translated, 
with  notes,  by  J.  G.  Lockhart,  Esq.  To  which  are  added, 
an  Essay  on  the  Origin,  Antiquity,  Character,  and  Influ- 
ence of  the  Ancient  Ballads  of  Spain  ;  and  an  Analytical 
Account,  with  Specimens,  of  the  Romance  ef  the  Cid.  1 
very  neat  vol.  8vo.,  beautifully  printed.    $1  50. 

"These  '  Spanish  Ballads'  are  known  to  our  public,  but  generally  with  incon- 
ceivable advantage,  by  the  very  fine  and  animated  translations  of  Mr.  Lock- 
hart." — Hallam. 

"  This  delightful  volume  needs  no  commendation  of  ours ;  every  one  will  buy 
it,  and  keep  it  among  their  literary  treasures." — Edinburgh  Review. 

»  We  are  quite  at  a  loss  to  speak  in  adequate  terms  of  this  delightful  and  in- 
teresting volume,  the  perusal  and  reperusal  of  which  have  afforded  us  so  much 
real  gratification, — but  we  advise  every  one  to  get  it." — Jv*.  Y.  Tribune. 


NEW  TABLES  OF  INTEREST. 

Tables  of  Interest,  determining,  by  means  of  the  Differences 
of  Logistic  Squares,  the  interest  of  every  whole  sum  up  to 
10,000  dollars,  for  any  length  of  time  not  exceeding  400 


days,  at  the  rates  of  6  and  7  per  cent.  1  vol.  royal  8vo., 
beautifully  printed.    $1  50. 


>  "The  application  of  the  tables  appears  to  be  so  direct  and  p...jn,  and  the 
?  method  of  using  them  so  concise,  that  we  can  safely  recommend  the  book  as 
'  worthy  of  adoption  among  merchants,  bankers,  and  others." — JV.  Y.  Commercial 

Advertiser. 

',  "The  very  slight  amount  of  numerical  calculation  required  in  using  these 
;  tables  and  the  uniformity  of  the  process  appear  to  give  the  work  a  claim  on  the 
'  attention  of  those  whose  business  requires  the  frequent  computation  of  interest  " 
5  — JV.  Y.  Post. 

i     "This  work  seems  to  answer  fully  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  prepared, 
]  in  furnishing  to  the  business  community  a  concise  and  easy  method  of  finding 
ihe  interest  of  money." — JV.  Y.  American. 


SHORT  AND  SIMPLE  PRAYERS 

WITH 

HYMNS  FOR  THE  USE  OF  CHILDREN. 
By  the  Author  of  "  Mamma's  Bible  Stories."    1  vol.,  with 
neat  engravings.    Price  37  cents. 

"  Prayer  is  the  simplest  form  of  speech 
Thai  infant  lips  can  try  " — Montgomery. 

"  We  do  not  pretend  to  remember  the  many  little  books  similar  in  design  to 
this  which  we  may  have  received,  but  none  that  we  can  recall  seems  so  well 
adapted  to  its  purpose.  The  prayers  and  hymns  are  peculiarly  simple  and 
touching.  The  heart  of  a  child  could  hardly  fail  to  be  moved  by  them.  The 
volume  is  a  neat  one,  very  well  printed,  with  two  or  three  pretty  illustrations." — 
Jtfortk  American. 


HAPPY  HOURS, 

OR,  THE  HOME  STORY-BOOK. 

c  By  Mary  Cherwell.    1  vol.  with  neat  engravings,  handsome'y 
printed  in  large  bold  type.   Second  edition.  Price  50  cts. 

"  A  sweet  little  book  of  home  stories,  which  all  young  people  will  be  delighted 
with."— JV.  Y.  Tribune. 

"We  can  scarcely  commend  this  little  hook  enough  -  the  enterprising  pub- 
lishers are  entitled  to  great  praise  for  the  handsome  style  in  which  it  is  pub- 
lished."—  True  Sun. 


"  A  delightful  book  for  children :  it  is  very  pleasantly  written,  and  cannot  fail 
to  engage  the  young  reader's  attention.  The  designs  are  pretty,  and  neatly  ex- 
ecuted.   We  strongly  recommend  it  to  all  our  young  friends." — JV.  Y.  Express. 


COURSE  OF  ENGLISH  READING. 

j 

j  A  Course  of  English  Reading,  adapted  to  every  Taste  and 
f  Capacity,  with  Anecdotes  of  Men  of  Genius.  By  Rev.  J. 
!  Pycroft.  With  corrections  and  additions,  by  J.  G.  Cogs- 
;     well,  Esq.    1  vol.  12mo.    Price  75  cents. 

•  "  It  is  rare  to  meet  with  a  work  so  well  fitted  to  aid  in  the  acquisition  of 
i  knowledge  as  this ;  indeed,  we  have  never  seen  any  similar  directory  to  an 
j  English  reader,  that  seemed  to  us  to  compare  with  it,  either  in  respect  to  its 
5  fortunate  arrangement  or  general  felicity  of  execution.  We  would  recommend 
S  to  every  young  person  who  intends  to  give  any  attention  to  the  culture  of  his 
I  mind,  to  keep  this  book  by  him  as  a  constant  guide  ;  and  persons  of  any  age  oi 

<  any  profession,  will  find  it  as  a  book  of  reforence  quite  invaluable."— Albany 
)  Religious  Spectator. 

5    "This  book  is  eminently  fitted  to  be  both  popular  and  useful.   For  want  of 

>  some  such  guide  as  this,  a  large  part  of  the  reading,  particularly  of  young  per- 
5  sons,  is  to  little  purpose ;  and  many  who  deservedly  acquire  the  character  of 
5  great  readers,  really  acquire  very  little  as  the  fruit  of  their  reading.  The  pres- 
5  ent  work  will  not  only  relieve  the  mind  that  is  doubtful  what  course  of  reading 
\  to  adopt,  or  that  has  been  unable  to  find  any  satisfactory  course  marked  out, 
j  but  it  will  contribute  to  arrange  and  systematize  the  mind's  acquisitions,  so 

>  :h?t  they  shall  be  at  command  whenever  they  are  needed.  It  will  be  found 
;  an  admirable  work  of  reference,  not  only  for  students  in  the  course  of  their 
i  education,  but  for  professional  men,  and  for  all  who  wish  to  know  what  the 
j  greatest  and  best  minds  have  thought  on  the  most  important  subjecls." — 
)  Albany  Argus. 

I    "This  work  is  designed  to  enable  the  student  to  select  such  works  as  will 

>  most  rapidly  advance  his  knowledge  of  any  particular  branch  or  subject  of 
}  literature,  the  arts,  &c.  It  may  be  profitably  consulted  by  all  who  desire  to 
5  have  their  studies  directed  by  mature  judgment  and  experience." — Baltimore 
I  American. 

I    "  There  is  a  vast  deal  of  time  spent  to  little  purpose  by  almost  every  person 

>  who  is  given  much  to  reading,  from  an  inability  to  make  a  suitable  selection  of 

>  books.  The  present  work  is  designed  and  admirably  adapted  to  remedy  this 
t  evil,  and  the  course  of  reading  which  it  marks  out,  seems  to  us  altogether  the 
)  most  judicious  that  we  have  ever  met  with,  it  not  only  gives  the  names  of  the 
{  most  distinguished  authors  in  the  various  departments  of  learning,  but  fur- 
t  nishes  hints  by  which  the  reader  may  judge  of  their  compara  tive  merits.  To 
'  the  professional  man,  as  well  as  to  the  student,  the  work  will  be  invaluable." 
«  — Daily  Amer.  Citizen. 

">    "  A  volume  which  we  can  conscientiously  recommend  as  marking  out  an 

<  accurate  course  of  historical  and  general  reading,  from  which  a  vast  acquisi- 

<  tion  of  sound  knowledge  must  result.   The  arrangements  and  system  are  no 

<  less  admirable  than  the  selection  of  authors  pointed  eut  for  study." — Literary 

<  Gazette. 

I    "We  do  not  know  of  a  better  index  than  this  well-considered  little  book  to 

<  a  general  course  of  reading.    It  might,  as  such,  be  safely  and  advantageously 

<  put  into  the  hands  of  all  young  persons  who  have  finished  their  education,  and 
'  are  about  to  take  their  place  in  society,  or  to  begin  the  world." — Atlas. 

)  -'This  course  is  admirably  adapted  to  promote  a  really  intellectual  study  of 
]  history,  philosophy,  and  the  belles-lettres,  as  distinguished  from  that  mere  ac- 

<  cumulation  of  words  and  dates  in  the  memory,  which  passes  for  education. ' — 
\  Critic. 

\    "A  most  admirable  and  simply-arranged  work,  fit  to  be  placed  in  the  hands 
(  of  every  young  man  about  to  enter  on  a  course  of  English  Reading.    It  may  be 
profitable,  in  truth,  to  every  one  ;  while  the  lively  anecdotes  intermixed  with 
tho  subject-matter,  rentJer  it  fell  of  interest  and  amusement."— Aristidean. 


The  Botanical  Text  Book  for  Colleges,  Schools,  and  private 
Students.  Comprising  not  only  the  outlines  of  Structural 
and  Physiological  Botany,  but  also  a  popular  account  of  the 
principal  Natural  Orders,  their  geographical  distribution, 
properties,  and  uses,  with  an  enumeration  of  those  plants 
which  furnish  products  employed  in  medicine  and  the  arts. 
1  very  thick  vol.  with  numerous  fine  engravings.    $1  50. 

Contents. — Preliminary  Considerations.  Part  I.  Structural 
and  Physiological  Botany.  Part  II.  Systematic  Botany.  Ap. 
pendix,  Index,  Glossary  of  Botanical  Terms.  Index  of  the  Na- 
tural Orders,  Useful  Plants,  and  Products,  &c. 

"  The  most  compendious  and  satisfactory  view  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom 
which  has  yet  been  offered  in  an  elementary  treatise.  Remarkable  for  its  cor- 
rectness and  perspicuity." — Silliman's  Journal. 

See  also  Loudon,  Hooker,  and  other  English  Botanical  Journals,  &c. 


NEW  SERIES  OF  THE  BIBLIOTHECA  SACRA. 

BIBLIOTHECA  SACRA, 

AND 

THEOLOGICAL  REVIEW. 

Conducted  by  B.  B.  Edwards  and  E.  A.  Park,  Professors  at 
Andover.  With  the  special  co-operation  of  Dr.  Robinson 
and  Professor  Stuart.    Price  $4  00  a  year. 

"A  noble  contribution  to  Religious  Literature,  and  fitly  printed."—  Tribune. 
"  Confessedly  one  of  the  ablest  and  most  important  Theological  Reviews  pub- 
lished in  this  country."— Courier  and  Enquirer. 

«  As  an  aid  to  the  Biblical  Student,  this  is  doubtless  the  most  valuable  peri- 
odical in  the  English  language.   The  other  religious  publications  in  this  coun- 
try, admitting  a  wider  range  of  subjects,  cannot  concentrate  so  much  strength  ] 
on  the  department  of  Biblical  learning.   Noae  of  them  therefore  can  adequately  i 
Eiipply  its  place;  but  the  principal  recommendation  of  this  work,  after  all,  is  its  < 
elevated  and  manly  tone."— New  York  Observer.  ' 

"This  is,  perhaps,  the  most  ambitious  journal  in  the  United  State*.  We  use  I 
the  word  in  a  good  sense,  as  meaning  that  there  is  no  journal  among  us  w  * 

seems  more  laudably  desirous  to  take  the  lead  in  literary  and  theological  science.  5 

Its  handsome  type  and  paper  give  it  a  pleasing  exterior ;  its  typographical  errors,  j 

are  so  comparatively  few,  as  to  show  that  it  has  the  advantage  of  the  best  ; 

American  proof-reading;  while  for  thoroughness  of  execution  in  the  depart-  \ 


WAGSTAFF'S  HISTORY  OF  THE  QUAKERS. 

A  History  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  compiled  from  its  stan- 
dard records,  and  other  authentic  sources.  By  W.  R. 
Wagstaff,  M.D.    One  handsome  volume,  8vo.    $2  00. 

"  This  seems  to  us  to  be  a  work  of  decided  value  and  of  greatest  interest,  not 
only  to  professedly  theological  students,  but  to  all  who  wish  to  acquaint  them- 
selves with  the  progress  of  peculiar  principles,  or  the  growth  of  peculiar  sects. 
In  this  excellent  work  he  has  given  very  full  and  very  interesting  biographical 
sketches  of  all  the  men  who  were  active  in  establishing,  or  who  have  made 
illustrious  the  character  and  history  of  the  Society.  The  work  exhibits  a  close 
acquaintance  with  his  subject,  and  a  careful  industry  in  examining  authentic 
records  concerning  it,  and  is  written  in  a  style  which  must  attract  and  reward 
attention." — JV.  Y.  Courier. 

"This  book  is  one  that  was  much  needed  ;  and  it  will  do  good.  The  intro- 
duction is  a  very  perspicuous  history  of  Christianity  prior  to  the  times  of 
George  Fox;  and  it  brings  down  the  history  of  the  Society  of  Friends  in  Eng- 
land from  its  origin  to  the  year  1736.  The  work  will  prove  very  attractive  and 
popular,  and  we  can  confidently  recommend  it  to  all  classes,  for  they  will  find 
in  it  the  history  of  persecuted  goodness,  plainly  and  charitably  told,  in  all  the 
simplicity  of  truth." — Philad.  Inquirer. 

"It  is  somewhat  singular,  that  almost  every  writer  belonging  to  the  Society 
of  Friends  is  remarkable  for  verbosity,  while  the  members  of  the  society,  in 
their  oral  communications,  exhibit  great  simplicity  and  brevity  of  speech.  This 
fault  of  their  writers  necessarily  confines  their  publications  to  a  '  select  few,' 
by  whom  patience  is  esteemed  a  virtue.  Dr.  Wagstaff  has  judiciously  depart- 
ed from  the  established  rule,  and  given  us  valuable  historical  matter,  written 
in  a  readable  and  pleasant  style." — JV.  Y.  Post. 

"  This  is  a  most  vivid  and  valuable  history  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  com- 
piled from  its  standard  records,  and  other  authentic  sources,  by  William  R. 
Wagstaff,  M.  D.  It  contains  an  Introduction,  entitled  the  Christian  Church 
prior  to  George  Fox." — New  Haven  Courier. 

"The  author  has  attempted  to  consolidate  the  various  histories  of  Friends, 
and  present  them  in  simple  but  approved  language,  divested  of  quaintness  and 
circumlocution,  and  in  that  he  has  eminently  succeeded.  This  volume  will  be 
found  deeply  interesting,  not  only  to  the  members  of  the  Society  of  Friends, 
but  to  all  readers." — U.  S.  Gazette. 

"  The  object  of  the  author  is  to  furnish  a  compendious  and  modern  work,  in  I 
order  that  the  history  of  the  Society  may  be  known  without  the  necessity  of  { 
searching  records  OD  adapted  to  general  reading,  either  from  their  quaintness  { 
or  their  verbosity  of  style.  To  do  this  he  has  consulted  the  standard  histo-  { 
rians  and  primitive  members  of  the  Society,  and  has  produced  a  work  which  ; 
will  no  doubt  find  favor  with  the  public.  The  present  volume  commences  ; 
with  the  year  1536,  and  extends  to  1736.  It  is  the  design  of  the  author  to  pre-  ! 
pare  shortly  another  volume,  containing  a  full  account  of  the  privations  en-  .' 
dured  by  the  Society  in  America." — Baltimore  American. 

"The  work  of  Dr.  Wagstaff  contains  the  most  satisfactory  and  interesting 
exposition  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  and  of  the  doc- 
trines which  they  hold,  that  we  have  ever  read.  The  facts  detailed  in  the 
volume  before  us  are  derived  from  the  most  authentic  sources — the  standard 
historians  and  primitive  members  of  the  Society." — Jour,  of  Com. 

"This  work  has  already  attained  a  vast  amount  of  credit,  and  seems  to  be  s 
rightly  valued  by  those  who  have  tested  fairly  its  merits  " — American  Re-  i 
publican.  \ 


HUMAN  MAGNETISM. 


Human  Magnetism  ; — Its  Claim  to  Dispassionate  Inquiry ; 
being  an  attempt  to  show  the  utility  of  its  Application  to 
the  Relief  of  Human  Suffering.  By  W.  Newnham,  Esq. 
1  vol.  12mo.  $1. 

Introduction — Magnetism  not  Satanic  Agency — Not  Super- 
I  natural — Mode  of  reasoning  adopted  in  treating  the  subject — Gen- 
I  eral  Remarks — On  the  opposition  of  medical  men  generally  to  the 
i  doctrines  of  Magnetism — On  the  applicability  of  Magnetism  to  the 
s  relief  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Disease — On  the  Qualifications  of 
Magnetizers — History  of  the  conduct  of  the  Royal  Academy  of 
\  Medicine  towards  Animal  Magnetism,  and  consideration  of  the 
\  question  how  far  the  power  of  Imagination  may  be  allowed  to  be 
•  a  sufficient  cause  of  its  phenomena — Sketch  of  Chardel's  Views — 
\  Thoughts  on  Energia — On  Somnambulism  and  Clairvoyance — On 
\  Prevision — On  Phreno-Magnetism — On  Extase — Appendix. 

>  "This  is  a  work  resulting  from  deep  investigation,  by  one  who  brings  to  the 
|  subject  a  mind  well  disciplined,  and  a  fondness  for  the  pursuit;  and  in  a  time 
}  when  so  much  inquiry  is  going  on,  and  so  much  deception  practised  with 
reference  to  human  magnetism,  such  a  work  will  be  found  useful  and  instruc- 
;  tive."—  V.  S.  Gazette. 

"  This  is  a  work  of  vast  importance  and  high  merit." — Broadway  Journal. 

"  It  is  a  very  valuable  work,  and  ought  to  be  perused  by  everybody." — JV.  Y. 
Mirror. 

"  The  learned  author  enters  upon  the  investigation  of  his  subject  apparently 
!  after  full  preparation.   Without  propounding  any  general  theory  of  magnetism, 

he  contends  that  it  does  not  contravene  any  law  of  nature,  and  that  its  phe- 
!  nomena  exhibit  no  distinctive  characteristic  which  has  not  been  shown  to 
!  exist  in  nature,  in  some  form  or  other.   They  may  not  be  all  found  associated 

in  any  one  patient ;  but  they  have  been  marked  and  recorded  in  the  annals  of 
!  medical  literature.  Altogether,  it  is  a  most  valuable  work." — Newark  Adver- 
\\  User. 

|    "  A  hasty  glance  through  the  volume  convinces  us  that  the  author  under- 
I  stands  his  theme,  has  collected  numerous  remarkable  facts,  and  has  grappled 
(  with  some  of  the  strongest  objections  urged  by  the  opponents  of  the  doctrine." 
— JV.  Y.  Post. 

i  "  The  subject  of  animal  magnetism  has  excited  so  much  attention  within  the 
?  last  few  years,  that  any  work  in  relation  to  it,  from  an  intelligent  source,  can 
I  hardly  fail  to  gain  an  extensive  circulation.  The  present  work  is  evidently 
?  from  a  very  competent  hand,  and  is  the  result  of  great  reflection  and  observa- 
l  tion ;  and  we  doubt  not  that  it  contains  nearly  every  thing  of  importance  that 
l  is  known  on  the  subject  to  which  it  relates.  We  think  it  hardly  possible  that 
?  any  candid  person  should  weigh  the  statements  and  reasonings  which  this 
|  book  contains,  without  coming  to  the  conclusion,  that  there  is  at  least  that  in 
5  animal  magnetism  which  should  save  it  from  being  cast  away  without  ex- 
(  amination." — Albany  Argus. 

J  "  The  well-attested  facts  which  have  recently  been  made  known  both  in 
I  England  and  America,  in  relation  to  the  performance  of  surgical  operations 
.  with  the  aid  of  Mesmerism,  will  doubtless  cause  this  book  to  be  sought  after, 
!  inasmuch  as  many  consider  the  subject  involved  in  mystery,  and  are  desirous 
!  of  investigating  it.  Mr.  Newnham's  work  professes  to  examine  the  whole 
(  matter  philosophically,  and  it  appears  to  be  quite  a  desideratum  at  the  present 
]  time." — Baltimore  American. 


VESTIGES  OP  THE  CREATION.  } 

Vestiges  of  the  Natural  History  of  Creation.  By  Sir  Richard : 
Vyvyan,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c.  One  vol.  12mo.  well  j 
printed.    Price  75  cents. 

Contents. — 1.  The  bodies  of  space,  their  arrangements  and  i 
;  formation — 2.  Constituent  materials  of  the  earth  and  other  bodies 
|  of  space — 3.  The  earth  formed  ;  era  of  the  primary  rocks — 4.  Com- ! 
j  mencement  of  organic  life ;  sea  plants,  corals,  &c. — 5.  Era  of  the  j 
;  old  red  sand-stone  ;  terrestrial  zoology  commences  with  reptiles ; ! 

first  traces  of  birds — 5.  Era  of  the  oolite  ;  commencement  of  mam-  i 
j  malia — 6.  Era  of  the  cretaceous  formations — 7.  Era  of  the  ter-  ; 
;  tiary  formation  ;  mammalia  abundant — 8.  Era  of  the  superficial  j 

formations;  commencement  of  the  present  speeies — 9.  General: 
:  censiderations  respecting  the  origin  of  the  animated  tribes — 10. ; 

Particular  considerations  respecting  the  origin  of  the  animated ! 

tribes — 11.  Hypothesis  of  the  development  of  the  vegetable  and: 
;  animal  kingdom — 12.  Maclay  system  of  animated  nature  ;  this  • 
;  system  considered  in  connexion  with  the  progress  of  organic  crea- 
:  tion,  and  as  indicating  the  natural  status  of  man — 13.  Early  his- 
jtoryof  mankind — 14.  Mental  constitution  of  animals — 15.  Pur- 
I  pose  and  general  condition  of  the  animated  creation — 16.  Note  j 
i  conclusory. 

'  This  is  a  remarkable  volume — small  In  compass — but  embracing  a  wide  I 
I  range  of  inquiry,  from  worlds  beyond  the  visible  starry  firmament,  to  the  ! 
I  minutest  structures  of  man  and  animals.  The  work  i»  written  with  peculiar  j 

!  and  classical  terseness,  reminding  us  very  much  of  the  style  of  Celsus  ! 

!  We  have  dedicated  a  large  space  to  this  remarkable  work,  that  may  induce  I 
'  many  of  our  readers  to  peruse  the  original.  The  author  is,  decidedly,  a  man  i 
'  of  great  information  and  reflection." — Medico-Chirurgical  Review. 

"  This  is  a  very  beautiful  and  a  very  interesting  book.  Its  theme  is  one  of 
!  the  grandest  that  can  occupy  human  thought — no  less  than  the  creation  of  the  < 
i  universe.    It  is  full  of  interest  and  grandeur,  and  must  claim  our  readers'  ' 
I  special  notice,  as  possessing,  in  an  eminent  degree,  matter  for  their  contempla- 
'  tion,  which  cannot  fail  at  once  to  elevate,  to  gratify,  and  enrich  their  minds." 
>  — Forbes'  Review. 

"  A  neat  little  volume  of  much  interest.  Judging  from  a  brief  glance  at  the 
contents  of  the  volume,  the  author  has  produced  a  work  of  great  interest,  and 
one  which,  while  it  affords  the  reader  useful  Instruction,  cannot  fail  to  tuna 
his  mind  to  a  very  profitable  channel  of  reflection." — Commer.  Adv. 

"  A  small  but  remarkable  work.  It  is  a  bold  attempt  to  connect  the  natural 
sciences  into  a  history  of  creation.  It  contains  much  to  interest  and  instruct, 
and  the  book  is  ingenious,  logical,  and  learned." — Newark  Adv. 

"This  work  discovers  great  ingenuity  and  great  research  into  the  mysteries 
of  nature.  It  is  a  noble  work,  and  one  which  no  intelligent  person  can  read 
without  finding  a  fresh  impulse  communicated  to  his  thoughts,  and  gaining 
some  higher  impressions  of  the  Creator's  power,  wisdom,  and  goodness."— 
Albany  Argus. 

"  A  novel  and  remarkable  work,  which  will  speedily  attract  the  attention  of 
all  inquisitive  readers.  There  is  much  that  is  new  and  ingenious  in  the  book. 
The  author,  whoever  he  is,  is  a  man  of  varied  philosophical  and  literary  at- 
tainments, and  master  of  a  style  in  conveying  his  thoughts,  so  ptire,  simple, 
and  modest,  that  his  treatise  will  be  everywhere  widely  read."— JV.  Y.  Mtrn- 
ing  ffew$. 


DANA'S  MINERALOGY. 

|  A  System  of  Minerabgy  ;  Comprising  the  most  recent  dis- 
5  coveries,  with  numerous  engravings.  Second  edition, 
j     enlarged  and   improved.      By  James  D.  Dana,  A.  M. 

Very  thick  vol.  8vo.,  pp.  G33.  $3  50. 
\  Contexts.  —  Introduction.  Tart  I.  Crystallogony,  or  the 
/  Science  of  the  Structure  of  Minerals.  II.  Physical  Properties 
\  of  Minerals.  III.  Chemical  Properties  of  Minerals.  IV.  Taxo- 
\  nomy.  V.  Determinative  Mineralogy.  VI.  Descriptive  Minera- 
*  logy.  VII.  Chemical  Classification.  VIII.  Rocks  on  Mineral 
>  Aggregates.    IX.  Mineralogical  Bibliography.    X.  Copious  Index. 

S  "Tt  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  state  that  it  requires  but  few  works  like  the 
I  present,  to  give  American  Science  a  name  which  win  merit,  if  it  does  not  re- 
i  ceive,  the  respect  of  the  scientific  world." — Silliman's  Journal  for  April. 

"This  work  does  great  honor  to  America,  and  should  make  us  blush  for  the 
neglect  in  England  of  an  important  and  interesting  science.  It  is  a  thick  octavo, 
of  about  700  pages,  on  Mineralogy,  treated  in  a  highly  scientific  and  perspicuous 
manner.  It  is  no  compilation,  such  as  afl  works  on  this  subject  have  been  in 
this  country  since  the  writings  of  Jameson  and  Phillips,  but  an  original  survey 
of  the  mineral  kingdom  executed  with  the  greatest  care.  This,  too,  is  the  second 
edition,  greatly  enlarged,  showing  that  Mr.  Dana's  labors  are  appreciated  in 
America." — London  MheniBum. 

"  This  work  bears  marks  on  every  page  of  great  industry  and  determination 
in  collecting  the  most  recent  facts.  In  completeness,  systematic  arrangement, 
and  accuracy,  it  is  believed  to  be  exceeded  by  no  other  work  extant." — JV.  Y. 
American. 

"This  it  a  new  edition  of  the  best  treatise  ever  published  in  this  country  on  \ 
the  interesting  and  important  subject  of  Mineralogy.    It  first  appeared  seven  5 
years  ago,  since  which  time  many  new  discoveries  have  been  made  in  the  \ 
science,  and  sources  have  thus  been  opened  for  a  vast  amount  of  new  and  im-  5 
portant  matter.    All  the  investigations,  both  Foreign  and  American,  that  hate  » 
been  made,  have  been  carefully  consulted  in  the  preparation  of  this  new  edition, 
and  a  chapter  on  crystallography  has  been  added.    The  work  is  a  most  welcome 
addition  to  the  series  of  American  standard  treatises  on  scientific  subjects." — JV. 
Y.  Courier  and  Enquirer. 

"This  is  a  truly  valuable  and  learned  work,  and  it  is  surprising,  considering  \ 
the  correctness  of  this  treatise  on  its  first  appearance,  to  find  how  numerous  and  \ 
important  are  the  changes  which  have  been  made  in  the  present  edition.  We  / 
are  sure  the  work  must  command  success." — Tribune.  \ 


\  HAND-BOOK  OF  NEEDLEWORK. 

*  The  Hand-Book  of  Needle  Work.  By  Miss  Lambert.  1 
|  vol.  8vo.,  beautifully  printed,  with  numerous  illustrations. 
\     Price  $1  50  ;  oi  in  extra  binding,  neat  fancy  style,  $3  00  j 

i  rhit  very  elegant  and  useful  volume  proves  to  be  the  most  attractive  work  \ 

<  of  the  kind  ever  published  in  this  country.    It  contains  practical  instructions  in  < 

<  the  various  kinds  of  Ornamental  Needlework  and  Embroidery,  with  a  historical  > 
!  account  of  these  accomplishments  in  all  ages  and  nations.  To  use  a  common  j 
\  phrase,  it  certainly  deserves  a  place  on  every  lady's  work  table,  besides  being  an  i 

ornament  to  the  drawing-room.  £ 

X 


(p  .  .. 


4